Part Number Hot Search : 
NX3L2267 AM7204A WE9140A DWR2G 0ETTT NESW064T T54ACS CA3146E
Product Description
Full Text Search
 

To Download TMP91C025FG Datasheet File

  If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader .  
 
 


  Datasheet File OCR Text:
 TOSHIBA Original CMOS 16-Bit Microcontroller
TLCS-900/L1 Series
TMP91C025FG
Semiconductor Company
Preface
Thank you very much for making use of Toshiba microcomputer LSIs. Before use this LSI, refer the section, "Points of Note and Restrictions". Especially, take care below cautions.
**CAUTION** How to release the HALT mode Usually, interrupts can release all halts status. However, the interrupts = (INT0 to INT3, INTRTC, INTALM0 to INTALM4, INTKEY), which can release the HALT mode may not be able to do so if they are input during the period CPU is shifting to the HALT mode (for about 5 clocks of fFPH) with IDLE1 or STOP mode (IDLE2 is not applicable to this case). (In this case, an interrupt request is kept on hold internally.) If another interrupt is generated after it has shifted to HALT mode completely, halt status can be released without difficultly. The priority of this interrupt is compare with that of the interrupt kept on hold internally, and the interrupt with higher priority is handled first followed by the other interrupt.
TMP91C025
CMOS 16-Bit Microcontrollers
TMP91C025FG/JTMP91C025-S 1. Outline and Features
TMP91C025 is a high-speed 16-bit microcontroller designed for the control of various mid- to large-scale equipment. TMP91C025FG comes in a 100-pin flat package. JTMP91C025-S comes in a 100-pad chip. Listed below are the features. (1) High-speed 16-bit CPU (900/L1 CPU) * * * * * Instruction mnemonics are upward-compatible with TLCS-90 16 Mbytes of linear address space General-purpose registers and register banks 16-bit multiplication and division instructions; bit transfer and arithmetic instructions Micro DMA: 4 channels (444 ns/ 2 bytes at 36 MHz)
(2) Minimum instruction execution time: 111 ns (at 36 MHz)
RESTRICTIONS ON PRODUCT USE
* The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. 021023_D
070208EBP
* TOSHIBA is continually working to improve the quality and reliability of its products. Nevertheless, semiconductor devices in general can malfunction or fail due to their inherent electrical sensitivity and vulnerability to physical stress. It is the responsibility of the buyer, when utilizing TOSHIBA products, to comply with the standards of safety in making a safe design for the entire system, and to avoid situations in which a malfunction or failure of such TOSHIBA products could cause loss of human life, bodily injury or damage to property. In developing your designs, please ensure that TOSHIBA products are used within specified operating ranges as set forth in the most recent TOSHIBA products specifications. Also, please keep in mind the precautions and conditions set forth in the "Handling Guide for Semiconductor Devices," or "TOSHIBA Semiconductor Reliability Handbook" etc. 021023_A * The TOSHIBA products listed in this document are intended for usage in general electronics applications (computer, personal equipment, office equipment, measuring equipment, industrial robotics, domestic appliances, etc.). These TOSHIBA products are neither intended nor warranted for usage in equipment that requires extraordinarily high quality and/or reliability or a malfunction or failure of which may cause loss of human life or bodily injury ("Unintended Usage"). Unintended Usage include atomic energy control instruments, airplane or spaceship instruments, transportation instruments, traffic signal instruments, combustion control instruments, medical instruments, all types of safety devices, etc. Unintended Usage of TOSHIBA products listed in this document shall be made at the customer's own risk. 021023_B * The products described in this document shall not be used or embedded to any downstream products of which manufacture, use and/or sale are prohibited under any applicable laws and regulations. 060106_Q * The information contained herein is presented only as a guide for the applications of our products. No responsibility is assumed by TOSHIBA for any infringements of patents or other rights of the third parties which may result from its use. No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patents or other rights of TOSHIBA or the third parties. 021023_C * The products described in this document are subject to foreign exchange and foreign trade control laws. 060925_E * For a discussion of how the reliability of microcontrollers can be predicted, please refer to Section 1.3 of the chapter entitled Quality and Reliability Assurance/Handling Precautions. 030619_S
91C025-1
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) Built-in RAM: None Built-in ROM: None (4) External memory expansion * * * Expandable up to 104 Mbytes (Shared program/data area) Can simultaneously support 8-/16-bit width external data bus ... Dynamic data bus sizing Separate bus system
(5) 8-bit timers: 4 channels (6) General-purpose serial interface: 2 channels * * * * UART/Synchronous mode: 2 channels IrDA Ver.1.0 (115.2 kbps) mode selectable: 1 channel Adapt to both shift register type and built-in RAM type LCD driver Based on TC8521A
(7) LCD controller (8) Timer for real-time clock (RTC) (9) Key-on wakeup (Interrupt key input) (10) 10-bit AD converter: 4 channels (11) Touch screen interface * Available to reduce external components (12) Watchdog timer (13) Melody/alarm generator * * * Melody: Output of clock 4 to 5461 Hz Alarm: Output of the 8 kinds of alarm pattern Output of the 5 kinds of interval interrupt
(14) Chip select/wait controller: 4 channels (15) MMU * * * * Expandable up to 104 Mbytes 9 CPU interrupts: Software interrupt instruction and illegal instruction 23 internal interrupts: 7 priority levels are selectable 5 external interrupts: 7 priority levels are selectable (among 4 interrupts are selectable edge mode) (16) Interrupts: 37 interrupt
(17) Input/output ports: 49 pins (Except Data bus (8bit), Address bus (24bit) and RD pin) (18) Standby function Three HALT modes: IDLE2 (Programmable), IDLE1 and STOP (19) Hardware standby function (Power save function)
91C025-2
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(20) Triple-clock controller * * * * * * * Clock doubler (DFM) circuit is inside Clock gear function: Select a high-frequency clock fc/1 to fc/16 SLOW mode (fs = 32.768 kHz) VCC = 3.0 V to 3.6 V (fc max = 36 MHz) VCC = 2.7 V to 3.6 V (fc max = 27 MHz) VCC = 2.4 V to 3.6 V (fc max = 16 MHz) 100-pin QFP: P-LQFP100-1414-0.50F, chip form supply also available. For details, contact your local Toshiba sales representative.
(21) Operating voltage
(22) Package
91C025-3
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
DVCC [2] DVSS [2] AN2/MX (P82) AN3/MY/ ADTRG (P83) AN0, AN1 (P80, P81) AVCC, AVSS VREFH, VREFL TXD0 (PC0) RXD0 (PC1) SCLK0/ CTS0 (PC2) TXD1 (PC3) RXD1 (PC4)
SCLK1/ CTS1 (PC5)
CPU (TLCS-900/L1) 10-bit 4-channel AD converter XWA XBC XDE XHL XIX XIY XIZ XSP WA BC DE HL IX IY IZ SP 32 bits SR F PC
H-OSC Clock gear, Clock doubler L-OSC
X1 X2 EMU0 EMU1 XT1 XT2
RESET
SIO/UART/IrDA (SIO0) SIO/UART (SIO1) Touch screen I/F (TSI) 8-bit timer (TMRA0) 8-bit timer (TMRA1) 8-bit timer (TMRA2)
AM0 AM1 D0 to D7 A0 to A7 A8 to A15
PX/INT2 (PB5) PY/INT3 (PB6)
WDT (Watchdog timer)
Port 1 Port 2
P10 to P17 (D8 to D15) P20 to P27 (A16 to A23)
RD WR
TA0IN/INT1 (PB4) TA1OUT/KO1 (PA1)
Port 5 Port Z
HWR (PZ2)
WAIT (P56)
TA3OUT/KO2 (PA2)
8-bit timer (TMRA3) Port 6 CS/WAIT controller (4 blocks)
R/ W / SRWR (PZ3)
CS0 to CS3 , CS2A (P60 to P63)
Port 8 Port 9 Port A Port B Port C Port D D1BSCP (PD0) D2BLP (PD1) D3BFR (PD2) DLEBCD (PD3) DOFFB (PD4) LCD controller
EA24/ CS2B / SRLB (P64) MMU EA25/ CS2C / SRUB (P65) Interrupt controller INT0 ( PS ) INT0 to INT3 (PB3 to PB6) KI0 to KI7 (P90 to P97) KO0/ ALARM / MLDALM (PA0) KO1/TA1OUT (PA1) KO2/TA3OUT (PA2) KO3 (PA3) MLDALM (PD7)
Keyboard I/F
Melody/ alarm out
RTC
ALARM / MLDALM /KO0
(PA0)
(
): Initial function after reset
Figure 1.1 TMP91C025 Block Diagram
91C025-4
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
2.
Pin Assignment and Pin Functions
The assignment of input/output pins for the TMP91C025, their names and functions are as follows:
2.1
Pin Assignment Diagram
Figure 2.1.1 shows the pin assignment of the TMP91C025FG.
95
90
85
VREFL AVSS AVCC P80/AN0 P81/AN1 P82/AN2/MX P83/AN3/ ADTRG /MY PB5/PX/INT2 PB6/PY/INT3 P90/KI0 P91/KI1 P92/KI2 P93/KI3 P94/KI4 P95/KI5 P96/KI6 P97/KI7 PA0/KO0/ ALARM / MLDALM PA1/KO1/TA1OUT PA2/KO2/TA3OUT PA3/KO3/SCOUT PC0/TXD0 PC1/RXD1 AM0 DVCC1
1
100
80
VREFH PB3/INT0/PS PD7/MLDALM P65/EA25/CS2C/SRUB P64/EA24/CS2B/SRLB P63/CS3 P62/CS2/CS2A P61/CS1 P60/CS0 P56/WAIT PZ3/R/W/SRWR PZ2/HWR WR RD A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 75
5 70
10
TMP91C025FG QFP100 Top view
15
65
60
20 55
25 30 35 40 45 50
A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 P20/A16 P21/A17 P22/A18 P23/A19 P24/A20 P25/A21 DVCC2 PB4/INT1/TA0IN DVSS2 P26/A22 P27/A23 P17/D15 P16/D14 P15/D13 P14/D12 P13/D11 P12/D10 P11/D9 P10/D8 D7
Figure 2.1.1 Pin Assignment Diagram (100-pin QFP)
X2 DVSS1 X1 AM1 RESET XT1 XT2 EMU0 EMU1 PC2/SCLK0/CTS0 PC3/TXD1 PC4/RXD1 PC5/SCLK1/CTS1 PD0/D1BSCP PD1/D2BLP PD2/D3BFR PD3/DLEBCD PD4/DOFFB D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6
91C025-5
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
2.2
Pin No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
PAD Layout
(Chip size 4.58 mm x 4.63 mm) Name
VREFL AVSS AVCC P80 P81 P82 P83 PB5 PB6 P90 P91 P92 P93 P94 P95 P96 P97 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PC0 PC1 AM0 DVCC1 X2 DVSS1 X1 AM1
RESET
Unit (m) Name
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P27 P26 DVSS2 PB4 DVCC2 P25 P24 P23 P22 P21 P20 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
X Point
-2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -2151 -1603 -1438 -1273 -1147 -1022 -897 -649 -524 -398 -273 -148 -23 101 226 352 477 602 727
Y Point
1627 1502 1376 1251 1126 1001 876 751 625 336 211 86 -38 -163 -289 -414 -539 -664 -789 -914 -1040 -1165 -1290 -1415 -1636 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175
Pin No.
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
X Point
852 977 1103 1228 1353 1478 1603 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 2151 1603 1477 1350 1224 1097 970 844 717 590 464 337
Y Point
-2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -2175 -1636 -1490 -1359 -1228 -1096 -965 -834 -703 -571 -440 -309 -153 2 158 315 446 577 708 839 971 1102 1233 1364 1495 1627 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175
Pin No.
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Name
RD
WR
X Point
210 83 -42 -169 -296 -421 -548 -674 -801 -926 -1051 -1177 -1302 -1606
Y Point
2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175
PZ2 PZ3 P56 P60 P61 P62 P63 P64 P65 PD7 PB3 VREFH
XT1 XT2 EMU0 EMU1 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5 PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4
91C025-6
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
2.3
Pin Names and Functions
The names of the input/output pins and their functions are described below. Table 2.3.1 Pin Names and Functions (1/3)
Pin Name
D0 to D7 P10 to P17 D8 to D15 P20 to P27 A16 to A23 A8 to A15 A0 to A7
RD
WR
Number of Pins
8 8
I/O
I/O I/O I/O
Functions
Data (lower): bits 0 to 7 of data bus Port 1: I/O port that allows I/O to be selected at the bit level (When used to the external 8bit bus) Data (upper): Bits 8 to15 of data bus Port 2: Output port Address: Bits 16 to 23 of address bus Address: Bits 8 to 15 of address bus Address: Bits 0 to 7 of address bus Read: Strobe signal for reading external memory Write: Strobe signal for writing data to pins D0 to D7 Port Z2: I/O port (with pull-up resistor) High Write: Strobe signal for writing data to pins D8 to D15 Port Z3: I/O port (with pull-up resistor) Read/Write: 1 represents read or dummy cycle; 0 represents write cycle. Write: Strobe signal for writing data to pins D0 to D15 for SRAM Port 56: I/O port (with pull-up resistor) Wait: Pin used to request CPU bus wait Port 60:Output port Chip select 0: Outputs 0 when address is within specified address area. Port 61:Output port Chip select 1: Outputs 0 when address is within specified address area Port 62: Output port Chip select 2: Outputs 0 when address is within specified address area Expand chip select: 2A: Outputs 0 when address is within specified address area Port 63:Output port Chip select 3: Outputs 0 when address is within specified address area Port 64: Output port Chip select 24: Outputs 0 when address is within specified address area Expand chip select: 2B: Outputs 0 when address is within specified address area Low byte enable for SRAM Port 65: Output port Chip select 25: Outputs 0 when address is within specified address area Expand chip select: 2C: Outputs 0 when address is within specified address area High byte enable for SRAM
8 8 8 1 1 1 1
Output Output Output Output Output Output I/O Output I/O Output Output
PZ2
HWR
PZ3 R/ W
SRWR
P56
WAIT
1 1 1 1
I/O Input Output Output Output Output Output Output Output
P60
CS0
P61
CS1
P62
CS2 CS2A
P63
CS3
1 1
Output Output Output Output Output Output
P64 EA24
CS2B
SRLB
P65 EA25
CS2C
1
Output Output Output Output
SRUB
91C025-7
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 2.3.2 Pin Names and Functions (2/3) Pin Name
P80 to P81 AN0 to AN1 P82 AN2 MX P83 AN3
ADTRG
Number of Pins
2 1
I/O
Input Input Input Input Input
Functions
Port 80 to 81 port: Pin used to input ports Analog input 0 to 1: Pin used to input to AD converter Port 82 port: Pin used to input ports Analog input 2: Pin used to input to AD converter X-Minus: Pin connected to X- for touch screen panel Port 83 port: Pin used to input ports Analog input 3: Pin used to input to AD converter AD trigger: Signal used to request AD start Y-Minus: Pin connected to Y- for touch screen panel Port: 90 to 97 port: Pin used to input ports Key input 0 to 7: Pin used of key-on wakeup 0 to 7 (Schmitt input, with pull-up resistor) Port: A0 port: Pin used to output ports Key output 0: Pin used of key-scan strobe 0 RTC alarm output pin Melody/alarm output pin (Inverted) Port: A1 port: Pin used to output ports Key output 1: Pin used of key-scan strobe 1 8-bit timer 1 output: Timer 0 input or timer 1 output Port: A2 port: Pin used to output ports Key output 2: Pin used of key-scan strobe 2 8-bit timer 3 output: Timer 2 input or timer 3 output Port: A3 port: Pin used to output ports Key output 3: Pin used of key-scan strobe 3 System clock output: Output fFPH clock Port B3: I/O port Interrupt request pin0: Interrupt request with programmable level/rising edge Power save: Pin used as input pin for H/W standby mode Port B4: I/O port Interrupt request pin1: Interrupt request with programmable rising/falling edge 8-bit timer 0 input: Timer 0 input Port B5: Input port Interrupt request pin2: Interrupt request with programmable rising/falling edge X-Plus: Pin connected to X+ for touch screen panel Port B6: Input port Interrupt request pin3: Interrupt request with programmable rising/falling edge Y-Plus: Pin connected to Y+ for touch screen panel Port C0: I/O port Serial 0 send data: Open-drain output pin by programmable Port C1: I/O port Serial 0 receive data
1
Input Input Input Input
MY P90 to P97 KI0 to KI7 PA0 KO0
ALARM MLDALM
8
Input Input
1
Output Output Output Output
PA1 KO1 TA1OUT PA2 KO2 TA3OUT PA3 KO3 SCOUT PB3 INT0
PS
1
Output Output Output
1
Output Output Output
1
Output Output Output
1
I/O Input Input
PB4 INT1 TA0IN PB5 INT2 PX PB6 INT3 PY PC0 TXD0 PC1 RXD0
1
I/O Input Input
1
Input Input Output
1
Input Input Output
1 1
I/O Output I/O Output
Note: After reset, input "1" to PB3 (INT0, PS )-pin, because it is worked as PS input pin.
91C025-8
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 2.3.3 Pin Names and Functions. (3/3) Pin Name
PC2 SCLK0
CTS0
Number of Pins
1
I/O
I/O I/O Input
Functions
Port C2: I/O port (with pull-up resistor) Serial clock I/O 0 Serial data send enable 0 (Clear to send) Port C3: I/O port Serial send data 1 Open-drain output pin by programmable Port C4: I/O port Serial receive data 1 Port C5: I/O port (with pull-up resistor) Serial clock I/O 1 Serial data send enable 1 (Clear to send) Low-frequency oscillator connecting pin Low-frequency oscillator connecting pin Port D0: Output port LCD controller output pin Port D1: Output port LCD controller output pin Port D2: Output port LCD controller output pin Port D3: Output port LCD controller output pin Port D4: Output port LCD controller output pin Port D7: Output port Melody/alarm output pin Operation mode: Fixed to AM1 = 0, AM0 = 1 16-bit external bus or 8-/16-bit dynamic sizing. Fixed to AM1 = 0, AM0 = 0 8-bit external bus fixed.
PC3 TXD1 PC4 RXD1 PC5 SCLK1
CTS1
1
I/O Output
1 1
I/O Input I/O I/O Input
XT1 XT2 PD0 D1BSCP PD1 D2BLP PD2 D3BFR PD3 DLEBCD PD4 DOFFB PD7 MLDALM AM0 to AM1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
Input Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Input
EMU0 EMU1
RESET
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
Output Output Input Input Input
Open pin Open pin Reset: initializes TMP91C025. (with pull-up resistor) Pin for reference voltage input to AD converter (H) Pin for reference voltage input to AD converter (L) Power supply pin for AD converter GND pin for AD converter (0 V)
VREFH VREFL AVCC AVSS X1, X2 DVCC DVSS
I/O
High-frequency oscillator connection pins Power supply pins (All VCC pins should be connected with the power supply pin.) GND pins (0 V) (All pins should be connected with GND (0 V).)
91C025-9
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.
Operation
This following describes block by block the functions and operation of the TMP91C025. Notes and restrictions for eatch book are outlined in 6, precautions and restrictions at the end of this manual.
3.1
CPU
The TMP91C025 incorporates a high-performance 16-bit CPU (the 900/L1-CPU). For CPU operation, see the TLCS-900/L1 CPU. The following describe the unique function of the CPU used in the TMP91C025; these functions are not covered in the TLCS-900/L1 CPU section.
3.1.1
Reset
When resetting the TMP91C025 microcontroller, ensure that the power supply voltage is within the operating voltage range, and that the internal high-frequency oscillator has stabilized. Then hold the RESET input to low level at least for 10 system clocks (9 s at 36 MHz). Thus, when turn on the switch, be set to the power supply voltage is within the operating voltage range, and that the internal high-frequency oscillator has stabilized. Then hold the RESET input to low level at least for 10 system clocks. Clock gear is initialized 1/16 mode by reset operation. It means that the system clock mode fSYS is set to fc/32(= fc/16 x 1/2). When the reset is accept, the CPU: * Sets as follows the program counter (PC) in accordance with the reset vector stored at address FFFF00H to FFFF02H: PC<0:7> PC<15:8> PC<23:16> * * * * Value at FFFF00H address Value at FFFF01H address Value at FFFF02H address
Sets the stack pointer (XSP) to 100H. Sets bits of the status register (SR) to 111 (Sets the interrupt level mask register to level 7). Sets the bit of the status register (SR) to 1 (MAX mode). Note: As this product does not support MIN mode, do not write a 0 to the Clears bits of the status register(SR) to 000 (Sets the register bank to 0 ).
When reset is released,the CPU starts executing instructions in accordance with the program counter settings. CPU internal registers not mentioned above do not change when the reset is released. When the reset is accepted, the CPU sets internal I/O, ports, and other pins as follows. * * Initializes the internal I/O registers. Sets the port pins, including the pins that also act as internal I/O, to general-purpose input or output port mode.
Note: The CPU internal register (Except to PC, SR, XSP) do not change by resetting. Figure 3.1.1 is a reset timing chart of the TMP91C025.
91C025-10
2007-02-28
fFPH Sampling Sampling
RESET
A23 to A0
0FFFF00H
CS0, CS1, CS3
CS2
D0 to D15
Data-in
Data-in
Read
Figure 3.1.1 Reset Timing Chart
91C025-11
(PZ2 input mode)
RD
(After reset released, starting 2 wait read cycle)
D0 to D15
Data-out
Write
WR
HWR
XT1, XT2
TMP91C025
2007-02-28
Pull-up (Internal) High-Z
TMP91C025
3.2
Memory Map
Figure 3.2.1 is a memory map of the TMP91C025.
000000H Internal I/O (4 Kbytes) 000100H 000FE0H 001000H (Note) 64-Kbyte area (nn) Direct area (n)
010000H
External memory
16-Mbyte area (R) (-R) (R+) (R + R8/16) (R + d8/16) (nnn)
FFFF00H FFFFFFH Vector table (256 bytes) ( = Internal area)
Figure 3.2.1 Memory Map
Note: Address 000FE0H to 000FEFH is assigned for the external memory area of built-in RAM type LCD driver. Address 000FF0H to 000FFFH is assingned for the external memory area as reserved.
91C025-12
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.3
Triple Clock Function and Standby Function
TMP91C025 contains a clock gear, clock doubler (DFM), standby controller and noise-reduction circuit. It is used for low-power and low-noise systems. This chapter is organized as follows: 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 Block Diagram of System Clock SFRs System Clock Controller Prescaler Clock Controller Clock Doubler (DFM) Noise reducing Circuit Standby Controller
91C025-13
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
The clock operating modes are as follows: (a) Single clock mode (X1, X2 pins only), (b) Dual clock mode (X1, X2, XT1 and XT2 pins) and (c) Triple clock mode (the X1, X2, XT1 and XT2 pins and DFM). Figure 3.3.1 shows a transition figure.
Reset (fOSCH/32) IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) IDLE1 mode (Operate only oscillator) Instruction Interrupt Instruction Interrupt (a) Release reset
NORMAL mode (fOSCH/Gear value/2)
Instruction Interrupt
STOP mode (Stops all circuits)
Single clock mode transition figure Reset (fOSCH/32)
IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) IDLE1 mode (Operate only oscillator) IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) IDLE1 mode (Operate only oscillator)
Instruction Interrupt Instruction Interrupt Instruction Interrupt Instruction Interrupt (b)
Release reset
NORMAL mode (fOSCH/Gear value/2)
Instruction Interrupt STOP mode (Stops all circuits)
SLOW mode (fs/2) Dual clock mode transition figure Reset (fOSCH/32)
IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) IDLE1 mode (Operate only oscillator)
Instruction Interrupt Instruction Interrupt
Release reset
NORMAL mode (fOSCH/Gear value/2)
Instruction (Note) IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) Instruction Interrupt
NORMAL mode (4 x fOSCH/gear value/2)
STOP mode (Stops all circuits) Instruction Instruction (Note)
Instruction Interrupt Instruction SLOW mode (fs/2) Interrupt
Instruction
IDLE2 mode (I/O operate) IDLE1 mode (Operate only oscillator)
IDLE1 mode Instruction (Operate oscillator and DFM) Interrupt
Using DFM (c) Triple clock mode trasision figure
Interrupt
Note 1: It's prohibited to control DFM in SLOW mode when shifting from SLOW mode to NORMAL mode with use of DFM. DFM start up/stop/change write to DFMCR0 register Note 2: If you shift from NORMAL mode with use of DFM to NORMAL mode, the instruction should be separated into two procedures as below. Change CPU clock Stop DFM circuit Note 3: It's prohibited to shift from NORMAL mode with use of DFM to STOP mode directly. You should set NORMAL mode once, and then shift to STOP mode.(You should stop high frequency oscillator after you stop DFM.)
Figure 3.3.1 System Clock Block Diagram The clock frequency input from the X1 and X2 pins is called fc and the clock frequency input from the XT1 and XT2 pins is called fs. The clock frequency selected by SYSCR1 is called the system clock fFPH. The system clock fSYS is defined as the divided clock of fFPH, and one cycle of fSYS is defined to as one state.
91C025-14
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.3.1 Block Diagram of System Clock
SYSCR0 SYSCR2 DFMCR0 Warm-up timer (High/low frequency oscillator), Lock up timer (DFM) SYSCR0 T T0 fc/16 fFPH /2 /4 fs fs fc fDFM = fOSCH x 4 Clock Doubler (DFM) Selector
/2 /4
SYSCR0 XT1 XT2 Low-frequency oscillator
/2 fc/2 fc/4 fc/8
fc/16 /8 /16
fSYS
SYSCR0 X1 X2 High-frequency oscillator fOSCH
SYSCR1
SYSCR1
Clock gear DFMCR0
fSYS TMRA0 to TMRA3 T0
Prescaler
CPU Interrupt controller ADC SIO0 to SIO1 WDT
Prescaler
I/O ports TSI C/S WAIT controller
RTC fs LCDC
MLD/ALM
Figure 3.3.2 Block Diagram of System Clock
91C025-15
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.3.2 SFRs
7
SYSCR0 (00E0H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
Highfrequency 0: Stop
6
XTEN 1
Lowfrequency 0: Stop
5
RXEN 1
Highfrequency Low-
4
RXTEN 0
frequency
3
RSYSCK R/W 0
Selects clock after timer
2
WUEF 0
Warm-up 0: Write 1: Write start timer 0: Read end warm-up 1:Read do not end warm-up
1
PRCK1 0
00: fFPH 01: Reserved 11: Reserved
0
PRCK0 0
XEN 1
Select prescaler clock
oscillator (fc) oscillator (fs) oscillator (fc) oscillator (fs) release of after release after release STOP mode of STOP mode 0: Stop 0: fc 1: fs 1: Oscillation 1: Oscillation of STOP (Note 1) mode 0: Stop
Don't care 10: fc/16
1: Oscillation 1: Oscillation
7
SYSCR1 (00E1H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
3
SYSCK 0
Select system clock 0: fc 1: fs
2
GEAR2 R/W 1
000: fc 001: fc/2 010: fc/4 011: fc/8 100: fc/16 101: (Reserved) 110: (Reserved) 111: (Reserved)
1
GEAR1 0
0
GEAR0 0
Select gear value of high-frequency (fc)
7
SYSCR2 (00E2H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function PSENV R/W 0
0: Power save mode enable 1: Disable (Note 2)
6
5
WUPTM1 R/W 1
Warm-up timer 00: Reserved
4
WUPTM0 R/W 0
3
HALTM1 R/W 1
HALT mode 00: Reserved 01: STOP mode 10: IDLE1 mode 11: IDLE2 mode
2
HALTM0 R/W 1
1
SELDRV R/W 0
mode select 0: IDLE1 1: STOP
0
DRVE R/W 0
Pin state control in STOP/IDLE1 mode 0: I/O off the state before halt
01: 28/inputted frequency 10: 214 11: 216
(Note 3) 1: Remains
Note 1: Note 2: Note 3:
By reset, low-frequency oscillator is enabled. When hard ware standby mode is entered, the meaning of SYSCR2 = 11 shows IDLE1 mode. "0" means IDLE1 and "1" means STOP. Please be carefull because this setting is sometimes different from others.
Figure 3.3.3 SFRs for System Clock
91C025-16
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Symbol
Name
Address
7
ACT1 R/W
6
ACT0 R/W 0
5
DLUPFG R 0
4
DLUPTM R/W 0 Lock up Time 0: 212/fOSCH 1: 210/fOSCH
3
2
1
0
DFM DFMCR0 control register 0 E8H
0
DFM LUP select fFPH Lock up 00 STOP STOP fOSCH 01 RUN RUN fOSCH 10 RUN STOP fDFM 11 RUN STOP fOSCH D7 D6 R/W 0 D5 R/W 0 status Flag 0: End 1: Not end
D4 R/W 1
D3 R/W 0
D2 R/W 0
D1 R/W 1
D0 R/W 1
DFMCR1
DFM control register 1 E9H
R/W 0
DFM revision Input frequency 4 to 9 MHz (at 3.0 V to 3.6 V): write 0BH Input frequency 4 to 6.75 MHz (at 2.7 V to 3.6 V): write 0BH
Figure 3.3.4 SFRs for DFM Limitation point on the use of DFM 1. It's prohibited to execute DFM enable/disable control in the SLOW mode (fs) (write to DFMCR0 = "10"). You should control DFM in the NORMAL mode. 2. If you stop DFM operation during using DFM(DFMCR0 = "10"), you shouldn't execute that change the clock fDFM to fOSCH and stop the DFM at the same time. Therefore the above execution should be separated into two procedures as showing below.
LD LD (DFMCR0), C0H (DFMCR0), 00H ; ; Change the clock fDFM to fOSCH DFM stop
3. If you stop high-frequency oscillator during using DFM (DFMCR0 = "10"), you should stop DFM before you stop high-frequency oscillator. Please refer to 3.3.5 Clock Doubler (DFM) for the Details.
91C025-17
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
7
EMCCR0 (00E3H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
0: Off 1: On
6
R/W 0
LCDC source CLK 0: 32 kHz 1: TA3OUT
5
AHOLD R/W 0
Address hold 0: Disable 1: Enable (Note)
4
TA3MLDE R/W 0
Melody/alarm source clock 0: 32 kHz 1: TA3OUT
3
- R/W 0
Always write 0.
2
EXTIN R/W 0
1: External clock
1
DRVOSCH
0
DRVOSCL
PROTECT TA3LCDE R 0
Protect flag
R/W 1
fc oscillator driver ability 1: Normal 0: Weak
R/W 1
fs oscillator driver ability 1: Normal 0: Weak
EMCCR1 (00E4H)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function Switching the protect ON/OFF by write to following 1st-KEY, 2nd-KEY 1st-KEY: EMCCR1 = 5AH, EMCCR2 = A5H in succession write 2nd-KEY: EMCCR1 = A5H, EMCCR2 = 5AH in succession write
EMCCR2 (00E5H)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
EMCCR3 (00E6H)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
ENFROM R/W 0
CS1A area detect control 0: Disable 1: Enable
ENDROM R/W 0
CS2B-2C area detect control 0: Disable 1: Enable
ENPROM R/W 0
CS2A area detect control 0: Disable 1: Enable
FFLAG R/W 0
CS1A write operation flag
DFLAG R/W 0
operation flag
PFLAG R/W 0
operation flag When writing 0: Clear flag
CS2B-2C write CS2A write
When reading 0: Not written 1: Written
Note1:
When getting access to the logic address 000000H to 000FDFH, A0 to A23 holds the previous address of external access.
Note2:
In case restarting the oscillator in the stop oscillation state (e.g. Restart the oscillator in STOP mode), set EMCCR0, ="1".
Figure 3.3.5 SFRs for Noise Reduction
91C025-18
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.3.3 System Clock Controller
The system clock controller generates the system clock signal (fSYS) for the CPU core and internal I/O. It contains two oscillation circuits and a clock gear circuit for high-frequency (fc) operation. The register SYSCR1 changes the system clock to either fc or fs, SYSCR0 and SYSCR0 control enabling and disabling of each oscillator, and SYSCR1 sets the high-frequency clock gear to either 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 (fc, fc/2, fc/4, fc/8 or fc/16). These functions can reduce the power consumption of the equipment in which the device is installed. The combination of settings = 1, = 0, = 0 and = 100 will cause the system clock (fSYS) to be set to fc/32 (fc/16 x 1/2) after a reset. For example, fSYS is set to 1.1 MHz when the 36 MHz oscillator is connected to the X1 and X2 pins. (1) Switching from NORMAL mode to SLOW mode When the resonator is connected to the X1 and X2 pins, or to the XT1 and XT2 pins, the warm-up timer can be used to change the operation frequency after stable oscillation has been attained. The warm-up time can be selected using SYSCR2. This warm-up timer can be programmed to start and stop as shown in the following examples 1 and 2. Table 3.3.1 shows the warm-up time. Note 1: When using an oscillator (other than a resonator) with stable oscillation, a warm-up timer is not needed. Note 2: The warm-up timer is operated by an oscillation clock. Hence, there may be some variation in warm-up time. Table 3.3.1 Warm-up Times Warm-up Time SYSCR2
01 (2 /frequency) 10 (2 /frequency) 11 (2 /frequency)
16 14 8
Change to NORMAL Mode
7.1 (s) 0.455 (ms) 1.820 (ms)
Change to SLOW Mode
7.8 (ms) 500 (ms) 2000 (ms)
at fOSCH = 36 MHz, fs = 32.768 kHz
91C025-19
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(Example 1: Setting the clock) Changing from high-frequency (fc) to low-frequency (fs).
SYSCR0 SYSCR1 SYSCR2 EQU EQU EQU LD SET SET WUP: BIT JR SET RES 00E0H 00E1H 00E2H (SYSCR2), - X11 - - - - B 6, (SYSCR0) 2, (SYSCR0) 2, (SYSCR0) NZ, WUP 3, (SYSCR1) 7, (SYSCR0) ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Sets warm-up time to 2 /fs. Enables low-frequency oscillation. Clears and starts warm-up timer. Detects stopping of warm-up timer. Changes fSYS from fc to fs. Disables high-frequency oscillation.
16
x: Don't care -: No change
X1, X2 pins XT1, XT2 pins
Warm-up timer End of warm-up timer System clock fSYS
Counts up by fSYS
Counts up by fs
fc
fs
Enables low-frequency
Clears and starts warm-up timer
Chages fSYS from fc to fs End of warm-up timer
Disables high-frequency
91C025-20
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(Example 2: Setting the clock) Changing from low-frequency (fs) to high-frequency (fc).
SYSCR0 SYSCR1 SYSCR2 EQU EQU EQU LD SET SET WUP: BIT JR RES RES 00E0H 00E1H 00E2H (SYSCR2), -X10 - - - - B 7, (SYSCR0) 2, (SYSCR0) 2, (SYSCR0) NZ, WUP 3, (SYSCR1) 6, (SYSCR0) ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Sets warm-up time to 2 /fc. Enables high-frequency oscillation. Clears and starts warm-up timer. Detects stopping of warm-up timer. Changes fSYS from fs to fc. Disables low-frequency oscillation.
14
x: Don't care -: No change
X1, X2 pins XT1, XT2 pins
Warm-up timer End of warm-up timer System clock fSYS
Counts up by fSYS
Counts up by
fOSCH
fs
fc
Enables high-frequency
Clears and starts warm-up timer
Chages fSYS from fs to fc End of warm-up timer Disables low-frequency
91C025-21
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Clock gear controller When the high-frequency clock fc is selected by setting SYSCR1 = 0, fFPH is set according to the contents of the clock gear select register SYSCR1 to either fc, fc/2, fc/4, fc/8 or fc/16. Using the clock gear to select a lower value of fFPH reduces power consumption. (Example 3) Changing to a high-frequency gear
SYSCR1 EQU LD 00E1H (SYSCR1), XXXX0000B ; Changes fSYS to fc/2.
X: Don't care (High-speed clock gear changing) To change the clock gear, write the register value to the SYSCR1 register.It is necessary the warm-up time until changing after writing the register value. There is the possibility that the instruction next to the clock gear changing instruction is executed by the clock gear before changing.To execute the instruction next to the clock gear switching instruction by the clock gear after changing,input the dummy instruction as follows (Instruction to execute the write cycle). (Example)
SYSCR1 EQU LD LD 00E1H (SYSCR1), XXXX0001B (DUMMY), 00H ; ; Changes fSYS to fc/4. Dummy instruction
Instruction to be executed after clock gear has changed
(3) Internal clock output pin An internal clock fFPH can be output to the PA3/SCOUT pin. By setting "1" to the PAFC2 register, the PA3 pin functions as the SCOUT pin.
91C025-22
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.3.4 Prescaler Clock Controller
For the internal I/O (TMRA01 to TMRA23, SIO0 to SIO1) there is a prescaler which can divide the clock. The T0 clock input to the prescaler is either the clock fFPH divided by 4 or the clock fc/16 divided by 4. The setting of the SYSCR0 register determines which clock signal is input.
3.3.5
Clock Doubler (DFM)
DFM outputs the fDFM clock signal, which is four times as fast as fOSCH. It can use the low-frequency oscillator, even though the internal clock is high frequency . A reset initializes DFM to stop status, setting to DFMCR0-register is needed before use. Like an oscillator, this circuit requires time to stabilize. This is called the lock up time. The following example shows how DFM is used.
DFMCR0 DFMCR1 EQU EQU LD LD LUP: BIT JR LD 00E8H 00E9H (DFMCR1), 00001011B (DFMCR0), 01X0XXXXB 5, (DFMCR0) NZ, LUP (DFMCR0), 10X0XXXXB ; ; ; ; DFM parameter setting. Set lock up time to 2 /4 MHz. Enables DFM operation and starts lock up. Detects end of lock up. Changes fc from 4 MHz to 16 MHz. (Changes fSYS from 2 MHz to 8 MHz.)
12
X: Don't care
DFM output: fDFM Lock up timer System clock fSYS
01
10
Counts up by fOSCH
During lock up
After lock up
Starts DFM operation. Starts lock up.
Changes from 4 MHz to 16 MHz. Ends of lock up.
Note: Input frequency limitation and correction for DFM Recommend to use Input frequency (High-speed oscillation) for DFM in the following condition. * * fOSCH = 4 to 9 MHz (Vcc = 3.0 to 3.6 V): Write 0BH to DFMCR1 fOSCH = 4 to 6.75 MHz (Vcc = 2.7 to 3.6 V): Write 0BH to DFMCR1
91C025-23
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Limitation point on the use of DFM 1. It's prohibited to execute DFM enable/disable control in the SLOW mode (fs) (write to DFMCR0 = "10"). You should control DFM in the NORMAL mode. 2. If you stop DFM operation during using DFM (DFMCR0 = "10"), you shouldn't execute the commands that change the clock fDFM to fOSCH and stop the DFM at the same time. Therefore the above executions should be separated into two procedures as showing below.
LD LD (DFMCR0), C0H (DFMCR0), 00H ; ; Change the clock fDFM to fOSCH. DFM stop.
3. If you stop high-frequency oscillator during using DFM (DFMCR0 = "10"), you should stop DFM before you stop high-frequency oscillator. Examples of settings are below. (1) Start up/change control (OK) Low-frequency oscillator operation mode (fs) (High-frequency oscillator STOP) High-frequency oscillator start up High-frequency oscillator operation mode (fOSCH) DFM start up DFM use mode (fDFM)
LD WUP: BIT JR LD LD LUP: BIT JR LD (SYSCR0), 11 - - - 1 - - B 2, (SYSCR0) NZ, WUP (SYSCR1), - - - - 0 - - - B (DFMCR0), 01 - 0 - - - - B 5, (DFMCR0) NZ, LUP (DFMCR0), 10 - 0 - - - - B ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; High-frequency oscillator start up/warm-up start. Check for the flag of warm-up end. Change the system clock fs to fOSCH. DFM start up/lock up start. Check for the flag of lock up end. Change the system clock fOSCH to fDFM.
(OK) Low-frequency oscillator operation mode (fs) (High-frequency oscillator operate) High-frequency oscillator operation mode (fOSCH) DFM start up DFM use mode (fDFM)
LD LD LUP: BIT JR LD (SYSCR1), - - - - 0 - - - B (DFMCR0), 01 - 0 - - - - B 5, (DFMCR0) NZ, LUP (DFMCR0), 10 - 0 - - - - B ; ; ; ; ; Change the system clock fs to fOSCH. DFM start up/lock up start. Check for the flag of lock up end. Change the system clock fOSCH to fDFM.
(Error) Low-frequency oscillator operation mode (fs) (High-frequency oscillator STOP) High-frequency oscillator start up DFM start up DFM use mode (fDFM)
LD WUP: BIT JR LD LUP: BIT JR LD LD (SYSCR0), 11 - - - 1 - - B 2, (SYSCR0) NZ, WUP (DFMCR0), 01 - 0 - - - - B 5, (DFMCR0) NZ, LUP (DFMCR0), 10 - 0 - - - - B (SYSCR1), - - - - 0 - - - B ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; High-frequency oscillator starts up/warm-up start. Check for the flag of warm-up end. DFM start up/lock up start. Check for the flag of lock up end. Change the internal clock fOSCH to fDFM. Change the system clock fs to fDFM.
91C025-24
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Change/stop control (OK) DFM use mode (fDFM) High-frequency oscillator operation mode (fOSCH) DFM stop Low-frequency oscillator operation mode (fs) High-frequency oscillator stop
LD LD LD LD (DFMCR0), 11 - - - - - - B (DFMCR0), 00 - - - - - - B (SYSCR1), - - - - 1 - - - B (SYSCR0), 0 - - - - - - - B ; ; ; ; Change the system clock fDFM to fOSCH. DFM stop. Change the system clock fOSCH to fs. High-frequency oscillator stop.
(Error) DFM use mode (fDFM) Low-frequency oscillator operation mode (fs) DFM stop High-frequency oscillator stop
LD LD LD LD (SYSCR1), - - - - 1 - - - B (DFMCR0), 11 - - - - - - B (DFMCR0), 00 - - - - - - B (SYSCR0), 0 - - - - - - - B ; ; ; ; Change the system clock fDFM to fs. Change the internal clock (fc) fDFM to fOSCH. DFM stop. High-frequency oscillator stop.
(OK) DFM use mode (fDFM) Set the STOP mode High-frequency oscillator operation mode (fOSCH) DFM stop HALT (High-frequency oscillator stop)
LD (SYSCR2), - - - - 01 - - B ; Set the STOP mode. (This command can execute before use of DFM.) LD LD HALT (DFMCR0), 11 - - - - - - B (DFMCR0), 00 - - - - - - B ; ; ; Change the system clock fDFM to fOSCH. DFM stop. Shift to STOP mode.
(Error) DFM use mode (fDFM) Set the STOP mode HALT (High-frequency oscillator stop)
LD (SYSCR2), - - - - 01 - - B ; Set the STOP mode. (This command can execute before use of DFM.) HALT ; Shift to STOP mode.
91C025-25
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.3.6 Noise Reduction Circuits
Noise reduction circuits are built in, allowing implementation of the following features. (1) Reduced drivability for high-frequency oscillator (2) Reduced drivability for low-frequency oscillator (3) Single drive for high-frequency oscillator (4) SFR protection of register contents (5) ROM protection of register contents The above functions are performed by making the appropriate settings in the EMCCR0 to EMCCR3 registers. (1) Reduced drivability for high-frequency oscillator (Purpose) Reduces noise and power for oscillator when a resonator is used. (Block diagram)
fOSCH C1 Resonator EMCCR0 C2 X2 pin X1 pin Enable oscillation ( STOP + EMCCR0 < EXTIN > )
(Setting method) The drivability of the oscillator is reduced by writing 0 to EMCCR0 register. By reset, is initialized to 1 and the oscillator starts oscillation by normal-drivability when the power-supply is on.
91C025-26
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Reduced drivability for low-frequency oscillator (Purpose) Reduces noise and power for oscillator when a resonator is used. (Block diagram)
XT1 pin Enable oscillation EMCCR0
C1 Resonator C2
fS XT2 pin
(Setting method) The drivability of the oscillator is reduced by writing 0 to EMCCR0 register. By reset, is initialized to 1. (3) Single drive for high-frequency oscillator
the
(Purpose) Not need twin-drive and protect mistake operation by inputted noise to X2 pin when the external-oscillator is used. (Block diagram)
fOSCH X1 pin Enable oscillation ( STOP + EMCCR0 < EXTIN > )
EMCCR0
X2 pin
(Setting method) The oscillator is disabled and starts operation as buffer by writing 1 to EMCCR0 register. X2-pin is always outputted 1. By reset, is initialized to 0. Note: Do not write EMCCR0 = "1" when using external resonator.
91C025-27
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(4) Runaway provision with SFR protection register (Purpose) Provision in runaway of program by noise mixing. Write operation to specified SFR is prohibited so that provision program in runaway prevents that it is it in the state which is fetch impossibility by stopping of clock, memory control register (CS/WAIT controller, MMU) is changed. And error handling in runaway becomes easy by INTP0 interruption. Specified SFR list 1. CS/WAIT controller B0CS, B1CS, B2CS, B3CS, BEXCS, MSAR0, MSAR1, MSAR2, MSAR3, MAMR0, MAMR1, MAMR2, MAMR3 2. MMU LOCAL0/1/2/3 3. Clock gear SYSCR0, SYSCR1, SYSCR2, EMCCR0, EMCCR3 4. DFM DFMCR0, DFMCR1 (Operation explanation) Execute and release of protection (write operation to specified SFR) becomes possible by setting up a double key to EMCCR1 and EMCCR2 register. (Double key) 1st-KEY: Succession writes in 5AH at EMCCR1 and A5H at EMCCR2 2nd-KEY: Succession writes in A5H at EMCCR1 and 5AH at EMCCR2 A state of protection can be confirmed by reading EMCCR0. By reset, protection becomes OFF. And INTP0 interruption occurs when write operation to specified SFR was executed with protection ON state.
91C025-28
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(5) Runaway provision with ROM protection register (Purpose) Provision in runaway of program by noise mixing. (Operation explanation) When write operation was executed for external three kinds of ROM by runaway of program, INTP1 is occurred and detects runaway function. Three kinds of ROM is fixed as for Flash ROM (Option program ROM), Data ROM, Program ROM are as follows on the logical address memory map. 1. Flash ROM: 2. Data ROM: 3. Program ROM: Address 400000H to 7FFFFFH Address 800000H to BFFFFFH Address C00000H to FFFFFFH
For these address, admission/prohibition of detection of write operation sets it up with EMCCR3. And INTP1 interruption occurred within which ROM area in the case that occurred can confirm each with EMCCR3. This flag is cleared when write in 0.
91C025-29
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.3.7 Standby Controller
(1) HALT modes When the HALT instruction is executed, the operating mode switches to IDLE2, IDLE1 or STOP mode, depending on the contents of the SYSCR2 register. The subsequent actions performed in each mode are as follows: a. IDLE2: Only the CPU halts. The internal I/O is available to select operation during IDLE2 mode. By setting the following register. Table 3.3.2 Shows the registers of setting operation during IDLE2 mode. Table 3.3.2 SFR Setting Operation during IDLE2 Mode Internal I/O
TMRA01 TMRA23 SIO0 SIO1 AD converter WDT
SFR
TA01RUN TA23RUN SC0MOD1 SC1MOD1 ADMOD1 WDMOD
b. IDLE1: Only the oscillator and the RTC (Real-time clock) and MLD continue to operate. c. STOP: All internal circuits stop operating. The operation of each of the different HALT modes is described in Table 3.3.3. Table 3.3.3 I/O Operation during HALT Modes HALT Mode SYSCR2
CPU I/O ports TMRA Block SIO AD converter WDT LCDC, Interrupt controller RTC, MLD Operate Possible to operate Available to select operation block Stop was executed.
IDLE2 11
Stop Keep the state when the HALT instruction
IDLE1 10
STOP 01
See Table 3.3.6, Table 3.3.7
91C025-30
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) How to release the HALT mode These halt states can be released by resetting or requesting an interrupt. The halt release sources are determined by the combination between the states of interrupt mask register and the HALT modes. The details for releasing the halt status are shown in Table 3.3.4. * Released by requesting an interrupt The operating released from the HALT mode depends on the interrupt enabled status. When the interrupt request level set before executing the HALT instruction exceeds the value of interrupt mask register, the interrupt due to the source is processed after releasing the HALT mode, and CPU status executing an instruction that follows the HALT instruction. When the interrupt request level set before executing the HALT instruction is less than the value of the interrupt mask register, releasing the HALT mode is not executed. (In non-maskable interrupts, interrupt processing is processed after releasing the HALT mode regardless of the value of the mask register.) However only for INT0 to INT3, INTKEY, INTRTC and INTALM0 to INTALM4 interrupts, even if the interrupt request level set before executing the HALT instruction is less than the value of the interrupt mask register, releasing the the HALT mode is executed. In this case,interrupt processing, and CPU starts executing the instruction next to the HALT instruction,but the interrupt request flag is held at 1. Note: Usually, interrupts can release all halts status. However, the interrupts (INT0 to INT3, INTRTC, INTALM0 to INTALM4, INTKEY) which can release the HALT mode may not be able to do so if they are input during the period CPU is shifting to the HALT mode (for about 5 clocks of fFPH) with IDLE1 or STOP mode (IDLE2 is not applicable to this case). (In this case, an interrupt request is kept on hold internally.) If another interrupt is generated after it has shifted to HALT mode completely, halt status can be released without difficulty. The priority of this interrupt is compared with that of the interrupt kept on hold internally, and the interrupt with higher priority is handled first followed by the other interrupt. * Releasing by resetting Releasing all halt status is executed by resetting. When the STOP mode is released by RESET, it is necessry enough resetting time (see Table 3.3.5) to set the operation of the oscillator to be stable.
91C025-31
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.3.4 Source of Halt State Clearance and Halt Clearance Operation Status of Received Interrupt HALT Mode
Source of halt state clearance INTWDT INT0 to INT3 (Note 1) INTALM0 to INTALM4 Interrupt INTTA0 to INTTA3 INTRX0 to INTRX1, TX0 to TX1 INTAD INTKEY INTRTC INTLCD RESET
Interrupt Enabled Interrupt Disabled (Interrupt level) (Interrupt mask) (Interrupt level) < (Interrupt mask) IDLE2

IDLE1 STOP
x x x x x x x x x x
*1 *1
IDLE2
-
IDLE1 STOP
- -

x x x

x x x
*1
x x x x
x x Initialize LSI

x

x
*1
x x
: After clearing the HALT mode, CPU starts interrupt processing.
: After clearing the HALT mode, CPU resumes executing starting from instruction following the HALT
instruction. x: It can not be used to release the HALT mode. -: The priority level (Interrupt request level) of non-maskable interrupts is fixed to 7, the highest priority level. There is not this combination type. *1: Releasing the HALT mode is executed after passing the warm-up time. Note 1: When the HALT mode is cleared by an INT0 interrupt of the level mode in the interrupt enabled status, hold level H until starting interrupt processing. If level L is set before holding level L, interrupt processing is correctly started. (Example) Releasing IDLE1 mode An INT0 interrupt clears the halt state when the device is in IDLE1 mode.
Address 8200H 8203H 8206H 8209H 820BH 820EH INT0 LD LD LD EI LD HALT (PBFC), 00H (IIMC), 00H (INTE0AD), 06H 5 (SYSCR2), 88H ; Sets PB3 to INT0. ; Selects INT0 interrupt rising edge. ; Sets INT0 interrupt level to 6. ; Sets interrupt level to 5 for CPU. ; Sets HALT mode to IDLE1 Mode. ; Halts CPU. INT0 interrupt routine RETI 820FH LD XX, XX
91C025-32
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) Operation a. IDLE2 mode In IDLE2 mode only specific internal I/O operations, as designated by the IDLE2 setting register, can take place. Instruction execution by the CPU stops. Figure 3.3.6 illustrates an example of the timing for clearance of the IDLE2 mode halt state by an interrupt.
X1 A0 to A23
D0 to D15
RD WR
Data
Data
Interrupt for release
IDLE2 mode
Figure 3.3.6 Timing Chart for IDLE2 Mode Halt State Cleared by Interrupt b. IDLE1 mode In IDLE1 mode, only the internal oscillator and the RTC, MLD continue to operate. The system clock in the MCU stops. The pin status in the IDLE1 mode is depended on setting the register SYSCR2. Table 3.3.6, Table 3.3.7 summarizes the state of these pins in the IDLE mode1. In the halt state, the interrupt request is sampled asynchronously with the system clock; however, clearance of the halt state (e.g. restart of operation) is synchronous with it. Figure 3.3.7 illustrates the timing for clearance of the IDLE1 mode halt state by an interrupt.
X1 A0 to A23
D0 to D15
RD WR
Data
Data
Interrupt for release IDLE1 mode
Figure 3.3.7 Timing Chart for IDLE1 Mode Halt State Cleared by Interrupt
91C025-33
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
c. STOP mode When STOP mode is selected, all internal circuits stop, including the internal oscillator pin status in STOP mode depends on the settings in the SYSCR2 register. Table 3.3.6, Table 3.3.7 summarizes the state of these pins in STOP mode. After STOP mode has been cleared system clock output starts when the warm-up time has elapsed, in order to allow oscillation to stabilize. After STOP mode has been cleared, either NORMAL mode or SLOW mode can be selected using the SYSCR0 register. Therefore, , and must be set see the sample warm-up times in Table 3.3.5. Figure 3.3.8 illustrates the timing for clearance of the STOP mode halt state by an interrupt.
Warm-up time
X1 A0 to A23 D0 to D15
RD WR
Data
Data
Interrupt for release STOP mode
Figure 3.3.8 Timing Chart for STOP Mode Halt State Cleared by Interrupt
Table 3.3.5 Sample Warm-up Times after Clearance of STOP Mode
at fOSCH = 36 MHz, fs =32.768 kHz
SYSCR0
0 (fc) 1 (fs)
SYSCR2 01 (2 )
7.1 s 7.8 ms
8
10 (214)
0.455 ms 500 ms
11 (216)
1.820 ms 2000 ms
91C025-34
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(Setting example) The STOP mode is entered when the low-frequency operates, and high-frequency operates after releasing due to INTx.
Address SYSCR0 SYSCR1 SYSCR2 8FFDH 9000H 9002H 9005H INTx EQU EQU EQU LD LD LD HALT 00E0H 00E1H 00E2H (SYSCR1), 08H (SYSCR2), - X1001-1B (SYSCR0), 011000 - - B ; fSYS = fs/2. ; Sets warm-up time to 2 /fOSCH. ; Operates high-frequency after released. - : No change Clears and starts hit warm-up timer. (High-frequency) End INTx interrupt routine
14
9006H
LD
XX, XX
RETI
Note:
When different modes are used before and after STOP mode as the above mentioned , there is possible to release the HALT mode without changing the operation mode by acceptance of the halt release interrupt request during execution of HALT instruction (during 6 states). In the system which accepts the interrupts during execution HALT instruction, set the same operation mode before and after the STOP mode.
91C025-35
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.3.6 Input Buffer State Table
Input Buffer State When the CPU is Input Port Name Function Name During Reset operating When Used as function Pin
D0-7 P10-17 P56 (*1) P80-82 (*2) P83 (*2) P90 (*1) P91 (*1) P92 (*1) P93 (*1) P94 (*1) P95 (*1) P96 (*1) P97 (*1) PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 PC0 PC3 (*1) PC1 PC2 PC4 PC5 (*1) PZ2-Z3
RESET ,
In HALT mode(IDLE2) When Used as function Pin
OFF
In HALT mode(IDLE1/STOP) Condition A (Note) When Used as function Pin When Used as Input Port
- OFF OFF - OFF OFF ON - ON OFF
Condition B (Note) When Used as function Pin
-
When Used as Input Port
-
When Used as Input Port
- OFF
When Used as Input Port
- OFF D8-15
WAIT
ON upon external read ON OFF ON -
ON ON ON upon port read -
ON OFF
-
ADTRG
KI0 KI1 KI2 KI3 KI4 KI5 KI6 KI7 INT0, PS INT1, TA0IN INT2 INT3 - - RXD0 SCLK0, CTS0 ON RXD1 SCLK1, CTS1 - - - ON: The buffer is always turned on. A current flows *1: Port having a pull-up/pull-down resistor. the input buffer if the input pin is not driven. OFF: The buffer is always turned off. -: No applicable *2:AIN input does not cause a current to flow through the buffer. ON - - - OFF - - ON - - ON OFF - ON - - - OFF OFF ON - OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
AM0,AM1 X1,XT1
ON
ON
IDLE1 : ON , STOP : OFF
Note: Condition A/B are as follows.
SYSCR2 register setting 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 HALT mode IDLE1 STOP Condition A Condition A Condition B Condition B
91C025-36
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.3.7 Output Buffer State Table
Output Buffer State When the CPU is Port Name Output Function Name operating During Reset When Used as function Pin
D0-7 P10-17 A0-15 P20-27 P56 (*1) P60 P61 P62 P63 P64 P65 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PB3-B4 PB5 PB6 PC0 PC1,C4 PC2 PC3 (*1) PC5 PD0 (*1) PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 PD7
RD , WR
In HALT mode(IDLE2) When Used as function Pin
OFF
In HALT mode(IDLE1/STOP) Condition A (Note) When Used as Output Port
- OFF OFF OFF - -
Condition B (Note) When Used as function Pin When Used as Output Port
- ON -
When Used as Output Port
- ON -
When Used When Used as Output Port
- ON -
as function Pin
- OFF D8-15 - A16-23 -
CS0 CS1 CS2 , CS2A CS3
ON upon external write ON OFF ON -
ON -
ON -
EA24, CS2B , SRLB EA25, CS2C , SRUB KO0, ALARM ,
MLDALM
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
KO1,TA1OUT KO2,TA3OUT KO3,SCOUT - PX PY TXD0 - SCLK0 TXD1 SCLK1 D1BSCP D2BLP D3BFR DLEBCD DOFFB MLDALM -
HWR
- -
- -
- ON OFF -
- -
ON OFF
ON
ON
-
-
-
-
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
- OFF ON -
- ON -
- OFF IDLE1 : ON , STOP : Output "H" level IDLE1 : ON , STOP : High-Z
- ON
PZ2 (*1) PZ3 (*1) X2 XT2
R/W, SRWR - -
ON
ON
ON
ON : The buffer is always turned on. When the bus is *1:Port having a pull-up/pull-down resistor. released , however ,output buffers for some pins are turned off. OFF: The buffer is always turned off. - : No applicable
Note: Condition A/B are as follows.
SYSCR2 register setting 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 HALT mode IDLE1 STOP Condition A Condition A Condition B Condition B
91C025-37
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.4
Interrupts
Interrupts are controlled by the CPU interrupt mask register SR and by the built-in interrupt controller. The TMP91C025 has a total of 37 interrupts divided into the following three types: * * * Interrupts generated by CPU: 9 sources (Software interrupts, illegal instruction interrupt) Internal interrupts: 23 sources Interrupts on external pins ( INT0 to INT3, INTKEY): 5 sources
A (fixed) individual interrupt vector number is assigned to each interrupt. One of six (variable) priority level can be assigned to each maskable interrupt. The priority level of non-maskable interrupts are fixed at 7 as the highest level. When an interrupt is generated, the interrupt controller sends the piority of that interrupt to the CPU.If multiple interrupts are generated simultaneously, the interrupt controller sends the interrupt with the highest priority to the CPU. (The highest priority is level 7 using for non-maskable interrupts.) The CPU compares the priority level of the interrupt with the value of the CPU interrupt mask register . If the priority level of the interrupt is higher than the value of the interrupt mask register, the CPU accepts the interrupt. The interrupt mask register value can be updated using the value of the EI instruction (EI num sets data to num). For example, specifying EI 3 enables the maskable interrupts which priority level set in the interrupt controller is 3 or higher, and also non-maskable interrupts. Operationally, the DI instruction ( = 7) is identical to the EI 7 instruction. DI instruction is used to disable maskable interrupts because of the priority level of maskable interrupts is 1 to 6. The EI instruction is vaild immediately after execution. In addition to the above general-purpose interrupt processing mode, TLCS-900/L1 has a micro DMA interrupt processing mode as well. The CPU can transfer the data (1/2/4 bytes) automatically in micro DMA mode, therefore this mode is used for speed-up interrupt processing, such as transferring data to the internal or external peripheral I/O. Moreover, TMP91C025 has software start function for micro DMA processing request by the software not by the hardware interrupt. Figure 3.4.1 shows the overall interrupt processing flow.
91C025-38
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Interrupt processing Micro DMA soft start request
Interrupt specified by micro DMA start vector?
Yes
No Clear interrupt request flag
Interrupt vector value V read Interrupt request F/F clear
Data transfer by micro DMA
General-purpose interrupt processing
PUSH PC PUSH SR SR Level of accepted interrupt + 1 INTNEST INTNEST + 1
Count Count1
Micro DMA processing
Count = 0 No
Yes
Clear vector register generating micro DMA trasfer and interrupt (INTTC0 - 3)
PC (FFFF00H + V)
Interrupt processing program
RETI instruction POP SR POP PC INTNESTINTNEST - 1
End
Figure 3.4.1 Overall Interrupt Processing Flow
91C025-39
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.4.1 General-purpose Interrupt Processing
When the CPU accepts an interrupt, it usually performs the following sequence of operations. That is also the same as TLCS-900/L and TLCS-900/H. (1) The CPU reads the interrupt vector from the interrupt controller. If the same level interrupts occur simultaneously, the interrupt controller generates an interrupt vector in accordance with the default priority and clears the interrupt request. (The default priority is already fixed for each interrupt: the smaller vector value has the higher priority level.) (2) The CPU pushes the value of program counter (PC) and status register (SR) onto the stack area (indicated by XSP). (3) The CPU sets the value which is the priority level of the accepted interrupt plus 1 (+1) to the interrupt mask register . However, if the priority level of the accepted interrupt is 7, the register's value is set to 7. (4) The CPU increases the interrupt nesting counter INTNEST by 1 (+1). (5) The CPU jumps to the address indicated by the data at address FFFF00H + interrupt vector and starts the interrupt processing routine. The above processing time is 18 states (1.00 s at 36 MHz) as the best case (16-bit data bus width and 0 waits). When the CPU compled the interrupt processing, use the RETI instruction to return to the main routine. RETI restores the contents of program counter (PC) and status register (SR) from the stack and decreases the Interrupt Nesting counter INTNEST by 1 (-1). Non-maskable interrupts cannot be disabled by a user program. Maskable interrupts, however, can be enabled or disabled by a user program. A program can set the priority level for each interrupt source. (A priority level setting of 0 or 7 will disable an interrupt request.) If an interrupt request which has a priority level equal to or greater than the value of the CPU interrupt mask register comes out, the CPU accepts its interrupt. Then, the CPU interrupt mask register is set to the value of the priority level for the accepted interrupt plus 1 (+1). Therefore, if an interrupt is generated with a higher level than the current interrupt during its processing, the CPU accepts the later interrupt and goes to the nesting status of interrupt processing. Moreover, if the CPU receives another interrupt request while performing the said (1) to (5) processing steps of the current interrupt, the latest interrupt request is sampled immediately after execution of the first instruction of the current interrupt processing routine. Specifying DI as the start instruction disables maskable interrupt nesting. A reset initializes the interrupt mask register to 111, disabling all maskable interrupts. Table 3.4.1 shows the TMP91C025 interrupt vectors and micro DMA start vectors. The address FFFF00H to FFFFFFH (256 bytes) is assigned for the interrupt vector area.
91C025-40
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.4.1 TMP91C025 Interrupt Vectors Table Default Priority
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 - 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Maskable NonMaskable
Type
Interrupt Source and Source of Micro DMA Request
Reset or "SWI 0" instruction "SWI 1" instruction INTUNDEF: illegal instruction or "SWI 2" instruction "SWI 3" instruction "SWI 4" instruction "SWI 5" instruction "SWI 6" instruction "SWI 7" instruction INTWD: Watchdog timer Micro DMA (MDMA) INT0 pin INT1 pin INT2 pin INT3 pin INTALM0: ALM0 (8192 Hz) INTALM1: ALM1 (512 Hz) INTALM2: ALM2 (64 Hz) INTALM3: ALM3 (2 Hz) INTALM4: ALM4 (1 Hz) INTTA0: INTTA1: INTTA2: INTTA3: INTRX0: INTTX0: INTRX1: INTTX1: INTAD: INTKEY: INTRTC: INTLCD: INTP0: INTP1: INTTC0: INTTC1: INTTC2: INTTC3: (Reserved) to (Reserved) 8-bit timer0 8-bit timer1 8-bit timer2 8-bit timer3 Serial reception (Channel 0) Serial transmission (Channel 0) Serial reception (Channel 1) Serial transmission (Channel 1) AD conversion end Key wake up RTC (Alarm interrupt) LCDC/LP pin Protect 0 (WR to special SFR) Protect 1 (WR to ROM) Micro DMA end (Channel 0) Micro DMA end (Channel 1) Micro DMA end (Channel 2) Micro DMA end (Channel 3)
Vector Micro Vector Reference DMA Start Value (V) Address Vector
0000H 0004H 0008H 000CH 0010H 0014H 0018H 001CH 0024H - 0028H 002CH 0030H 0034H 0038H 003CH 0040H 0044H 0048H 004CH 0050H 0054H 0058H 005CH 0060H 0064H 0068H 006CH 0070H 0074H 007CH 0080H 0084H 0088H 008CH 0090H 0094H 0098H to 00FCH FFFF00H FFFF04H FFFF08H FFFF0CH FFFF10H FFFF14H FFFF18H FFFF1CH FFFF24H - FFFF28H FFFF2CH FFFF30H FFFF34H FFFF38H FFFF3CH FFFF40H FFFF44H FFFF48H FFFF4CH FFFF50H FFFF54H FFFF58H FFFF5CH FFFF60H FFFF64H FFFF68H FFFF6CH FFFF70H FFFF74H FFFF7CH FFFF80H FFFF84H FFFF88H FFFF8CH FFFF90H FFFF94H FFFF98H to FFFFFCH - - - - - - - - - - 0AH 0BH 0CH 0DH 0EH 0FH 10H 11H 12H 13H 14H 15H 16H 17H 18H 19H 1AH 1BH 1CH 1DH 1FH 20H 21H - - - - - to -
91C025-41
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.4.2 Micro DMA Processing
In addition to general-purpose interrupt processing, the TMP91C025 supprots a micro DMA function. Interrupt requests set by micro DMA perform micro DMA processing at the highest priority level (level 6) among maskable interrupts, regardless of the priority level of the particular interrupt source. The micro DMA has 4 channels and is possible continuous transmission by specifing the say later burst mode. Because the micro DMA function has been implemented with the cooperative operation of CPU, when CPU goes to a standby mode by HALT instruction, the requirement of micro DMA will be ignored (Pending). (1) Micro DMA operation When an interrupt request specified by the micro DMA start vector register is generated, the micro DMA triggers a micro DMA request to the CPU at interrupt priority level 6 and starts processing the request in spite of any interrupt source's level. The micro DMA is ignored on = 7. The 4 micro DMA channels allow micro DMA processing to be set for up to 4 types of interrupts at any one time. When micro DMA is accepted, the interrupt request flip-flop assigned to that channel is cleared. The data are automatically transferred once (1/2/4 bytes) from the transfer source address to the transfer destination address set in the control register, and the transfer counter is decreased by 1 (-1). If the decreased result is 0, the micro DMA transfer end interrupt (INTTC0 to INTTC3) passes from the CPU to the interrupt controller. In addition, the micro DMA start vector register DMAnV is cleared to 0, the next micro DMA is disabled and micro DMA processing completes. If the decreased result is other than 0, the micro DMA processing completes if it isn't specified the say later burst mode. In this case, the micro DMA transfer end interrupt (INTTC0 to INTTC3) aren't generated. If an interrupt request is triggered for the interrupt source in use during the interval between the clearing of the micro DMA start vector and the next setting, general-purpose interrupt processing executes at the interrupt level set. Therefore, if only using the interrupt for starting the micro DMA (not using the interrupts as a general-purpose interrupt: level 1 to 6), first set the interrupts level to 0 (Interrupt requests disabled). If using micro DMA and general-purpose interrupts together, first set the level of the interrupt used to start micro DMA processing lower than all the other interrupt levels. (Note) In this case, the cause of general interrupt is limited to the edge interrupt. The priority of the micro DMA transfer end interrupt (INTTC0 to INTTC3) is defined by the interrupt level and the default priority as the same as the other maskable interrupt.
Note: If the priority level of micro DMA is set higher than that of other interrupts, CPU operates as follows. In case INTxxx interrupt is generated first and then INTyyy interrupt is generated between checking "Interrupt specified by micro DMA start vector" (in the Figure 3.4.1) and reading interrupt vector with setting below. The vector shifts to that of INTyyy at the time. This is because the priority level of INTyyy is higher than that of INTxxx. In the interrupt routine, CPU reads the vector of INTyyy because cheking of micro DMA has finished. And INTyyy is generated regardless of transfer counter of micro DMA. INTxxx: level 1 without micro DMA INTyyy: level 6 with micro DMA
91C025-42
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
If a micro DMA request is set for more than one channel at the same time, the priority is not based on the interrupt priority level but on the channel number. The smaller channel number has the higher priority (Channel 0 (High) > channel 3 (Low)). While the register for setting the transfer source/transfer destination addresses is a 32-bit control register, this register can only effectively output 24-bit addresses. Accordingly, micro DMA can access 16 Mbytes (the upper eight bits of the 32 bits are not valid). Three micro DMA transfer modes are supported: 1-byte transfer, 2-byte (one word) transfer, and 4-byte transfer. After a transfer in any mode, the transfer source/destination addresses are increased, decreased, or remain unchanged. This simplifies the transfer of data from I/O to memory, from memory to I/O , and from I/O to I/O. For details of the transfer modes, see 3.4.2 (4) Transfer mode register. As the transfer counter is a 16-bit counter, micro DMA processing can be set for up to 65536 times per interrupt source. (The micro DMA processing count is maximized when the transfer counter initial value is set to 0000H.) Micro DMA processing can be started by the 24 interrupts shown in the micro DMA start vectors of Table 3.4.1 and by the micro DMA soft start, making a total of 25 interrupts. Figure 3.4.2 shows the word transfer micro DMA cycle in transfer destination address INC mode (except for counter mode, the same as for other modes). (The conditions for this cycle are based on an external 16-bit bus, 0 waits, trandfer source/transfer destination addresses both even-numberd values).
1 state
Note 1 DM2 DM3 DM4 DM5 DM6
Note 2 DM7 DM8
DM1 X1 A0 to A23
RD
WR / HWR
Trasfer source address
Trasger destination address
D0 to D15
Input
Output
Figure 3.4.2 Timing for Micro DMA Cycle States 1 to 3: Instruction fetch cycle (Gets next address code). If 3 bytes and more instruction codes are inserted in the instruction queue buffer, this cycle becomes a dummy cycle. States 4 to 5: Micro DMA read cycle State 6: Dummy cycle (the address bus remains unchanged from state 5) States 7 to 8: Micro DMA write cycle Note 1: If the source address area is an 8-bit bus, it is increased by two states. If the source address area is a 16-bit bus and the address starts from an odd number, it is increased by two states. Note 2: If the destination address area is an 8-bit bus, it is increased by two states. If the destination address area is a 16-bit bus and the address starts from an odd number, it is increased by two states.
91C025-43
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Soft start function In addition to starting the micro DMA function by interrupts, TMP91C025 includes a micro DMA software start function that starts micro DMA on the generation of the write cycle to the DMAR register. Writing 1 to each bit of DMAR register causes micro DMA once (If write 0 to each bits, micro DMA doesn't operate). At the end of transfer, the corresponding bit of the DMAR register is automatically cleared to 0. Only one-channel can be set for micro DMA at once. (Do not write 1 to plural bits.) When writing again 1 to the DMAR register, check whether the bit is 0 before writing 1. If read 1, micro DMA transfer isn't started yet. When a burst is specified by DMAB register, data is continuously transferred until the value in the micro DMA transfer counter is 0 after start up of the micro DMA. If the value in the micro DMA transfer counter is 0 after start up of the micro DMA transfer counter doesn't change. Don't use Read-modify-write instruction to avoid writing to other bits by mistake. Symbol Name
DMA DMAR request register
Address
89H (Prohibit RMW)
7
6
5
4
3
DMAR3 0
2
DMAR2 0 R/W
1
DMAR1 0
0
DMAR0 0
DMA request
(3) Transfer control registers The transfer source address and the transfer destination address are set in the following registers in CPU. Data setting for these registers is done by an LDC cr,r instruction.
Channel 0 DMAS0 DMAD0 DMAC0 DMAM0 DMA source address register 0: DMA counter register 0: DMA mode register 0. only use LSB 24 bits. 1 to 65536 . DMA destination address register 0: only use LSB 24 bits.
Channel 3 DMAS3 DMAD3 DMAC3 DMAM3 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits DMA source address register 3. DMA destination address register 3. DMA counter register 3. DMA mode register 3.
91C025-44
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(4) Detailed description of the transfer mode register
8 bits DMAM0 to DMAM3 0 0 0 Mode Note: When setting a value in this register, write 0 to the upper 3 bits.
Number of Transfer Bytes
000 (fixed) 000 00 01 10 001 00 01 10 010 00 01 10 011 00 01 10 100 00 01 10 101 00 Byte transfer Word transfer 4-bit transfer Counter mode Byte transfer Word transfer 4-bit transfer Byte transfer Word transfer 4-bit transfer Byte transfer Word transfer 4-bit transfer Byte transfer Word transfer 4-bit transfer
Mode Description
Transfer destination address INC mode ................................................ I/O to memory (DMADn+) (DMASn) DMACn DMACn - 1 If DMACn = 0, then INTTCn is generated. Transfer destination address DEC mode ................................................ I/O to memory (DMADn-) (DMASn) DMACn DMACn - 1 If DMACn = 0, then INTTCn is generated. Transfer source address INC mode ................................................ Memory to I/O (DMADn) (DMASn+) DMACn DMACn - 1 If DMACn = 0, then INTTCn is generated. Transfer source address DEC mode ................................................ Memory to I/O (DMADn) (DMASn-) DMACn DMACn - 1 If DMACn = 0, then INTTCn is generated. Fixed address mode ........................................................ I/O to I/O (DMADn) (DMASn-) DMACn DMACn - 1 If DMACn = 0, then INTTCn is generated.
Minimum Number of Execution Time Execution States at fc = 36 MHz
8 states 444 ns
12 states
667 ns
8 states
444 ns
12 states
667 ns
8 states
444 ns
12 states
667 ns
8 states
444 ns
12 states
667 ns
8 states
444 ns
12 states
667 ns
..................... For counting number of times interrupt is generated DMASn DMASn + 1 DMACn DMACn - 1 If DMACn = 0, then INTTCn is generated. 5 states 278 ns
Note 1: n is the corresponding micro DMA channels 0 to 3 DMADn+/DMASn+: Post-increment (increment register value after transfer) DMADn-/DMASn-: Post-decrement (decrement register value after transfer) The I/Os in the table mean fixed address and the memory means increment (INC) or decrement (DEC) addresses. Note 2: Execution time is under the condition of: 16-bit bus width (both translation and destination address area) /0 waits/ fc = 36 MHz/selected high frequency mode (fc x 1) Note 3: Do not use an undefined code for the transfer mode register except for the defined codes listed in the above table.
91C025-45
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.4.3 Interrupt Controller Operation
The block diagram in Figure 3.4.3 shows the interrupt circuits. The left-hand side of the diagram shows the interrupt controller circuit. The right-hand side shows the CPU interrupt request signal circuit and the halt release circuit. For each of the 36 interrupt channels there is an interrupt request flag (consisting of a flip-flop), an interrupt priority setting register and a micro DMA start vector register. The interrupt request flag latches interrupt requests from the peripherals. The flag is cleared to 0 in the following cases: * * * * * When reset occurs When the CPU reads the channel vector after accepted its interrupt When executing an instruction that clears the interrupt (Write DMA start vector to INTCLR register) When the CPU receives a micro DMA request (When micro DMA is set) When the micro DMA burst transfer is terminated
An interrupt priority can be set independently for each interrupt source by writing the priority to the interrupt priority setting register (e.g. INTE0AD or INTE12). 6 interrupt priorities levels (1 to 6) are provided. Setting an interrupt source's priority level to 0 (or 7) disables interrupt requests from that source. The priority of non-maskable interrupts (Watchdog timer interrupts) is fixed at 7. If interrupt request with the same level are generated at the same time, the default priority (The interrupt with the lowest priority or, in other words, the interrupt with the lowest vector value) is used to determine which interrupt request is accepted first. The 3rd and 7th bits of the interrupt priority setting register indicate the state of the interrupt request flag and thus whether an interrupt request for a given channel has occurred. The interrupt controller sends the interrupt request with the highest priority among the simulateous interrupts and its vector address to the CPU. The CPU compares the priority value in the status register by the interrupt request signal with the priority value set; if the latter is higher, the interrupt is accepted. Then the CPU sets a value higher than the priority value by 1 (+1) in the CPU SR. Interrupt request where the priority value equals or is higher than the set value are accepted simultaneously during the previous interrupt routine. When interrupt processing is completed (after execution of the RETI instruction), the CPU restores the priority value saved in the stack before the interrupt was generated to the CPU SR. The interrupt controller also has registers (4 channels) used to store the micro DMA start vector. Writing the start vector of the interrupt source for the micro DMA processing (see Table 3.4.1), enables the corresponding interrupt to be processed by micro DMA processing. The values must be set in the micro DMA parameter register (e.g. DMAS and DMAD) prior to the micro DMA processing.
91C025-46
2007-02-28
Interrupt controller Interrupt request F/F S R
V = 20H V = 24H
CPU 1
Q Interrupt mask F/F RESET Interrupt Priority encoder request signal IFF2:0 3 3 INTRQ2 to 0 3 Interrupt level detect EI 1 to 7 DI 1 7 6 6
RESET Interrupt vector read Decoder
A B C
INTWD
Priority setting register D Q CLR Interrupt request F/F Dn + 3 Interrupt request F/F 36
Interrupt vector generator
Dn
Dn + 1
Dn + 2
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 if INTRQ2 to 0 IFF 2 to 0 then 1.
Interrupt request signal
INT0
Reset
SQ R D0 D1 Interrupt vector read Micro DMA acknowledge D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
1 A 2 Highest priority B 3 interrupt 4 level select C 5 6 7
INT1 INT2 INT3 INTALM0 INTALM1 INTALM2 INTALM3 INTALM4 INTTA0
V = 28H V = 2CH V = 30H V = 34H V = 38H V = 3CH V = 40H V = 44H V = 48H V = 4CH
During IDLE1 During STOP
Figure 3.4.3 Block Diagram of Interrupt Controller
91C025-47
Interrupt vector read
V = 84H V = 88H V = 8CH V = 90H V = 94H
HALT release
Micro DMA Counter 0 Interrupt
RESET INT0, 1, 2, 3, INTKEY, INTRTC, INTALM 4 input OR 4 if IFF = 7 then 0 0 1 2 3 Micro DMA channel priority encoder A B 2 2
Micro DMA request
INTP1 INTTC0 INTTC1 INTTC2 INTTC3
Micro DMA start vector setting register
Soft start 34 S
Selector
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
DQ
INTTC0
6
RESET
DMA0V DMA1V DMA2V DMA3V
Micro DMA channel specification
TMP91C025
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(1) Interrupt level setting registers Symbol Name Address
INT0 and
INTE0AD
7
IADC R 0
6
INTAD IADM2 0 INT2 I2M2 0 INTALM4 IA4M2 0 INTALM1 IA1M2 0 INTALM3 IA3M2 0 ITA1M2 0 ITA3M2 0 INTKEY IKM2 0
5
IADM1 R/W 0 I2M1 R/W 0 IA4M1 R/W 0 IA1M1 R/W 0 IA3M1 R/W 0 ITA1M1 R/W 0 ITA3M1 R/W 0 IKM1 R/W 0
4
IADM0 0 I2M0 0 IA4M0 0 IA1M0 0 IA3M0 0 ITA1M0 0 ITA3M0 0 IKM0 0
3
I0C R 0 I1C R 0 I3C R 0 IA0C R 0 IA2C R 0 ITA0C R 0 ITA2C R 0 IRC R 0
2
INT0 I0M2 0 INT1 I1M2 0 INT3 I3M2 0 INTALM0 IA0M2 0 INTALM2 IA2M2 0 ITA0M2 0 ITA2M2 0 INTRTC IRM2 0
1
I0M1 R/W 0 I1M1 R/W 0 I3M1 R/W 0 IA0M1 R/W 0 IA2M1 R/W 0 ITA0M1 R/W 0 ITA2M1 R/W 0 IRM1 R/W 0
0
I0M0 0 I1M0 0 I3M0 0 IA0M0 0 IA2M0 0 ITA0M0 0 ITA2M0 0 IRM0 0
INTAD enable
90H
INT1 and
INTE12
INT2 enable
91H
I2C R 0
INT3 and
INTE3ALM4
INTALM4 enable INTALM0
92H
IA4C R 0
INTEALM01
and INTALM1 enable INTALM2
93H
IA1C R 0 IA3C R 0 ITA1C R 0 ITA3C R 0 IKC R 0
INTEALM23
and INTALM3 enable INTTA0
94H
INTTA1 (TMRA1) 95H
INTTA0 (TMRA0)
INTETA01
and INTTA1 enable INTTA2
INTTA3 (TMRA3) 96H
INTTA2 (TMRA2)
INTETA23
and INTTA3 enable INTRTC
INTERTCKEY
and INTKEY enable
97H
Interrupt request flag
lxxM2
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
lxxM1
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
lxxM0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Function (Write)
Disables interrupt requests Sets interrupt priority level to 1 Sets interrupt priority level to 2 Sets interrupt priority level to 3 Sets interrupt priority level to 4 Sets interrupt priority level to 5 Sets interrupt priority level to 6 Disables interrupt requests
91C025-48
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Symbol Name
Interrupt INTES0 enable serial 0
Address
7
ITX0C R 0
6
INTTX0 ITX0M2 0 INTTX1 ITX1M2 0 INTLCD ILCDM2 0 INTTC1 ITC1M2 0 INTTC3 ITC3M2 0 INTP1 IP1M2 0
5
ITX0M1 0 ITX1M1 R/W 0 ILCDM1 R/W 0 ITC1M1 R/W 0 ITC3M1 R/W 0 IP1M1 R/W 0
4
ITX0M0 R 0 ITX1M0 0 ILCDM0 0 ITC1M0 0 ITC3M0 0 IP1M0 0
3
IRX0C R/W 0 IRX1C R 0 - - - ITC0C R 0 ITC2C R 0 IP0C R 0
2
INTRX0 IRX0M2 0 INTRX1 IRX1M2 0 - - - INTTC0 ITC0M2 0 INTTC2 ITC2M2 0 INTP0 IP0M2 0
1
IRX0M1 0 IRX1M1 R/W 0 - - - ITC0M1 R/W 0 ITC2M1 R/W 0 IP0M1 R/W 0
0
IRX0M0 0 IRX1M0 0 - - ITC0M0 0 ITC2M0 0 IP0M0 0
98H
R/W
INTRX1 &
INTES1
INTTX1 enable
99H
ITXT1C R 0
INTELCD
INTLCD enable
9AH
ILCD1C R 0
INTTC0 &
INTETC01 INTTC1
enable
9BH
ITC1C R 0
INTTC2 &
INTETC23 INTTC3
enable
9CH
ITC3C R 0
INTP0 &
INTEP01 INTP1
enable
9DH
IP1C R 0
Interrupt request flag
lxxM2
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
lxxM1
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
lxxM0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Function (Write)
Disables interrupt requests Sets interrupt priority level to 1 Sets interrupt priority level to 2 Sets interrupt priority level to 3 Sets interrupt priority level to 4 Sets interrupt priority level to 5 Sets interrupt priority level to 6 Disables interrupt requests
91C025-49
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) External interrupt control Symbol Name Address
Interrupt IIMC input mode control (Prohibit RMW) 8CH 0 Always write 0. 0 Always write 0. 0 0: Rising 1: Falling 0 0: Rising 1: Falling
7 -
6 -
5
I3EDGE
4
I2EDGE
W
3
I1EDGE 0 0: Rising 1: Falling
2
I0EDGE 0 0: Rising 1: Falling
1
I0LE 0 0: Edge 1: Level
0
- 0 write 0.
INT3EDGE INT2EDGE INT1EDGE INT0EDGE INT0 mode Always
INT0 level enable 0 1 edge detect INT High level INT
(3) Interrupt request flag clear register The interrupt request flag is cleared by writing the appropriate micro DMA start vector, to the register INTCLR. For example, to clear the interrupt flag INT0, perform the following register operation after execution of the DI instruction. INTCLR 0AH: Clears interrupt request flag INT0. Symbol Name Address
Interrupt INTCLR clear control 88H (Prohibit RMW) 0 0 0
7
6
5
CLRV5
4
CLRV4
3
CLRV3 W
2
CLRV2 0
1
CLRV1 0
0
CLRV0 0
Interrupt Vector
(4) Micro DMA start vector registers This register assigns micro DMA processing to which interrupt source. The interrupt source with a micro DMA start vector that matches the vector set in this register is assigned as the micro DMA start source. When the micro DMA transfer counter value reaches zero, the micro DMA transfer end interrupt corresponding to the channel is sent to the interrupt controller, the micro DMA start vector register is cleared, and the micro DMA start source for the channel is cleared. Therefore, to continue micro DMA processing, set the micro DMA start vector register again during the processing of the micro DMA transfer end interrupt. If the same vector is set in the micro DMA start vector registers of more than one channel, the channel with the lowest number has a higher priority. Accordingly, if the same vector is set in the micro DMA start vector registers of two channels, the interrupt generated in the channel with the lower number is executed until micro DMA transfer is complete. If the micro DMA start vector for this channel is not set again, the next micro DMA is started for the channel with the higher number. (Micro DMA chaining.)
91C025-50
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Symbol
Name
DMA0
Address
7
6
5
DMA0V5
4
DMA0V4 0 DMA1V4 0 DMA2V4 0 DMA3V4 0
3
DMA0V3 0 DMA1V3 0 DMA2V3 0 DMA3V3 0 R/W
2
DMA0V2 0 DMA1V2 0 DMA2V2 0 DMA3V2 0
1
DMA0V1 0 DMA1V1 0 DMA2V1 0 DMA3V1 0
0
DMA0V0 0 DMA1V0 0 DMA2V0 0 DMA3V0 0
DMA0V start vector
80H
0 DMA1V5
DMA0 start vector DMA1 DMA1V start vector 81H R/W 0 DMA2V5 82H 0 DMA3V5 83H 0 DMA1 start vector DMA2 DMA2V start vector R/W DMA2 start vector DMA3 DMA3V start vector R/W DMA3 start vector
(5) Micro DMA burst specification Specifying the micro DMA burst continues the micro DMA transfer until the transfer counter register reaches zero after micro DMA start. Setting a bit which corresponds to the micro DMA channel of the DMAB registers mentioned below to 1 specifies a burst. Symbol Name
DMA DMAR software request register DMA DMAB burst register 8AH
Address
89H (Prohibit RMW)
7
6
5
4
3
DMAR3 R/W 0 DMAB3 0
2
DMAR2 R/W 0 DMAB2 R/W 0
1
DMAR1 R/W 0 DMAB1 0
0
DMAR0 R/W 0 DMAB0 0
1: DMA software request
1: DMA burst request
91C025-51
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(6) Attention point The instruction execution unit and the bus interface unit of this CPU operate independently. Therefore, immediately before an interrupt is generated, if the CPU fetches an instruction that clears the corresponding interrupt request flag, the CPU may execute the instruction that clears the interrupt request flag (Note) between accepting and reading the interrupt vector. In this case, the CPU reads the default vector 0008H and reads the interrupt vector address FFFF08H. To avoid the avobe plogram, place instructions that clear interrupt request flags after a DI instruction. And in the case of setting an interrupt enable again by EI instruction after the execution of clearing instruction, execute EI instruction after clearing and more than 1-instructions (ex. "NOP" x 1 times) In the case of changing the value of the interrupt mask register by execution of POP SR instruction, disable an interrupt by DI instruction before execution of POP SR instruction. In addition, take care as the following 2 circuits are exceptional and demand special attention.
INT0 level mode In level mode INT0 is not an edge-triggered interrupt. Hence, in level mode the interrupt request flip-flop for INT0 does not function. The peripheral interrupt request passes through the S input of the flip-flop and becomes the Q output. If the interrupt input mode is changed from edge mode to level mode, the interrupt request flag is cleared automatically. If the CPU enters the interrupt response sequence as a result of INT0 going from 0 to 1, INT0 must then be held at 1 until the interrupt response sequence has been completed. If INT0 is set to level mode so as to release a halt state, INT0 must be held at 1 from the time INT0 changes from 0 to 1 until the halt state is released. (Hence, it is necessary to ensure that input noise is not interpreted as a 0, causing INT0 to revert to 0 before the halt state has been released.) When the mode changes from level mode to edge mode, interrupt request flags which were set in level mode will not be cleared. Interrupt request flags must be cleared using the following sequence. DI LD (IIMC), 00H ; Switches interrupt input mode from level mode to edge mode. LD (INTCLR), 0AH ; Clears interrupt request flag. NOP EI INTRX The interrupt request flip-flop can only be cleared by a reset or by reading the serial channel receive buffer. It cannot be cleared by writing INTCLR register. ; Wait EI instruction
Note: The following instructions or pin input state changes are equivalent to instructions that clear the interrupt request flag. Instructions which switch to level mode after an interrupt request has been generated in edge mode. The pin input change from high to low after interrupt request has been generated in level mode. (H L) INTRX: Instruction which read the receive buffer. INT0:
91C025-52
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.5
Port Functions
The TMP91C025 features 38-bit settings which relate to the various I/O ports. As well as general-purpose I/O port functionality, the port pins also have I/O functions which relate to the built-in CPU and internal I/Os. Table 3.5.1 lists the functions of each port pin. Table 3.5.2, Table 3.5.4 lists I/O registers and their specifications. Table 3.5.1 Port Functions
(R: PU = with programmable pull-up resistor/U = with pull-up resistor)
Port Name
Port 1 Port 2 Port 5 Port 6
Pin Name
P10 to P17 P20 to P27 P56 P60 P61 P62 P63 P64 P65
Number of Pins
8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Direction
I/O Output I/O Output Output Output Output Output Output Input Input Input Input Input Output Output Output Output I/O I/O Input Input I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O Output Output Output Output Output Output I/O I/O
R
- - PU - - - - - - - - - - U - - - - - - - - - - PU - - PU - - - - - - PU PU
Direction Setting Unit
Bit (Fixed) Bit (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) Bit Bit (Fixed) (Fixed) Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) (Fixed) Bit Bit
Pin Name for Built-in Function
D8 to D15 A16 to A23
WAIT
CS0 CS1 CS2 , CS2A CS3
EA24, CS2B , SRLB EA25, CS2C , SRUB AN0 AN1 AN2, MX AN3, ADTRG , MY KI0 to KI7 KO0, ALARM , MLDALM KO1, TA1OUT KO2, TA3OUT KO3, SCOUT INT0, PS INT1, TA0IN INT2, PX INT3, PY TXD0 RXD0 SCLK0, CTS0 TXD1 RXD1 SCLK1, CTS1 D1BSCP D2BLP D3BFR DLEBCD DOFFB MLDALM
HWR
Port 8
P80 P81 P82 P83
Port 9 Port A
P90 to P97 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6
Port B
Port C
PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5
Port D
PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 PD7
Port Z
PZ2 PZ3
R/ W , SRWR
91C025-53
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.5.2 I/O Registers and Specifications (1/2) Port
Port 1 (Note 1) Port 2 Port 5 Port 6 P20 to P27 P56 P60 to P65 P60 P61 P62
X: Don't care I/O Register PnCR
0 1 X None 0 0 0 1 1 1 X None 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 None None None 0 1 0 0 1 None 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 X 1 X 1 None 1 None None 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 None 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 None 0 1 None None None
Pin Name
P10 to P17 Input port Output port
Specification
Pn
X X X X X 0 1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PnFC PnFC2
D8 to D15 bus Output port A16 to A23 output
WAIT input (Without PU)
WAIT input (With PU)
Output port CS0 output
CS1 output CS2 output CS2A output
P63 P64
CS3 output SRLB output CS2B output
P65
EA24 output SRUB output
CS2C output
EA25 output Port 8 P80 to P83 P83 Port 9 Port A P90 to P97 PA0 to PA3 Input port AN0 to 3 input ADTRG input Input port KI0 to 7 input Output port KO0 to 3 output (CMOS) KO0 to 3 output (Open drain) PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 Port B PB3 to PB4 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6
ALARM output
(Note 2) (Note 3)
X X X X X X X 1 0 X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MLDALM output
TA1OUT output TA3OUT output SCOUT output Input port Output port INT0 input PS input INT1 input TA0IN input INT2 input PX output INT3 input PY output
91C025-54
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.5.3 I/O Registers and Specifications (2/2) Port
Port C
X: Don't care I/O Register PnCR
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
Pin Name
PC0 to PC5 PC0 PC1 PC2 Input port Output port TXD0 output RXD0 input SCLK0 input
Specification
Pn
X X
PnFC PnFC2
0 0 1 None 0 1 0 1 None 0 1 0 0 1 1 None
(Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 X X X X X X X X X X X X
SCLK0 output
CTS0 input
PC3 PC4 PC5
TXD1 output RXD1 input SCLK1 input SCLK1 output
CTS1 input
Port D
PD0 to PD7 PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 PD7
Output port D1BSCP output D2BLP output D3BFR output DLEBCD output DOFFB output MLDALM output Input port Output port
HWR output
None
1 1 1 1
Port Z
PZ2 to PZ3 PZ2 PZ3
0 1 1 0 1
0 0 1 1 1
R/ W output
SRWR output
Note 1: Port1 is only use for port or DATA bus (D8 to D15) by setting AM1 and AM0 pins. Note 2: In case using P80 to P83 for analog input ports of AD converter, set to ADMOD1. Note 3: In case using P83 for ADTRG input port, set to ADMOD1. Note 4: As for input ports of SIO0 and SIO1: (TXD0, RXD0, SCLK0, CTS0 , TXD1, RXD1, SCLK1, CTS1 ), logical selection for output data or input data is determined by the output latch register Pn of each port.
91C025-55
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.5.1 Port 1 (P10 to P17)
Port 1 is an 8-bit general-purpose I/O port. Each bit can be set individually for input or output using the control register P1CR. Resetting , the control register P1CR to 0 and sets port 1 to input mode. In addition to functioning as a general-purpose I/O port, port 1 can also function as an address data bus (D8 to 15). Table 3.5.4 Function Setting of AM0/AM1 AM1
0 0 1 1
AM0
0 1 0 1
Function Setting after Reset
Input port Data bus (D8 to D15) Don't use this setting Don't use this setting
Reset Direction control (on bit basis) P1CR write
Output Latch Internal data bus Output buffer P1 write
Port 1 P10 to P17 (D8 to D15)
P1 Read
Figure 3.5.1 Port 1
91C025-56
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.5.2 Port 2 (P20 to P27)
Port 2 is an 8-bit output port. In addition to functioning as a output port, port 2 can also function as an address bus (A16 to A23). Each bit can be set individually for address bus using the function register P2FC. Resetting sets all bits of the function register P2FC to 1 and sets port 2 to address bus.
Reset
S Function control Internal data bus (on bits basis) P2FC write S Output latch B P2 write A selector Port 2 P20 to P27 (A16 to A23)
Output buffer
P2 read Internal A16 to A23
Figure 3.5.2 Port 2
91C025-57
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Port 1 Register 7
P1 P0 (0001H) (0000H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset P17
6
P16
5
P15
4
P14 R/W
3
P13
2
P12
1
P11
0
P10
Data from external port (Output latch register is cleared to 0.)
Port 1 Control Register 7
P1CR (0004H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset (Note2) Function 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 P17C
6
P16C
5
P15C
4
P14C W
3
P13C
2
P12C
1
P11C
0
P10C
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
0: Input 1: Output
Port 1 I/O setting 0: Input 1: Output
Port 2 Register 7
P2 (0006H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset 1 1 1 1 P27
6
P26
5
P25
4
P24 R/W
3
P23 1
2
P22 1
1
P21 1
0
P20 1
Port 2 Function Register 7
P2FC (0009H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 P27F
6
P26F
5
P25F
4
P24F W
3
P23F 1
2
P22F 1
1
P21F 1
0
P20F 1
0: Port 1: Address bus (A23 to A16)
Note1: Read-modify-write is prohibited for P1CR and P2FC. Note2: It is set to "Port" or "Data bus" by AM pins state.
Figure 3.5.3 Registers for Ports 1 and 2
91C025-58
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.5.3 Port Z (PZ2 to PZ3)
Port Z is an 2-bit general-purpose I/O port. I/O is set using control register PZCR and PZFC. Resetting sets all bits of the output latch PZ to 1. In addition to functioning as a general-purpose I/O port, port Z also functions as I/O for the CPU's control/status signal. Resetting initializes PZ2 and PZ3 pins to input mode with pull-up register.
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis) PZCR write Function conrtol Internal data bus (on bit basis) PZFC write S Selector S Output latch PZ write
HWR
P-ch (Programmable pull up) A B
PZ2 ( HWR ) Output buffer
PZ read
Figure 3.5.4 Port Z2
91C025-59
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis) PZCR write Function conrtol (on bit basis) Internal data bus PZFC write S Selector S Output latch PZ write A B C R/W
SRWR
P-ch (Programmable pull up)
PZ3 (R/ W , SRWR ) Output buffer
PZ read
Figure 3.5.5 Port Z3
91C025-60
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Port Z register 7
PZ (007DH)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
3
PZ3 R/W
2
PZ2
1
0
Data from external port (Note 1) 0(Output latch register) : Pull-up resistor OFF 1(Output latch register) : Pull-up resistor ON
Port Z control register 7
PZCR (007EH)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0
6
5
4
3
PZ3C W
2
PZ2C 0
1
0
0: Input 1: Output
Port Z function register 7
PZFC (007FH)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0: Port 1: R/ W ,
SRWR
6
5
4
3
PZ3F W
2
PZ2F 0
1
0
0: Port 1: HWR
Note 1: Note 2: Note 3:
Output latch register is set to 1. Read-modify-write is prohibited for registers PZCR and PZFC. When port Z is used in Input mode, the PZ register controls the built-in pull-up resistor. Read-modify-write is prohibited in input mode or I/O mode. Setting the built-in pull-up resistor may be depended on the states of the input pin.
R/W, SRWR setting

0

1
Output
SRWR
0 1
Input
R/W
Figure 3.5.6 Registers for Port Z
91C025-61
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.5.4 Port 5 (P56)
Port 5 is an 1-bit general-purpose I/O port. I/O is set using control register P5CR and P5FC. Resetting sets all bits of the output latch P5 to 1. In addition to functioning as a general-purpose I/O port, port 5 also functions as I/O for the CPU's control/status signal. Resetting initializes P56 pins to input mode with pull-up resistor.
Reset
Direction control (on bit basis) P5CR write
Internal data bus
P-ch (Programmable pull up)
S Output Latch P5 write
P56 ( WAIT ) Output buffer
Internal WAIT
P5 read
Figure 3.5.7 Port 5 (P56)
91C025-62
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Port 5 register 7
P5 (000DH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset
6
P56 R/W
Data from external port (Output latch register is set to 1.) 0(Output latch register) : Pull-up resistor OFF 1(Output latch register) : Pull-up resistor ON
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
Port 5 control register 7
P5CR (0010H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
P56C W 0 0: Input 1: Output
5
4
3
2
1
0
Note1: Read-modify-write is prohibited for registers P5CR. Note2: When the P56/WAIT pin is to be use as the WAIT pin, P5CR must be set to 0 and in the chip select/wait control register must be set 010.
Figure 3.5.8 Registers for Port 5
91C025-63
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.5.5 Port 6 (P60 to P65)
Port 60 to 65 are 6-bit output ports. Resetting sets output latch of P62 to "0" and output latches of P60 to P61, P63 to P65 to 1. Port6 also function as chip-select output ( CS0 to CS3 ), extend address output (EA24, EA25) and extend chip-select output ( CS2A , CS2B and CS2C ). Writing 1 in the corresponding bit of P6FC, P6FC2 enables the respective functions. Resetting resets the P6FC, P6FC2 to 0, and sets all bits to output ports.
Reset
Function control 2 (on bit basis) P6FC2 write Funtion control (on bit basis) P6FC write S Output lacth P6 write A B C Selector D 1,1,1,1, SRLB SRUB 1,1, CS2A ,1, CS2B , CS2C
CS0 , CS1 , CS2 , CS3 , EA24, EA25
Internal data bus
P60 ( CS0 ), P61 ( CS1 ), P62 ( CS2 , CS2A ), P63 ( CS3 ), P64 (EA24, CS2B , SRLB ), P65 (EA25, CS2C , SRUB )
P6 read
Figure 3.5.9 Port 6
91C025-64
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Port 6 Register 7
P6 (0012H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset 1 1 1
6
5
P65
4
P64
3
P63 R/W
2
P62 0
1
P61 1
0
P60 1
Port 6 Function Register 7
P6FC (0015H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0: Port 1: EA25 0 0: Port 1: EA24 0 0: Port 1: CS3
6
5
P65F
4
P64F
3
P63F W
2
P62F 0 0: Port 1: CS2
1
P61F 0 0: Port 1: CS1
0
P60F 0 0: Port 1: CS0
Port 6 Function Register 2 7
P6FC2 (001BH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0
6
5
P65F2 W
4
P64F2 0
3
-
2
P62F2 W 0 0: 1: CS2A
1
-
0
-
W 0
W 0
W 0
0: 0: Always 1: SRUB , 1: SRLB , write 0. CS2C , CS2B , EA25 EA24
Always write 0.
SRUB , CS2C , EA25 setting

SRLB , CS2B , EA24 setting

0

1

0
0 1 P64
SRLB
1
EA24
CS2B
0 1
P65
SRUB
EA25
CS2C
Note: Read-modify-write is prohibited for P6FC and P6FC2.
Figure 3.5.10 Registers for Port 6
91C025-65
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.5.6 Port 8 (P80 to P83)
Port 8 is a 4-bit input port and can also be used as the analog input pins for the internal AD converter. P83 can also be used as ADTRG pin for the AD converter. P82, P83 can also be used as MX, MY pin for touch screen interface.
Internal data bus
Port 8 read
Port 8 P80 to P83 (AN0 to AN3)
Conversion result register AD Read
AD converter
Channel selector
ADTRG (for P83 only) TSICR0 (for P82, P83 only)
TSICR0
Figure 3.5.11 Port 8
Port 8 Register 7
P8 (0018H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Note:
6
5
4
3
P83
2
P82 R
1
P81
0
P80
Data from external port.
The input channel selection of AD Converter, the permission of ADTRG input are set by AD Converter mode register ADMOD1. The input channel selection of AD Converter, the permission of MX, MY input are set by touch screen control register TSICR.
Figure 3.5.12 Registers for Port 8
91C025-66
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.5.7 Port 9 (P90 to P97)
Port 90 to 97 are 8-bit input ports with pull-up resistors. In addition to functioning as general-purpose I/O port, port 90 to 97 can also Key-on wakeup function as Key board interface. The various functions can each be enabled by writing 1 to the corresponding bit of the port 9 function register (P9FC). Resetting resets all bits of the register P9FC to 0 and sets all pins to be input port.
INTKEY
Rising edge detection
P90 to P97 8-OR
Internal data bus
Reset Key-on enable (on bit basis) P9FC write P9 read P90 to P97 (KI0 to KI7) Pull-up resistor
Figure 3.5.13 Port 9 When P9FC = 1, if either of input of KI0 to KI7 pins falls down, INTKEY interrupt is generated. INTKEY interrupt can be used to release all HALT mode.
Port 9 register 7
P9 (0019H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset P97
6
P96
5
P95
4
P94 R
3
P93
2
P92
1
P91
0
P90
Data from external port.
Port 9 function register 7
P9FC (001DH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 0: Key-in disable P97F
6
P96F
5
P95F
4
P94F W
3
P93F 0
2
P92F 0
1
P91F 0
0
P90F 0
1: Key-in enable
Key-in of Port 9 Disable Enable Note: Read-modify-write is prohibited for the registers P9FC. 0 1
Figure 3.5.14 Registers for Port 9
91C025-67
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.5.8 Port A (PA0 to PA3)
Port A0 to PA3 are 4-bit output ports, and also used Key board interface pin KO0 to KO3 which can set open drain output buffer. Writing 1 to the corresponding bit of the port A function register (PAFC) enable the open drain output. In addition to functioning as output port, port A also function as output pin for internal clock (SCOUT), output pin for RTC alarm ( ALARM ) and output pin for melody/alarm generator (MLDALM, MLDALM ). Above setting is used the function register PAFC2 Resetting reset bits of the registers PA to 1 and PAFC, PAFC2 to 0, and all pin outputs 1.
Reset
Function control PAFC2 write Internal data bus
Output buffer set PAFC write S S Output latch PA write A Y Selector B PA0 (KO0, ALARM , MLDALM ) Programmable open drain
PA read
MLDALM
AS Y Selector B
ALARM
Figure 3.5.15 Port A0
91C025-68
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Reset
Function control PAFC2 write Internal data bus
Output buffer set PAFC write S S Output latch PA write A Y Selector B Programmable open drain PA1 (KO1, TA1OUT) PA2 (KO2, TA3OUT)
PA read
TA1OUT TA3OUT
Figure 3.5.16 Port A1, 2
Reset
Function control PAFC2 write Internal data bus
Output buffer set PAFC write S S Output latch PA write PA read A Y Selector B Programmable open drain PA3 (KO3, SCOUT)
fFPH clock
Figure 3.5.17 Port A3
91C025-69
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Port A register 7
PA (001EH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset 1 1
6
5
4
3
PA3
2
PA2 R/W
1
PA1 1
0
PA0 1
Port A function register 7
PAFC (0021H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0
6
5
4
3
PA3F
2
PA2F W
1
PA1F 0
0
PA0F 0
0: CMOS output 1: Open drain
7
PAFC2 (0020H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
3
PA3F2 0
0: Port 1: SCOUT
2
PA2F2 W 0
0: Port 1: TA3OUT
1
PA1F2 0
0: Port 1: TA1OUT
0
PA0F2 0
0: Port 1: ALARM at =1 1: MLDALM at =0
Note: Read-modify-write is prohibited for PAFC and PAFC2.
Figure 3.5.18 Registers for Port A
91C025-70
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.5.9 Port B (PB3 to PB6)
Port B3 to PB6 is a 4-bit general-purpose I/O port. Each bit can be set individually for input or output. Resetting sets port B to be an input port. In addition to functioning as a general-purpose I/O port, port B3 to B6 has each external interruption input facility of INT0 to INT3. Edge selection of external interruption is establishes by IIMC register in the interrupt controller. And also, port B3 has PS input terminal, and port B4 has clock input terminal TA0IN of 8 bits timer 0, and port B5, B6 each has touch screen block listing PX, PY terminal. Timer output function and external interrupt function can be enabled by writing 1 to the corresponding bits in the port B function register (PBFC). Resetting resets all bits of the registers PBCR and PBFC to 0, and sets all bits to be input ports. (1) PB3 (INT0)
Reset
Direction control (on bits basis)
PBCR write Internal data bus
Function control (on bits basis)
PBFC write S Output latch PB write SB Selector PB read A Level/edge select and Rising/falling select IIMC PB3 (INT0, PS )
INT0
PS SYSCR2
Figure 3.5.19 Port B3
Note: After reset, input 1 to PB3 (INT0, PS ) -pin, because it is worked as PS input pin.
91C025-71
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) PB4 (INT1)
Reset
Direction control (on bits basis)
PBCR write Internal data bus
Function control (on bits basis)
PBFC write S Output latch PB write SB Selector PB read A PB4 (INT1, TA0IN)
INT1
Rising/falling edge detection IIMC
TA0IN
Figure 3.5.20 Port B4
91C025-72
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) PB5 (INT2), PB6(INT3)
Reset
Function control (on bits basis)
Internal data bus
AVCC TSICR0 TSICR0 PB5 (INT2, PX) PB6 (INT3, PY) P-ch
PBFC write
PB read
TSICR1
Only for PB5
S
A Debounce circuit
.
INT2 INT3
Rising/falling edge detection IIMC
Selector B
TSICR0 TSICR0 TSICR N channel Pull-down resistor
Figure 3.5.21 Port B5, B6
91C025-73
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Port B Register 7
PB (0022H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset
6
PB6
5
PB5 R/W
4
PB4
3
PB3
2
1
0
Data from external port (Note 1).
Port B Control Register 7
PBCR (0024H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0: Input 1: Output
6
5
4
PB4C W
3
PB3C 0
2
1
0
Port B Function Register 7
PBFC (0025H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0: Port 1: INT3 Note 1: Output latch register is set to 1. Note 2: Read-modify-write is prohibited for the registers PBCR and PBFC. Note 3: PB4/TA0IN pins do not have a register changing port/function . For example, when it is used as an input port, the input signal is inputted to 8-bit timer 0 as the timer input 0. 0 0: Port 1: INT2
6
PB6F
5
PB5F W
4
PB4F 0 0: Port 1: INT1
3
PB3F 1 0: Port 1: INT0
2
1
0
Figure 3.5.22 Registers for Port B
91C025-74
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.5.10 Port C (PC0 to PC5)
Port C0 to C5 are 6-bit general-purpose I/O ports. Each bit can be set individually for input or output. Resetting sets PC0 to PC5 to be an input ports. It also sets all bits of the output latch register to 1. In addition to functioning as general-purpose I/O port pins, PC0 to PC5 can also function as the I/O for serial channels 0 and 1. A pin can be enabled for I/O by writing 1 to the corresponding bit of the port C function register (PCFC). Resetting resets all bits of the registers PCCR and PCFC to 0 and sets all pins to be input ports . (1) Port C0, C3 (TXD0/TXD1) As well as functioning as I/O port pins, port C0 and C3 can also function as serial channel TXD output pins. In case of use TXD0/TXD1, it is possible to logical invert by setting the register PC. And port C0 to C3 have a programmable open drain function which can be controlled by the register PCODE.
Reset Ditection control (on bit basis) PCCR write Function control Internal data bus (on bit basis) PCFC write S Output latch PC write
TXD0, TXD1 Logical invert
A
S PC0 (TXD0) PC3 (TXD1) Open-drain set possible
PCODE
Selector B S PC Read B
Selector A
Figure 3.5.23 Port C0 and C3
91C025-75
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Port C1, C4 (RXD0, RXD1) Port C1 and C4 are I/O port pins and can also is used as RXD input for the serial channels. In case of use RXD0/RXD1, it is possible to logical invert by setting the register PC.
Reset Ditection control (on bit basis) Internal data bus PCCR write S Output latch PC write
PC read RXD0, RXD1 Logical invert
PC1 (RXD0) PC4 (RXD1) S B Selector A
Figure 3.5.24 Port C1 and C4 (3) Port C2 ( CTS0 , SCLK0), C5 ( CTS1 , SCLK1) Port C2 and C5 are I/O port pins and can also is used as CTS input or SCLK input/output for the serial channels. In case of use CTS , SCLK, it is possible to logical invert by setting the register PC.
Reset Ditection control (on bit basis) PCCR write Internal data bus
Function control (on bit basis)
(Programmable pull-up)
PCFC write S Output latch PC write SCLK0, 1 output PC2 (SCLK0, CTS0 ) PC5 (SCLK1, CTS1 )
A
S
Selector B Logical invert SB Selector
PC read CTS0 , CTS1 SCLK0, SCLK 1 input
A
Logical invert
Figure 3.5.25 Port C2 and C5
91C025-76
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Port C Register 7
PC (0023H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset
6
5
PC5
4
PC4
3
PC3 R/W
2
PC2
1
PC1
0
PC0
Data from external port (Output latch register is set to 1).
Port C Control Register 7
PCCR (0026H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0: Input
6
5
PC5C
4
PC4C
3
PC3C W
2
PC2C 0 1: Output
1
PC1C 0
0
PC0C 0
Port C Functon Register 7
PCFC (0027H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
PC5F W 0 0: Port 1: SCLK1 output
4
3
PC3F W 0 0: Port 1: TXD1
2
PC2F W 0 0: Port 1: SCLK0 output
1
0
PC0F W 0 0: Port 1: TXD0
Port C ODE Register 7
PCODE (0028H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
3
ODEPC3 W 0 TXD1 0: CMOS 1: Open drain
2
1
0
ODEPC0 W 0 TXD0 0: CMOS 1: Open drain
Note 1: Note 2:
Read-modify-write is prohibited for the registers PCCR, PCFC and PCODE. PC1/RXD0, PC4/RXD1 pins do not have a register changing port/function. For example, when it is used as an input port, the input signal is inputted to SIO as the cereal receive data.
Figure 3.5.26 Registers for Port C
91C025-77
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.5.11 Port D (PD0 to PD4, PD7)
Port D is a 6-bit output port. Resetting sets the output latch PD to "1", and PD0 to PD4, PD7 pin output "1". In addition to functioning as output port, port D also function as output pin for LCD controller (D1BSCP, D2BLP, D3BFR, DLEBCD and DOFFB) and output pin for melody/alarm generator (MLDALM). Above setting is used the function register PDFC.
Reset
Function control Internal data bus (on bit basis) PDFC write S Output latch Selector A B PD write D1BSCP, D2BLP, D3BFR, DLEBCD, DOFFB, MLDALM PD read
Output buffer
PD0 (D1BSCP), PD1 (D2BLP), PD2 (D3BFR), PD3 (DLEBCD), PD4 (DOFFB), PD7 (MLDALM)
Figure 3.5.27 Port D
Port D register 7
PD (0029H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset PD7 R/W 1
6
5
4
PD4 R/W 1
3
PD3 R/W 1
2
PD2 R/W 1
1
PD1 R/W 1
0
PD0 R/W 1
Port D function register 7
PDFC (002AH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function PD7F W 0
0: Port 1: MLDALM
6
5
4
PD4F W 0
0: Port 1: DOFFB
3
PD3F W 0
0: Port 1: DLEBCD
2
PD2F W 0
0: Port 1: D3BFR
1
PD1F W 0
0: Port 1: D2BLP
0
PD0F W 0
0: Port 1: D1BSCP
Note: Read-modify-write is prohibited for the registers PDFC.
Figure 3.5.28 Registers for Port D
91C025-78
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.6
Chip Select/Wait Controller
On the TM91C025, four user-specifiable address areas (CS0 to CS3) can be set. The data bus width and the number of waits can be set independently for each address area (CS0 to CS3 and others). The pins CS0 to CS3 (which can also function as port pins P60 to P63) are the respective output pins for the areas CS0 to CS3. When the CPU specifies an address in one of these areas, the corresponding CS0 to CS3 pin outputs the chip select signal for the specified address area (in ROM or SRAM). However, in order for the chip select signal to be output, the port 6 function register P6FC must be set.
CS2A to CS2C (CS pin except CS0 to CS3 ) are made by MMU.
These pins is CS pin that area and BANK value is fixed without concern in setting of CS/WAIT controller. The areas CS0 to CS3 are defined by the values in the memory start address registers MSAR0 to MSAR3 and the memory address mask registers MAMR0 to MAMR3. The chip select/wait control registers B0CS to B3CS and BEXCS should be used to specify the master enable/disable status the data bus width and the number of waits for each address area. The input pin controlling these states is the bus wait request pin ( WAIT ).
3.6.1
Specifying an Address Area
The CS0 to CS3 address areas are specified using the start address registers (MSAR0 to MSAR3) and memory address mask registers (MAMR0 to MAMR3). At each bus cycle, a compare operation is performed to determine if the address on the specified a location in the CS0 to CS3 area. If the result of the comparison is a match, this indicates an access to the corresponding CS area. In this case, the CS0 to CS3 pin outputs the chip select signal and the bus cycle operates in accordance with the settings in chip select/wait control register B0CS to B3CS. (See 3.6.2, Chip Select/Wait Control Registers.)
91C025-79
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(1) Memory start address registers Figure 3.6.1 shows the memory start address registers. The memory start address registers MSAR0 to MSAR3 set the start addresses for the CS0 to CS3 areas. Set the upper 8 bits (A23 to A16) of the start address in . The lower 16 bits of the start address (A15 to A0) are permanently set to 0. Accordingly, the start address can only be set in 64-Kbyte increments, starting from 000000H. Figure 3.6.2 shows the relationship between the start address and the start address register value. Memory Start Address Registers (for areas CS0 to CS3) 7
MSAR0 (00C8H) MSAR2 (00CCH) MSAR1 (00CAH) MSAR3 (00CEH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 S23
6
S22
5
S21
4
S20 R/W
3
S19 1
2
S18 1
1
S17 1
0
S16 1
Determines A23 to A16 of start address. Sets start addresses for areas CS0 to CS3.
Figure 3.6.1 Memory Start Address Register
Start address Address 000000H 64 Kbytes
Value in start address register (MSAR0 to MSAR3)
000000H ...................... 00H 010000H ...................... 01H 020000H ...................... 02H 030000H ...................... 03H 040000H ...................... 04H 050000H ...................... 05H 060000H ...................... 06H to to FF0000H ...................... FFH
FFFFFFH
Figure 3.6.2 Relationship between Start Address and Start Address Register Value
91C025-80
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Memory address mask registers Figure 3.6.3 shows the memory address mask registers. Memory address mask registers MAMR0 to MAMR3 are used to set the size of the CS0 to CS3 areas by specifying a mask for each bit of the start address set in memory start address registers MAMR0 to MAMR3. The compare operation used to determine if an address is in the CS0 to CS3 areas is only performed for bus address bits corresponding to bits set to 0 in these registers. Also, the address bits that can be masked by MAMR0 to MAMR3 differ between CS0 to CS3 areas. Accordingly, the size that can be each area is different. Memory Address Mask Register (for CS0 area) 7
MAMR0 (00C9H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 Sets size of CS0 area. V20
6
V19
5
V18
4
V17 R/W
3
V16 1
2
V15 1
1
V14 to 9 1
0
V8 1
0: Used for address compare
Range of possible settings for CS0 area size: 256 bytes to 2 Mbytes
Memory Address Mask Register (CS1) 7
MAMR1 (00CBH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 V21
6
V20
5
V19
4
V18 R/W
3
V17 1
2
V16 1
1
V15 to 9 1
0
V8 1
Sets size of CS1 area. 0: Used for address compare
Range of possible settings for CS1 area size: 256 bytes to 4 Mbytes.
Memory Address Mask Register (CS2, CS3) 7
MAMR2 (00CDH) MAMR3 (00CFH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1 1 1 1 V22
6
V21
5
V20
4
V19 R/W
3
V18 1
2
V17 1
1
V16 1
0
V15 1
Sets size of CS2 or CS3 area. 0: Used for address compare
Range of possible settings for CS2 and CS3 area sizes: 32 Kbytes to 8 Mbytes.
Figure 3.6.3 Memory Address Mask Registers
91C025-81
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) Setting memory start addresses and address areas Figure 3.6.4 show an example of specifying a 64-Kbyte address area starting from 010000H using the CS0 areas. Set 01H in memory start address register MSAR0 (Corresponding to the upper 8-bits of the start address). Next, calculate the difference between the start address and the anticipated end address (01FFFFH). Bits 20 to 8 of the result correspond to the mask value to be set for the CS0 area. Setting this value in memory address mask register MAMR0sets the area size this example sets 07H in MAMR0 to specify a 64-Kbyte area.
0
0 0
0
0
0
0 1
0
1
1
1 F
1
1
1
1 F
1
1
1
1 F
1
1
1
1 F
1
1 H
Memory end address
S23 S22 S21 S20 S19 S18 S17 S16
CSO area size (64 Kbytes)
MSAR0
0
0 0
0
0
0
0 1
0
1 H
Memory start address
V20 V19 V18 V17 V16 V15
V14 V9
V8
MSMR0 0
0
0
0
0 0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1 7
1
1
1
1
1 H
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Memory address mask register setting
Setting of 07H specifies a 64-Kbyte area.
Figure 3.6.4 Example Showing How to Set the CS0 Area
After a reset, MSAR0 to MSAR3 and MAMR0 to MAMR3 are set to FFH. B0CS, B1CS and B3CS are reset to 0. This disabling the CS0, CS1 and CS3 areas. However, as B2CS to 0 and B2CS to 1, CS2 is enabled from 000FE0H to 000FFFH and 001000H to FFFFFFH in TMP91C025. Also, the bus width and number of waits specified in BEXCS are used for accessing addresses outside the specified CS0 to CS3 area. (See 3.6.2, Chip Select/Wait Control Registers.)
91C025-82
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(4) Address area size specification Table 3.6.1 shows the relationship between CS area and area size. Triangle () indicates areas that cannot be set by memory start address register and address mask register combinations. When setting an area size using a combination indicated by , set the start address mask register in the desired steps starting from 000000H. If the CS2 area is set to 16 Mbytes or if two or more areas overlap, the smaller CS area number has the higher priority. Example: To set the area size for CS0 to 128 Kbytes: (a) Valid start addresses
000000H 020000H 040000H 060000H 128 Kbytes 128 Kbytes 128 Kbytes Any of these addresses may be set as the start address.
(b) Invalid start addresses
000000H 010000H 030000H 050000H 64 Kbytes 128 Kbytes 128 Kbytes This is not an integer multiple of the desired area size setting. Hence, none of these addresses can be set as the start address.
Table 3.6.1 Valid Area Sizes for Each CS Area
Size (Bytes) CS Area
256
512
32 K
64 K
128 K 256 K 512 K

1M

2M

4M
8M
CS0 CS1 CS2 CS3

Note:
: This symbol indicates areas that cannot be set by memory start address register and address mask register combinations.
3.6.2
Chip Select/Wait Control Registers
Figure 3.6.5 lists the chip select/wait control registers. The master enable/disable, chip select output waveform, data bus width and number of wait states for each address area (CS0 to CS3 and others) are set in their respective chip select/wait control registers, B0CS to B3CS and BEXCS.
91C025-83
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
7
B0CS (00C0H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function B0E W 0
0: Disable 1: Enable
6
5
B0OM1 0
4
B0OM0 0
3
B0BUS W 0
Data bus width 0: 16 bits 1: 8 bits
2
B0W2 0
Number of waits 000: 2 waits 001: 1 wait 010: (1 + N) waits 011: 0 waits
1
B0W1 0
0
B0W0 0
Chip select output waveform selection. 00: For ROM/SRAM 01: 10: Don't care 11:
100: (0 + N) waits 101: 3 waits 110: 4 waits 111: 8 waits
B1CS (00C1H)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
B1E W 0
0: Disable 1: Enable
B1OM1 0
B1OM0 0
B1BUS W 0
Data bus width 0: 16 bits 1: 8 bits
B1W2 0
B1W1 0
B1W0 0
Chip select output waveform selection. 00: For ROM/SRAM 01: 10: Don't care 11:
Number of waits 000: 2 waits 001: 1 wait 010: (1 + N) waits 011: 0 waits
100: (0 + N) waits 101: 3 waits 110: 4 waits 111: 8 waits
B2CS (00C2H)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Functions
B2E 1
0: Disable 1: Enable
B2M 0
CS2 area selection. 0: 16-Mbyte area 1: CS area
B2OM1 0
B2OM0 W 0
B2BUS 0
Data bus width 0: 16 bits 1: 8 bits
B2W2 0
B2W1 0
B2W0 0
Chip select output waveform selection. 00: For ROM/SRAM 01: 10: Don't care 11:
Number of waits 000: 2 waits 001: 1 wait 010: (1 + N) waits 011: 0 waits
100: (0 + N) waits 101: 3 waits 110: 4 waits 111: 8 waits
B3CS (00C3H)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Functions
B3E W 0
0: Disable 1: Enable
B3OM1 0
B3OM0 0
B3BUS W 0
Data bus width 0: 16 bits 1: 8 bits
B3W2 0
B3W1 0
B3W0 0
Chip select output waveform selection. 00: For ROM/SRAM 01: 10: Don't care 11:
Number of waits 000: 2 waits 001: 1 wait 010: (1 + N) waits 011: 0 waits
100: (0 + N) waits 101: 3 waits 110: 4 waits 111: 8 waits
BEXCS (00C7H)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Functions
BEXBUS 0
Data bus width 0: 16 bits 1: 8 bits
BEXW2 W 0
BEXW1 0
BEXW0 0
Number of waits 000: 2 waits 001: 1 wait 010: (1 + N) waits 011: 0 waits
100: (0 + N) waits 101: 3 waits 110: 4 waits 111: 8 waits
Master enable bit
0 1
Disable Enable
Chip select output waveform selection
Number of address area waits (See 3.6.2, (3) Wait control.) Data bus width selection
00 For ROM/SRAM 01 10 Don't care 11
CS2 area selection 0 1 16-Mbyte area Specified address area
0 1
16-bit data bus 8-bit data bus
Note:
Read-modify-write is prohibited for the registers B0CS, B1CS, B2CS, B3CS and BEXCS.
Figure 3.6.5 Chip Select/Wait Control Registers
91C025-84
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(1) Master enable bits Bit 7 (, , or ) of a chip select/wait control register is the master bit which is used to enable or disable settings for the corresponding address area. Writing 1 to this bit enables the settings. Reset disables (Sets to 0), , , and enabled (sets to 1) . This enables area CS2 only. (2) Data bus width selection Bit 3 (, , , or ) of a chip select/wait control register specifies the width of the data bus. This bit should be set to 0 when memory is to be accessed using a 16-bit data bus and to 1 when an 8-bit data bus is to be used. This process of changing the data bus width according to the address being accessed is known as dynamic bus sizing. For details of this bus operation see Table 3.6.2.
91C025-85
2007-02-28
Operand D15 to D8 D7 to D0 b7-b0 L XXXX b7-b0 b7-b0 XXXX b7-b0 b15-b8 b7-b0 b7-b0 b15-b8 XXXX H L L H H b15-b8 b7-b0 b15-b8 b23-b16 b31-b24 b7-b0 b23-b16 b7-b0 b15-b8 b23-b16 b31-b24 XXXX b15-b8 b31-b24 H L L L L H H L L L L H H L L L L H L L L H L L L H L L L H L H L H L H H L H L H H L H L L L H H L L H L H L L L H L H L H L H L H L H L L L H L H L H L H L H XXXX b7-b0 XXXX XXXX b15-b8 XXXX XXXX b7-b0 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX b15-b8 b31-b24 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX b7-b0 b23-b16 XXXX H L H L H RD WR HWR SRLB SRUB SRWR RD WR HWR XXXX R/W R/W SRLB
Operand
Memory
Data Bus
Start
Data Bus
CPU
CPU Data
Control for READ Cycle
Control for WRITE Cycle SRUB SRWR
Width
Address
Width
Address
2n + 0
8 bits
2n + 0
(Even
number)
16 bits
2n + 0
8 bits
2n + 1
8 bits
2n + 1
(Odd
number)
16 bits
2n + 1
2n + 0
8 bits
2n + 0
(Even
2n + 1
number)
16 bits
2n + 0
Table 3.6.2 Dynamic Bus Sizing
these bits goes too high-impedance; also, that the write strobe signal for the bus remains inactive.
xxxx: Indicates that the input data from these bits are ignored during a read. During a write, indicates that the bus for
91C025-86
16 bits
2n + 1 (Odd
8 bits
2n + 1
2n + 2
number)
16 bits
2n + 1
L
2n + 2
2n + 0
2n + 0
8 bits
2n + 1
(Even
2n + 2
number)
2n + 3
16 bits
2n + 0
2n + 2
32 bits
2n + 1
8 bits
2n + 2
2n + 1 (Odd
2n + 3
number)
2n + 4
16 bits
2n + 1
2n + 2
TMP91C025
2007-02-28
2n + 4
TMP91C025
(3) Wait control Bits 0 to 2 (, , , , ) of a chip select/wait control register specify the number of waits that are to be inserted when the corresponding memory area is accessed. The following types of wait operation can be specified using these bits. Bit settings other than those listed in the table should not be made. Table 3.6.3 Wait Operation Settings
000 001 010
No. of Waits
2 waits 1 wait (1 + N) waits
Wait Operation
Inserts a wait of 2 states, irrespective of the WAIT pin state. Inserts a wait of 1 state, irrespective of the WAIT pin state. Samples the state of the WAIT pin after inserting a wait of one state. If the WAIT pin is low, the waits continue and the bus cycle is extended until the pin goes high.
011 100
0 waits (0 + N) waits
Ends the bus cycle without a wait, regardless of the WAIT pin state. Samples the state of the WAIT pin without inserting a wait. If the WAIT pin is low, the waits continue and the bus cycle is extended until the pin goes high.
101 110 111
3 waits 4 waits 8 waits
Inserts a wait of 3 states, irrespective of the WAIT pin state. Inserts a wait of 4 states, irrespective of the WAIT pin state. Inserts a wait of 8 states, irrespective of the WAIT pin state.
A Reset sets these bits to 000 (2 waits).
375 ns 62.5 ns fFPH T1 TW (at 16 MHz)
T2
CSn
R/ W
A0 to A23
D0 to D15
Data-in
Read
RD
D0 to D15
Data-out
Write
HWR , WR
WAIT
Figure 3.6.6 (0 + N) Waits Read/Write Cycle (N = 1)
91C025-87
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(4) Bus width and wait control for an area other than CS0 to CS3 The chip select/wait control register BEXCS controls the bus width and number of waits when memory locations which are not in one of the four user-specified address areas (CS0 to CS3) are accessed. The BEXCS register settings are always enabled for areas other than CS0 to CS3. (5) Selecting 16-Mbyte area/specified address area Setting B2CS (bit 6 of the chip select/wait control register for CS2) to 0 designates the 16-Mbyte area 000FE0H to 000FFFH, 003000H to FFFFFFH as the CS2 area. Setting B2CS to 1 designates the address area specified by the start address register MSAR2 and the address mask register MAMR2 as CS2 (e.g., if B2CS = 1, CS2 is specified in the same manner as CS0, CS1 and CS3 are). A reset clears this bit to 0, specifying CS2 as a 16-Mbyte address area. (6) Procedure for setting chip select/wait control When using the chip select/wait control function, set the registers in the following order: * * * Set the memory start address registers MSAR0 to MSAR3. Set the start addresses for CS0 to CS3. Set the memory address mask registers MAMR0 to MAMR3. Set the sizes of CS0 to CS3. Set the chip select/wait control registers B0CS to B3CS. Set the chip select output waveform, data bus width, number of waits and master enable/disable status for CS0 to CS3 . The CS0 to S3 pins can also function as pins P60 to P63. To output a chip select signal using one of these pins, set the corresponding bit in the port 6 function register P6FC to 1. If a CS0 to S3 address is specified which is actually an internal I/O and RAM area address, the CPU accesses the internal address area and no chip select signal is output on any of the CS0 to CS3 pins.
(Setting example) In this example CS0 is set to be the 64-Kbyte area 010000H to 01FFFFH. The bus width is set to 16 bits and the number of waits is set to 0. MSAR0 = 01H MAMR0 = 07H B0CS = 83H Start address: 010000H Address area: 64 Kbytes ROM/SRAM, 16-bit data bus, zero waits, CS0 area settings enabled.
91C025-88
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.6.3 Connecting External Memory
Figure 3.6.7 shows an example of how to connect external memory to the TMP91C025. In this example the ROM is connected using a 16-bit bus. The RAM and I/O are connected using an 8-bit bus.
TMP91C025
CS0 CS1 CS2
Address bus
CS Upper byte ROM OE CS Lower byte ROM OE CS CS
A0 to A23 D8 to D15 D0 to D7
RD WR
8-bit RAM OE WE
8-bit I/O OE WE
Figure 3.6.7 Example of External Memory Connection (ROM uses 16-bit bus: RAM and I/O use 8-bit bus.) A reset clears all bits of the port 6 control register P6CR and the port 6 function register P6FC to 0 and disables output of the CS signal. To output the CS signal, the appropriate bit must be set to 1.
91C025-89
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
TMP91C025
RD
16-bit SRAM
OE LDS UDS
SRLB SRUB SRWR CS0
R/ W
CE
D [15:0] A0 A1 A2 A3 Not connect
I/O [16:1] A0 A1 A2
Figure 3.6.8 How to Connect to 16-Bit SRAM for TMP91C025
91C025-90
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.7
8-Bit Timers (TMRA)
The TMP91C025 features 4 channel (TMRA0 to TMRA3) built-in 8-bit timers. These timers are paired into 2 modules: TMRA01 and TMRA23. Each module consists of 2 channels and can operate in any of the following 4 operating modes. * * * * 8-bit interval timer mode 16-bit interval timer mode 8-bit programmable square wave pulse generation output mode (PPG: Variable duty cycle with variable period) 8-bit pulse width modulation output mode (PWM: Variable duty cycle with constant period) Figure 3.7.1 to Figure 3.7.2 Show block diagrams for TMRA01 and TMRA23. Each channel consists of an 8-bit up counter, an 8-bit comparator and an 8-bit timer register. In addition, a timer flip-flop and a prescaler are provided for each pair of channels. The operation mode and timer flip-flops are controlled by 5 bytes registers SFRs (Special-function registers). Each of the 2 modules (TMRA01 and TMRA23) can be operated independently. All modules operate in the same manner; hence only the operation of TMRA01 is explained here. The contents of this chapter are as follows. 3.7.1 3.7.2 3.7.3 3.7.4 Block Diagrams Operation of Each Circuit SFRs Operation in Each Mode (1) 8-bit timer mode (2) 16-bit timer mode (3) 8-bit PPG (Programmable pulse generation) output mode (4) 8-bit PWM (Pulse width modulation) output mode (5) Setting for each mode Table 3.7.1 Registers and Pins for Each Module Module
Input pin for external External pin clock Output pin for timer flip-flop Timer run register SFR Timer register
TMRA01
TA0IN (shared with PB4) TA1OUT (shared with PA1) TA01RUN (0100H) TA0REG (0102H) TA1REG (0103H) TA01MOD (0104H) TA1FFCR (0105H)
TMRA23
None TA3OUT (shared with PA2) TA23RUN (0108H) TA2REG (010AH) TA3REG (010BH) TA23MOD (010CH) TA3FFCR (010DH)
(address) Timer mode register Timer flip-flop control register
91C025-91
2007-02-28
3.7.1
Prescaler
2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512
Prescaler clock: T0 T1 T4 T16 T256 Timer flip-flop TA1FF TA01RUN Selector Selector 8-bit up counter (UC0) 2 Over flow TA01MOD TA01MOD
n
Block Diagrams
Run/clear TA01RUN
TA01RUN TA1FFCR 8-bit up counter (UC1)
Timer flip-flop output: TA1OUT
External input clock: TA0IN
T1
T4 T16 TA01MOD T1 T16 T256
Figure 3.7.1 TMRA01 Block Diagram
91C025-92
8-bit compatator (CP0) TA0TR TA01MOD 8-bit timer register TA0REG Match detect TA01RUN Register buffer 0 Internal data bus TMRA0 interrupt output: INTTA0
Match 8-bit comparator detect (CP1)
8-bit timer register TA1REG
TMP91C025
TMRA0 Internal data bus TMRA1 match output: interrupt output: TA0TRG INTTA1
2007-02-28
Prescaler Prescaler clock: T0 2 T1 T4 T16 T256 Timer flip-flop TA3FF TA23RUN Selector Selector 8-bit up counter (UC2)
n
4
8 16 32 64 128 256 512
Run/clear TA23RUN
TA23RUN TA3FFCR 8-bit up counterr (UC3)
T1 T4 T16 T1 T16 T256
Timer flip-flop output: TA3OUT Possible to connect to LCD and MLD circuits
Figure 3.7.2 TMRA23 Block Diagram
TA23MOD TA23MOD 2 Over flow TA23MOD
91C025-93
Match 8-bit comparator detect (CP2) TA2TRG TA23MOD 8-bit timer register TA2REG TA23RUN Register buffer 2 Internal data bus TMRA2 interrupt output: INTTA2
Match 8-bit comparator detect register (CP3)
8-bit timer register TA3REG
TMRA2 Internal data bus TMRA3 match output: interrup output: TA2TRG INTTA3
TMP91C025
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.7.2 Operation of Each Circuit
(1) Prescalers A 9-bit prescaler generates the input clock to TMRA01. The T0 as the input clock to prescaler is a clock divided by 4 which selected using the prescaler clock selection register SYSCR0. The prescaler's operation can be controlled using TA01RUN in the timer control register. Setting to 1 starts the count; setting to 0 clears the prescaler to zero and stops operation. Table 3.7.2 shows the various prescaler output clock resolutions.
Table 3.7.2 Prescaler Output Clock Resolution
at fc = 36 MHz, fs = 32.768 kHz
System Clock Selection SYSCR1
1 (fs)
Prescaler Clock Selection SYSCR0
Gear Value SYSCR1
XXX 000 (fc)
3
Prescaler Output Clock Resolution T1
2 /fs (244 s) 2 /fc (0.2 s)
3 4 5 6 7 7 5
T4
2 /fs (977 s) 2 /fc (0.9 s)
5 6 7 8 7
T16
11
T256
2 /fs (3.9 ms) 2 /fs (62.5 ms) 2 /fc (3.6 s)
7 8 9
2 /fc (56.9 s)
11 12 13 14 15 15
00 0 (fc) (fFPH)
001 (fc/2) 010 (fc/4) 011 (fc/8) 100 (fc/16)
2 /fc (0.4 s) 2 /fc (0.9 s) 2 /fc (1.8 s) 2 /fc (3.6 s) 2 /fc (3.6 s)
2 /fc (1.8 s) 2 /fc (3.6 s)
9 9
2 /fc (7.1 s) 2 /fc (113.8 s) 2 /fc (14.2 s) 2 /fc (227.6 s)
10 11 11
2 /fc (7.1 s) 2 /fc (28.4 s) 2 /fc (455.1 s) 2 /fc (14.2 s) 2 /fc (56.9 s) 2 /fc (910.2 s) 2 /fc (14.2 s) 2 /fc (56.9 s) 2 /fc (910.2 s)
10 (fc/16 CLOCK)
XXX
xxx: Don't care (2) Up counters (UC0 and UC1) These are 8-bit binary counters which count up the input clock pulses for the clock specified by TA01MOD. The input clock for UC0 is selectable and can be either the external clock input via the TA0IN pin or one of the three internal clocks T1, T4 or T16. The clock setting is specified by the value set in TA01MOD. The input clock for UC1 depends on the operation mode. In 16-bit timer mode, the overflow output from UC0 is used as the input clock. In any mode other than 16-bit timer mode, the input clock is selectable and can either be one of the internal clocks T1, T16 or T256, or the comparator output (The match detection signal) from TMRA0. For each interval timer the timer operation control register bits TA01RUN and TA01RUN can be used to stop and clear the up counters and to control their count. A reset clears both up counters, stopping the timers.
91C025-94
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) Timer registers (TA0REG and TA1REG) These are 8-bit registers which can be used to set a time interval. When the value set in the timer register TA0REG or TA1REG matches the value in the corresponding up counter, the comparator match detect signal goes active. If the value set in the timer register is 00H, the signal goes active when the up counter overflows. The TA0REG are double buffer structure, each of which makes a pair with register buffer. The setting of the bit TA01RUN determines whether TA0REG's double buffer structure is enabled or disabled. It is disabled if = 0 and enabled if = 1. When the double buffer is enabled, data is transferred from the register buffer to the timer register when a 2n overflow occurs in PWM mode, or at the start of the PPG cycle in PPG mode. Hence the double buffer cannot be used in timer mode. A reset initializes to 0, disabling the double buffer. To use the double buffer, write data to the timer register, set to 1, and write the following data to the register buffer. Figure 3.7.3 show the configuration of TA0REG.
Timer registers 0 (TA0REG) Y Shift trigger Register buffers 0 Write Internal data bus Selector
B Matching detection in PPG cycle n 2 overflow of PWM Write to TA0REG
A S
TA01RUN
Figure 3.7.3 Configuration of TA0REG Note: The same memory address is allocated to the timer register and the register buffer. When = 0, the same value is written to the register buffer and the timer register; when = 1, only the register buffer is written to. The address of each timer register is as follows. TA0REG: 000102H TA2REG: 00010AH TA1REG: 000103H TA3REG: 00010BH
All these registers are write only and cannot be read.
91C025-95
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(4) Comparator (CP0) The comparator compares the value in an up counter with the value set in a timer register. If they match, the up counter is cleared to zero and an interrupt signal (INTTA0 or INTTA1) is generated. If timer flip-flop inversion is enabled, the timer flip-flop is inverted at the same time. (5) Timer flip-flop (TA1FF) The timer flip-flop (TA1FF) is a flip-flop inverted by the match detects signal (8-bit comparator output) of each interval timer. Whether inversion is enabled or disabled is determined by the setting of the bit TA1FFCR in the timer flip-flop control register. A Reset clears the value of TA1FF1 to 0. Writing 01 or 10 to TA1FFCR sets TA1FF to 0 or 1. Writing 00 to these bits inverts the value of TA1FF (This is known as software inversion). The TA1FF signal is output via the TA1OUT pin (Concurrent with PA1). When this pin is used as the timer output, the timer flip-flop should be set beforehand using the port A function register PAFC2. Note: When the double buffer is enabled for an 8-bit timer in PWM or PPG mode, caution is required as explained below. If new data is written to the register buffer immediately before an overflow occurs by a match between the timer register value and the up-counter value, the timer flip-flop may output an unexpected value. For this reason, make sure that in PWM mode new data is written to the register buffer by six cycles (fSYS x 6) before the next overflow occurs by using an overflow interrupt. In the case of using PPG mode, make sure that new data is written to the register buffer by six cycles before the next cycle compare match occurs by using a cycle compare match interrupt. Example when using PWM mode
Match between TA0REG and up-counter 2 overflow interrupt (INTTA0) TA1OUT tPWM (PWM cycle)
n
Desired PWM cycle change point Write new data to the register buffer before the next overflow occurs by using an overflow interrupt
91C025-96
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.7.3 SFRs
TMRA01 Run Register 7
TA01RUN (0100H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function TA0RDE R/W 0 Double buffer 0: Disable 1: Enable TA0REG double buffer control 0 1 Disable Enable Timer run/stop control 0 1 Stop and clear Run (Count up) 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 0 0: Stop and clear
6
5
4
3
I2TA01
2
TA01PRUN
1
TA1RUN 0 R/W
0
TA0RUN 0
8-bit timer run/stop control
1: Operate 1: Run (Count up)
I2TA01: TA01PRUN: TA1RUN: TA0RUN: Note: The values of bits 4, 5, 6 of TA01RUN are undefined when read.
Operation in IDLE2 mode Run prescaler Run TMRA1 Run TMRA0
TMRA23 Run Register 7
TA23RUN (0108H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function TA2RDE R/W 0 Double buffer 0: Disable 1: Enable TA2REG double buffer control 0 1 Disable Enable I2TA23: TA23PRUN: TA3RUN: TA2RUN: Note: The values of bits 4, 5, 6 of TA23RUN are undefined when read. Timer run/stop control 0 1 Stop and clear Run (Count up) 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 0 0: Stop and clear
6
5
4
3
I2TA23
2
TA23PRUN
1
TA3RUN 0 R/W
0
TA2RUN 0
8-bit timer run/stop control
1: Operate 1: Run (Count up)
Operation in IDLE2 mode Run prescaler Run TMRA3 Run TMRA2
Figure 3.7.4 TMRA Registers
91C025-97
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
TMRA01 Mode Register
TA01MOD (0104H)
7
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Operation mode TA01M1
6
TA01M0 0
5
PWM01 0 PWM cycle 00: Reserved 01: 2
6 7 8
4
PWM00 0 R/W
3
TA1CLK1 0 00: TA0TRG 01: T1 10: T16 11: T256
2
TA1CLK0 0
1
TA0CLK1 0 00: TA0IN pin 01: T1 10: T4 11: T16
0
TA0CLK0 0
Source clock for TMRA1
Source clock for TMRA0
00: 8-bit timer mode 01: 16-bit timer mode 10: 8-bit PPG mode 11: 8-bit PWM mode
10: 2 11: 2
TMRA0 source clock selection 00 01 10 11 TA0IN (External input) T1 (Prescaler) T4 (Prescaler) T16 (Prescaler)
TMRA1 source clock selection
TA01MOD 01 TA01MOD = 01
00 01 10 11
Comparator output from TMRA0 T1 T16 T256
Overflow output from TMRA0
(16-bit timer mode)
PWM cycle selection 00 01 10 11 Reserved 2 x source clock
6 7 8
2 x source clock 2 x source clock
TMRA01 operation mode selection 00 01 10 11 Two 8-bit timers 16-bit timer 8-bit PPG 8-bit PWM (TMRA0) + 8-bit timer (TMRA1)
Figure 3.7.5 TMRA Registers
91C025-98
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
TMRA23 Mode Register 7
TA23MOD (010CH) Bit Symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Operation mode 00: 8-bit timer mode 01: 16-bit timer mode 10: 8-bit PPG mode 11: 8-bit PWM mode 0 0 PWM cycle 00: Reserved 01: 2
6 7 8
6
TA23M0
5
PWM21
4
PWM20 0 R/W
3
TA3CLK1 0 00: TA2TRG 01: T1 10: T16 11: T256
2
TA3CLK0 0
1
TA2CLK1 0 00: Reserved 01: T1 10: T4 11: T16
0
TA2CLK0 0
TA23M1
TMRA3 clock for TMRA3
TMRA2 clock for TMRA2
10: 2 11: 2
TMRA2 source clock selection 00 01 10 11 Do not set T1 (Prescaler) T4 (Prescaler) T16 (Prescaler)
TMRA3 source clock selection TA23MOD 01 00 01 10 11 Comparator output from TMRA2 T1 T16 T256 (16-bit timer mode) TA23MOD = 01 Overflow output from TMRA2
PWM cycle selection 00 01 10 11 Reserved 2 x source clock
6 7 8
2 x source clock 2 x source clock
TMRA23 operation mode selection 00 01 10 11 Two 8-bit timers 16-bit timer 8-bit PPG 8-bit PWM (TMRA2) + 8-bit timer (TMRA3)
Figure 3.7.6 TMRA Registers
91C025-99
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
TMRA1 Flip-Flop Control Register 7
TA1FFCR (0105H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
Read-modify -write instructions are prohibited.
6
5
4
3
TA1FFC1 1 00: Invert TA1FF 01: Set TA1FF 10: Clear TA1FF 11: Don't care R/W
2
TA1FFC0 1
1
TA1FFIE 0 TA1FF control for inversion 0: Disable 1: Enable R/W
0
TA1FFIS 0 TA1FF inversion select 0: TMRA0 1: TMRA1
Inverse signal for timer flop-flop 1 (TA1FF) (Don't care except in 8-bit timer mode) 0 1 Inversion by TMRA0 Inversion by TMRA1
Inversion of TA1FF 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Control of TA1FF 00 01 10 11 Inverts the value of TA1FF Sets TA1FF to 1 Clears TA1FF to 0 Don't care
Figure 3.7.7 TMRA Registers
91C025-100
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
TMRA3 Flip-Flop Control Register 7
TA3FFCR (010DH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
Read-modify -write instructions are prohibited.
6
5
4
3
TA3FFC1 1 00: Invert TA3FF 01: Set TA3FF 10: Clear TA3FF 11: Don't care R/W
2
TA3FFC0 1
1
TA3FFIE 0 TA3FF control for inversion 0: Disable 1: Enable R/W
0
TA3FFIS 0 TA3FF inversion select 0: TMRA2 1: TMRA3
Inverse signal for timer flip-flop 3 (TA3FF) (Don't care except in 8-bit timer mode) 0 1 Inversion by TMRA2 Inversion by TMRA3
Inversion of TA3FF 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Control of TA3FF 00 01 10 11 Inverts the value of TA3FF Sets TA3FF to 1 Clears TA3FF to 0 Don't care
Figure 3.7.8 TMRA Registers
91C025-101
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
TMRA register 7
TA0REG (0102H) TA1REG (0103H) TA2REG (010AH) TA3REG (010BH) bit Symbol Read/Write After reset bit Symbol Read/Write After reset bit Symbol Read/Write After reset bit Symbol Read/Write After reset
6
5
4
- W Undefined - W Undefined - W Undefined - W Undefined
3
2
1
0
Note: The above registers are prohibited read-modify-write instruction.
Figure 3.7.9 TMRA Registers
91C025-102
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.7.4 Operation in Each Mode
(1) 8-bit timer mode Both TMRA0 and TMRA1 can be used independently as 8-bit interval timers. Setting its function or counter data for TMRA0 and TMRA1 after stop these registers. a. Generating interrupts at a fixed interval (Using TMRA1) To generate interrupts at constant intervals using TMRA1 (INTTA1), first stop TMRA1 then set the operation mode, input clock and a cycle to TA01MOD and TA1REG register, respectively. Then, enable the interrupt INTTA1 and start TMRA1 counting. Example: To generate an INTTA1 interrupt every 8.0 s at fc = 36 MHz, set each register as follows:
Clock state System clock: High-frequency (fc) Prescaler clock: fFPH MSB 7 TA01RUN TA01MOD TA1REG INTETA01 TA01RUN - 0 0 X - 6 X 0 0 1 X 5 X X 1 0 X 4 X X 0 1 X 3 - 0 1 - - 2 - 1 0 - 1 1 0 X 0 - 1 LSB 0 - X 0 - - Stop TMRA1 and clear it to 0. Select 8-bit timer mode and select T1 ((2 /fc)s at fc = 36 MHz) as the input clock.
3
Set TA1REG to 8.0 s / T1(2 /fc) 40 = 28H
3
Enable INTTA1 and set it to level 5. Start TMRA1 counting.
X: Don't care, -: No change Select the input clock using Table 3.7 2.
Note: The input clocks for TMRA0 and TMRA1 are different from as follows. TMRA0: TA0IN input, T1, T4 or T16 TMRA1: Match output of TMRA0, T1, T16, T256
91C025-103
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
b. Generating a 50% duty ratio square wave pulse The state of the timer flip-flop (TA1FF) is inverted at constant intervals and its status output via the timer output pin (TA1OUT). Example: To output a 1.2-s square wave pulse from the TA1OUT pin at fc = 36 MHz, use the following procedure to make the appropriate register settings. This example uses TMRA1; however, either TMRA0 or TMRA1 may be used.
Clock state System clock: High-frequency (fc) Clock gear: 1 (fc) Prescaler clock: fFPH 7 TA01RUN TA01MOD TA1REG TA1FFCR PAFC2 TA01RUN - 0 0 X X - 6 X 0 0 X X X 5 X X 0 X X X 4 X X 0 X X X 3 - 0 0 1 - - 2 - 1 0 0 - 1 1 0 - 1 1 1 1 0 - - 1 1 - - Stop TMRA1 and clear it to 0. Select 8-bit timer mode and select T1 ((2 /fc)s at fc = 36
3
MHz) as the input clock. Set the timer register to 1.2 s / T1(2 /fc) / 2 = 3
3
Clear TA1FF to 0 and set it to invert on the match detects signal from TMRA1. Set PA1 to function as the TA1OUT pin. Start TMRA1 counting.
X: Don't care, -: No change
T1
TA01RUN Bit7 to 2 Up counter Bit 1 Bit 0 Comparator timing Comparator output (match detect) INTTA1 UC1 Clear
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
TA1FF
TA1OUT
0.6 s at fc = 36 MHz
Figure 3.7.10 Square Wave Output Timing Chart (50% duty)
91C025-104
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
c. Making TMRA1 count up on the match signal from the TMRA0 comparator Select 8-bit timer mode and set the comparator output from TMRA0 to be the input clock to TMRA1.
Comparaot output (TMRA0 match) TMRA0 up counter (when TA0REG = 5) TMRA1 up counter (when TA1REG = 2) TMRA1 match output 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 2 3 2 4 5 1 2 1 3
Figure 3.7.11 TMRA1 Count Up on Signal from TMRA0
91C025-105
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) 16-bit timer mode A 16-bit interval timer is configured by pairing the two 8-bit timers TMRA0 and TMRA1. To make a 16-bit interval timer in which TMRA0 and TMRA1 are cascaded together, set TA01MOD to 01. In 16-bit timer mode, the overflow output from TMRA0 is used as the input clock for TMRA1, regardless of the value set in TA01MOD. Table 3.7.2 shows the relationship between the timer (Interrupt) cycle and the input clock selection. LSB 8-bit set to TA0REG and MSB 8-bit is for TA1REG. Please keep setting TA0REG first because setting data for TA0REG inhibit its compare function and setting data for TA1REG permit it. (Setting example) To generate an INTTA1 interrupt every 0.22 s at fc = 36 MHz, set the timer registers TA0REG and TA1REG as follows:
Clock state System clock: High-frequency (fc) Clock gear: 1 (fc) Prescaler clock: fFPH
If T16 ((27/fc)s at 36 MHz) is used as the input clock for counting, set the following value in the registers: 0.22 s/(27/fc) s 62500 = F424H (i.e. set TA1REG to F4H and TA0REG to 24H). As a result, INTTA1 interrupt can be generated every 0.23 [s]. The comparator match signal is output from TMRA0 each time the up counter UC0 matches TA0REG, though the up counter UC0 is not be cleared and also INTTA0 is not generated. In the case of the TMRA1 comparator, the match detect signal is output on each comparator pulse on which the values in the up counter UC1 and TA1REG match. When the match detect signal is output simultaneously from both the comparators TMRA0 and TMRA1, the up counters UC0 and UC1 are cleared to 0 and the interrupt INTTA1 is generated. Also, if inversion is enabled, the value of the timer flip-flop TA1FF is inverted. (Example) When TA1REG = 04H and TA0REG = 80H
Value of up counter (UC1, UC0) TMRA0 comparator match detect signal TMRA0 comparator match detect signal INTTA0 INTTA1 TA1OUT 0080H 0180H 0280H 0380H 0480H 0080H
Inversion
Figure 3.7.12 Timer Output by 16-Bit Timer Mode
91C025-106
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) 8-bit PPG (Programmable pulse generation) output mode Square wave pulses can be generated at any frequency and duty ratio by TMRA0. The output pulses may be active low or active high. In this mode TMRA1 cannot be used. TMRA0 outputs pulses on the TA1OUT pin.
tH When ="10" t tL When ="01" t
tL
tH
Example when ="01" TA0REG and UC0 match (Interrupt INTTA0) TA1REG and UC0 match (Interruput INTTA1) TA1OUT TA0REG TA1REG
Figure 3.7.13 8-Bit PPG Output Waveforms
91C025-107
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
In this mode, a programmable square wave is generated by inverting the timer output each time the 8-bit up counter (UC0) matches the value in one of the timer registers TA0REG or TA1REG. The value set in TA0REG must be smaller than the value set in TA1REG. Although the up counter for TMRA1 (UC1) is not used in this mode, TA01RUN should be set to 1, so that UC1 is set for counting. Figure 3.7.14 shows a block diagram representing this mode.
TA1OUT
TA0IN T1 T4 T16
Selector
TA01RUN 8-bit up counter (UC 0) TA1FF TA1FFCR
Inversion INTTA0 Comparator INTTA1
TA01MOD
Comparator
Selector TA0REG-WR
TA0REG Shift trigger Register buffer TA1REG
TA01RUN Internal data bus
Figure 3.7.14 Block Diagram of 8-Bit PPG Output Mode
If the TA0REG double buffer is enabled in this mode, the value of the register buffer will be shifted into TA0REG each time TA1REG matches UC0. Use of the double buffer facilitates the handling of low-duty waves (when duty is varied).
Match with TA0REG Match with TA1REG TA0REG (Value to be compared) Register buffer Q1 Q2 Shift from register buffer Q2 Q3 TA0REG (Register buffer) write
(Up counter = Q1)
(Up countner = Q2)
Figure 3.7.15 Operation of Register Buffer
91C025-108
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(Example) To generate 1/4-duty 50 kHz pulses (at fc = 36 MHz):
20 s Clock state System clock: High-frequency (fc) Clock gear: 1 (fc) Prescaler clock: fFPH
Calculate the value which should be set in the timer register. To obtain a frequency of 50 kHz, the pulse cycle t should be: t = 1/50 kHz = 20 s T1 = (23/fc)s (at 36 MHz); 20 s / (23/fc)s 90 Therefore set TA1REG to 90 (5AH) The duty is to be set to 1/4: t x 1/4 = 20 s x 1/4 = 5 s 5 s / (23/fc)s 22 Therefore, set TA0REG = 22 = 16H.
7 TA01RUN TA01MOD TA0REG TA1REG TA1FFCR PAFC2 TA01RUN 0 1 0 0 X X 1 6 X 0 0 1 X X X 5 X X 0 0 X X X 4 X X 1 1 X X X 3 - X 0 1 0 - - 2 0 X 1 0 1 - 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 X - 1 Stop TMRA0 and TMRA0, 1 and clear it to 0. Set the 8-bit PPG mode, and select T1 as input clock. Write 16H Write 5AH Set TA1FF, enabling both inversion and the double buffer. Writing 10 provides negative logic pulse. Set PA1 as the TA1OUT pin. Start TMRA0 and TMRA01 counting.
X: Don't care, -: No change
91C025-109
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(4) 8-bit PWM (Pulse width modulation) output mode This mode is only valid for TMRA0. In this mode, a PWM pulse with the maximum resolution of 8 bits can be output. When TMRA0 is used the PWM pulse is output on the TA1OUT pin (which is also used as P71). TMRA1 can also be used as an 8-bit timer. The timer output is inverted when the up counter (UC0) matches the value set in the timer register TA0REG or when 2n counter overflow occurs (n = 6, 7 or 8 as specified by TA01MOD). The up counter UC0 is cleared when 2n counter overflow occurs. The following conditions must be satisfied before this PWM mode can be used. Value set in TA0REG < value set for 2n counter overflow Value set in TA0REG 0
TA0REG and UC0 match 2 overflow (INTTA0 interrupt) TA1OUT tPWM (PWM cycle)
n
Figure 3.7.16 8-Bit PWM Waveforms
TA01RUN
TA0IN T1 T4 T16
TA1OUT TA1FFCR
Selector
8-bit up counter (UC0)
Clear 2
n
TAFF1 Invert TA01MOD
TA01MOD
overflow control Overflow Comparator
INTTA0 TA0REG
Selector
TA0REG-WR
Shift trigger Register buffer
TA01RUN Internal data bus
Figure 3.7.17 Block Diagram of 8-Bit PWM Mode
91C025-110
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
In this mode, the value of the register buffer will be shifted into TA0REG if 2n overflow is detected when the TA0REG double buffer is enabled. Use of the double buffer facilitates the handling of low duty ratio waves.
Match with TA0REG Up counter = Q1 2 overflow TA0REG (value to be compared) Register buffer Q1 Q2 Shift into TA0REG Q2 Q3 TA0REG (Register buffer) write
n
Up counter = Q2
Figure 3.7.18 Register Buffer Operation
Example: To output the following PWM waves on the TA1OUT pin at fc = 16 MHz:
16.0 s 28.4 s Clock state System clock: High-frequency (fc) Clock gear: 1 (fc) Prescaler clock: fFPH
To achieve a 64.0-s PWM cycle by setting T1 to (23/fc)s (at fc = 36 MHz): 28.4 s / (23/fc)s 128 = 2n Therefore n should be set to 7. Since the low-level period is 16.0 sec when T1 = (23/fc)s, set the following value for TA0REG: 16.0 s / (23/fc)s 72 = 48H
MSB 7 TA01RUN TA01MOD TA0REG TA1FFCR PAFC2 TA01RUN - 1 0 X X 1 6 X 1 1 X X X 5 X 1 0 X X X 4 X 0 0 X X X LSB 3 - - 1 1 - - 2 - - 0 0 - 1 1 - 0 0 1 1 - 0 0 1 0 X - 1 Stop TMRA0 and clear it to 0. Select 8-bit PWM mode (cycle: 2 ) and select T1 as the
7
input clock. Write 48H. Clear TA1FF to 0, enable the inversion and double buffer. Set PA1 and the TA1OUT pin. Start TMRA0 counting.
X: Don't care, -: No change
91C025-111
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.7.3 PWM Cycle
at fc = 36 MHz, fs = 32.768 kHz Select System Select Prescaler Clock SYSCR1 1 (fs) Clock SYSCR0 Gear Value SYSCR1 XXX 000 (fc)
00 (fFPH)
PWM Cycle 2 T1
15.6 ms 14.2 s 28.4 s 56.8 s 113 s 227 s 227 s
6
27 T16
250 ms 227 s 455 s 910 s 1820 s 3640 s 3640 s
28 T16
500 ms 455 s 910 s 1820 s 3640 s 7281 s 7281 s
T4
62.5 ms 56.8 s 113 s 227 s 455 s 910 s 910 s
T1
31.3 ms 28.4 s 56.8 s 113 s 227 s 455 s 455 s
T4
125 ms 113 s 227 s 455 s 910 s 1820 s 1820 s
T1
62.5 ms 56.8 s 113 s 227 s 455 s 910 s 910 s
T4
250 ms 227 s 455 s 910 s 1820 s
T16
1000 ms 910 s 1820 s 3640 s 7281 s
001 (fc/2) 010 (fc/4) 011 (fc/8) 100 (fc/16)
0 (fc)
3640 s 14563 s 3640 s 14563 s
10 (fc/16 clock)
XXX
XXX: Don't care
(5) Settings for each mode Table 3.7.4 shows the SFR settings for each mode. Table 3.7.4 Timer Mode Setting Registers Register Name Function
8-bit timer x 2 channels
TA01MOD Timer Mode PWM Cycle
-
TA1FFCR TA1FFIS Timer F/F Invert Signal Select
0: Lower timer output 1: Upper timer output
Upper Timer Input Clock
Lower timer match T1, T16, T256 (00, 01, 10, 11)
Lower Timer Input Clock
External clock T1, T4, T16 (00, 01, 10, 11) External clock T1, T4, T16 (00, 01, 10, 11) External clock
00
16-bit timer mode
01
-
-
-
8-bit PPG x 1 channel
10
-
-
T1, T4, T16 (00, 01, 10, 11) External clock
-
8-bit PWM x 1 channel
11
2 ,2 ,2
6
7
8
(01, 10, 11) -
- T1, T16 , T256 (01, 10, 11)
T1, T4, T16 (00, 01, 10, 11) -
-
8-bit timer x 1 channel
11
Output disabled
-: Don't care
91C025-112
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(6) LCDC and MELODY/ALARM circuit supply mode This function can operate only TMRA3. It can use LCDC and MELODY/ALARM source clock TA3 clock generated by TMRA3. But this function is special mode, without low clock (XTIN, XTOUT) so keep the rule under below.
Operate a. Clock generate by timer 3 b. Clock supply start (EMCCR0 = 1) c. Need setup time d. LCDC or MELODY/ALARM start to operate
STOP e. LCDC or MELODY/ALARM stop to operate f. Clock supply cut off ( = 0 or = 0)
7
EMCCR0 (00E3H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
0: Off 1: On PROTECT
6
TA3LCDE
5
AHOLD R/W 0
0: Normal 1: Enable
4
TA3MLDE R/W 0
source clock. 0. 0: 32 kHz 1: TA3OUT
3
- R/W 0
2
EXTIN
1
DRVOSCH
0
DRVOSCL
R 0
Protect flag
R/W 0
CLK 0: 32 kHz 1: TA3OUT
R/W 0
clock
R/W 1
fc oscillator 1: Normal 0: Weak
R/W 1
fs oscillator 1: Normal 0: Weak
LCDC source Address hold Melody/Alarm Always write 1: External
driver ability. driver ability.
91C025-113
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.8
External Memory Extension Function (MMU)
This is MMU function which can expand program/data area to 104 Mbytes by having 4 local areas. Address pins to external memory are 2 extended address bus pins (EA24, EA25) or 3 extended chip select pins ( CS2A to CS2C ) in addition to 24 address bus pins (A0 to A23) which are common specification of TLCS-900 and 4 chip select pins ( CS0 to CS3 ) output from CS/WAIT controller. The feature and the recommendation setting method of two types are shown below. In addition, AH in the table is the value which number address 23 to 16 displayed as hex.
Purpose
Item
Maximum memory size
(A): For Standard Extended Memory
(B): For Many Pieces Extended Memory
16 Mbytes: BANK (16 Mbytes x 1 pcs) LOCAL2 (AH = C0 to DF: 2 Mbytes x 7 BANK) Setup AH = C0 to FF to CS2
CS2
Program ROM
Used local area, BANK number Setting CS/WAIT Used CS pin Maximum memory size
Setup AH = 80 to FF to CS2
CS2A
64 Mbytes : BANK (64 Mbytes x 1 pcs) LOCAL3 Setup AH = 80 to BF to CS3 CS3 , EA24, EA25
32 Mbytes : BANK (16 Mbytes x 2 pcs) LOCAL3 Setup AH = 80 to FF to CS2 CS2B , CS2C
Data ROM
Used local area, BANK number Setting CS/WAIT Used CS pins Maximum memory size Used local area, BANK number Setting CS/WAIT Used CS pin Maximum memory size Used local area, BANK number Setting CS/WAIT Used CS pin Maximum memory size Used local area, BANK number Setting CS/WAIT Used CS pin
(AH = 80 to BF: 4 Mbytes x 16 BANK) (AH = 80 to BF: 4 Mbytes x 8 BANK)
16 Mbytes: BANK (16 Mbytes x 1 pcs) LOCAL1 (AH = 40 to 5F: 2 Mbytes x 7 BANK) Setup AH = 40 to 7F to CS1
CS1
Option Program ROM
8 Mbytes: BANK (8 Mbytes x 1 pcs) LOCAL0 (AH = 10 to 1F: 1 Mbyte x 7 BANK) Setup AH = 00 to 1F to CS0
CS0
Data RAM
Setup AH = 00 to 1F to CS3
CS3
2 Mbytes (2 Mbytes x 1 pcs) None Setup AH = 20 to 3F to CS0
CS0
Extended memory 1
Total memory size
16 M + 64 M + 16 M + 8 M = 104 Mbytes
16 M + 32 M + 16 M + 8 M + 2 M = 74 Mbytes
91C025-114
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.8.1 Recommendable Memory Map
The recommendation logic address memory map at the time of varieties extension memory correspondence is shown in Figure 3.8.1. And a physical-address map is shown in Figure 3.8.2. However, when memory area is less than 16 Mbytes and is not expanded, please refer to section of CS/WAIT controller. Setting of register in MMU is not necessary. Since it is being fixed, the address of a local-area cannot be changed.
BANK Address Size 000000H
1 Mbyte
CS/WAIT setting
CS pin
Memory map COMMON0 LOCAL0 01234567 CS0
100000H 200000H
CS3
CS3
1 Mbyte
2 Mbytes
CS0
400000H
2 Mbytes
01234567 LOCAL1 CS1 COMMON1 012 ... 67
CS1
600000H
2 Mbytes
800000H
4 Mbytes
LOCAL3
CS2
CS2B (BANK 0 to 3) CS2C (BANK 4 to 7)
C00000H
2 Mbytes
01234567 LOCAL2
E00000H
2 Mbytes
COMMON2
CS2
CS2A
FFFF00
256 Bytes
: Internal area Vector area
: Overlapped with COMMON area
FFFFFF
Figure 3.8.1 Logical Address Map
91C025-115
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
LOCAL0
CS3
LOCAL1
CS1
LOCAL2
CS2A
LOCAL3
CS2B
for data RAM (8 Mbytes) 000000H BANK0 BANK1 BANK2 BANK3 BANK4 BANK5 BANK6 BANK7 800000H
for option program ROM (16 Mbytes) BANK0 BANK1 BANK2 BANK3 BANK4 BANK5 BANK6 BANK7
for program ROM for data ROM (16 Mbytes) BANK0 BANK1 BANK2 BANK3 BANK4 BANK5 BANK6 BANK7 BANK3
CS2C
(16 Mbytes x 2)
BANK0
Internal-I/O
BANK1
BANK2
1000000H 000000H Reset and interrupt vector area
BANK4
BANK5
BANK6
1000000H
BANK7
: Internal area : Overlapped with COMMON area
Figure 3.8.2 Physical Address Map
91C025-116
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.8.2 Control Registers
Set a bank setting value and bank enable/disable in each local register in the common area. At this time, also specify the pin function and mapping by the CS/WAIT controller. When the CPU outputs the logical address of the local area, the MMU outputs its physical address to the external address bus pin according to the value in the bank setting register. This enables access to external memory. LOCAL0 Register 7
LOCAL0 (0350H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function L0E R/W 0 BANK for LOCAL0 0: Disable 1: Enable "000" setting is prohibited because it pretend COMMON 0 area 0
6
5
4
3
2
L0EA22
1
L0EA21 R/W 0
0
L0EA20 0
Setting BANK number for LOCAL0
LOCAL1 Register 7
LOCAL1 (0351H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function L1E R/W 0 BANK for LOCAL1 0: Disable 1: Enable "001" setting is prohibited because it pretend COMMON 0 area 0
6
5
4
3
2
L1EA23
1
L1EA22 R/W 0
0
L1EA21 0
Setting BANK number for LOCAL1
LOCAL2 Register 7
LOCAL2 (0352H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function L2E R/W 0 BANK for LOCAL2 0: Disable 1: Enable "111" setting is prohibited because it pretend COMMON 0 area 0
6
5
4
3
2
L2EA23
1
L2EA22 R/W 0
0
L2EA21 0
Setting BANK number for LOCAL2
LOCAL3 Register 7
LOCAL3 (0353H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function L3E R/W 0 BANK for LOCAL3 0: Disable 1: Enable
6
5
4
- R/W 0 Always write 0.
3
L3EA25 R/W
2
L3EA24 R/W
1
L3EA23 R/W 0
0
L3EA22 R/W 0
0 0 0000~0011: CS2B 0100~0111: CS2C 1000~1111: Set prohibition
Figure 3.8.3 Register of MMU
91C025-117
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Data/Stack RAM SRAM 8 Mbytes 8 bits
CS0
000000H to 1FFFFFH (Logical) 000000H to 7FFFFFH (Physical)
CS0
CS1
Optional ROM FLASH 16 Mbytes 16 bits
CS1
400000H to 7FFFFFH (Logical) 000000H to FFFFFFH (Physical)
Data Address TMP91C025
RD , ( WR , HWR : SRAM)
Program ROM MROM 16 Mbytes 16 bits
CS2 CS2
C00000H to FFFFFFH (Logical) 000000H to FFFFFFH (Physical)
EA24, EA25
CS3
Data ROM MROM 64 Mbytes 16 bits
CS3
800000H to BFFFFFH (Logical) 0000000H to 3FFFFFFH (Physical)
*In case of 16-bit bus memory TMP91C025
Control signals D [0:15] A0 A1 A2 A16
*In case of 8-bit bus memory Memory TMP91C025
Control signals D [0:7] A0 A1 A2 A7
Memory
Control signals D [0:7] A0 A1 A2 A7
: :
Control signals D [0:15] open A0 A1 A15
: :
Figure 3.8.4 H/W Setting Example At Figure 3.8.4, it shows example of connection TMP91C025 and some memories: Program ROM: MROM, 16 Mbytes, Data ROM: MROM, 64 Mbytes, Data RAM: SRAM, 8 Mbytes, 8-bit bus, Option ROM: Flash, 16 Mbytes. In case of 16-bit bus memory connection, it need to shift 1-bit address bus from TMP91C025 and 8-bit bus case, direct connection address bus from TMP91C025. In that figure, logical address and physical address are shown. And each memory allot each chip select signal, RAM: CS0 , FLASH_ROM: CS1 , Program MROM: CS2 , Data MROM: CS3 . In case of this example, as data MROM is 64 Mbytes, this MROM connect to EA24 and EA25. Initial condition after reset, because TMP91C025 access from CS2 area, CS2 area allots to program ROM. It can set free setting except program ROM.
91C025-118
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
;Initial Setting ;CS0 LD LD LD ;CS1 LD LD LD ;CS2 LD LD LD ;CS3 LD LD LD ;CSX LD ;Port LD to
(MSAR0), 00H (MAMR0), FFH (B0CS), 89H (MSAR1), 40H (MAMR1), FFH (B1CS), 80H (MSAR2), C0H (MAMR2), 7FH (B2CS), C3H (MSAR3), 80H (MAMR3), 7FH (B3CS), 85H (BEXCS), 00H (P6FC), 3FH
; Logical address area: 000000H to 1FFFFFH ; Logical address size: 2 Mbytes ; Condition: 8-bit, 1 waits (8 Mbytes, SRAM) ; Logical address area: 400000H to 7FFFFFH ; Logical address size: 4 Mbytes ; Condition: 16-bit, 2 waits (16 Mbytes, Flash ROM) ; Logical address area: C00000H to FFFFFFH ; Logical address size: 4 Mbytes ; Condition: 16-bit, 0 waits (16 Mbytes, MROM) ; Logical address area: 800000H to BFFFFFH ; Logical address size: 4 Mbytes ; Condition: 16-bit, 3 waits (64 Mbytes, MROM) ; Other: 16-bit, 2 waits (Don't care) ; CS0 to CS3 , EA24, EA25: port 6 setting
Figure 3.8.5 Bank Operation S/W Example 1
Secondly, Figure 3.8.5 shows example of initial setting at BANK operation S/W example1 of the above. Because CS0 connect to RAM: 8-bit bus, 8 Mbytes, it need to set 8-bit bus. At this example, it set 1-wait setting. In the same way CS1 set to 16-bit bus and 2 waits, CS2 set 16-bit bus and 0 waits, CS3 set 16-bit bus and 3 waits. By CS/WAIT controller, each chip selection signal's memory size, don't set actual connect memory size, need to set that logical address size: fitting to each local area. Actual physical address is set by each area's BANK register setting. CSEX setting of CS/WAIT controller is except above CS0 to CS3's setting. Finally pin condition is set. Port 60 to 65 set to CS0 , 1, 2, 3, EA24, EA25.
91C025-119
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
;Bank Operation ;***** /CS2 ***** ORG 000000H ORG 200000H ORG 400000H ORG 600000H ORG 800000H ORG a00000H ORG c00000H ORG E00000H LD LDW LD LDW to ORG (LOCAL3), 85H HL,(800000H) (LOCAL3), 88H BC,(800000H)
; Program ROM: Start address at BANK0 of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK1 of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK2 of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK3 of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK4 of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK5 of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK6 of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK7 (= COMMON2) of LOCAL2 ; Logical address E00000H to FFFFFFH ; Physical address 0E00000H to 0FFFFFFH ; LOCAL3 BANK5 set 14xxxxH ; Load data (5555H) form BANK5 (140000H: Physical address) of LOCAL3 ( CS3 ) ; LOCAL3 BANK8 set 20xxxxH ; Load data (AAAAH) form BANK8 (200000H: Physical address) of LOCAL3 ( CS3 ) ; Program ROM: End address at BANK7 (= COMMON2) of LOCAL2
FFFFFFH
;***** /CS3 ***** ORG 0000000H ORG 0400000H ORG 0800000H ORG 0C00000H ORG 1000000H ORG 1400000H dw 5555H to ORG 1800000H ORG 1C00000H ORG 2000000H dw AAAAH to ORG 2400000H ORG 2800000H ORG 2C00000H ORG 3000000H ORG 3400000H ORG 3800000H ORG 3C00000H ORG 3FFFFFFH
; Data ROM: Start address at BANK0 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK1 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK2 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK3 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK4 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK5 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK6 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK7 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK8 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK9 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK10 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK11 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK12 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK13 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK14 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: Start address at BANK15 of LOCAL3 ; Data ROM: End address at BANK15 of LOCAL3
Figure 3.8.6 Bank Operation S/W Example 2 Figure 3.8.6 shows example of data access between one BANK and other BANK is one software example. A dot line square area shows one memory and each dot line square shows CS2 's program ROM and CS3 's data ROM. Program start from E00000H address, firstly, write to BANK register of LOCAL3 area upper 5-bit address of access point. In case of this TMP91C025, because most upper address bit of physical address is EA25, most upper address bit of BANK register is meaningless. 4 bits of upper 5-bit address means 16 BANKs. After setting BANK5, accessing 800000H to BFFFFFH address: Logical local3 address, actually access to physical 1400000H to 1700000H address.
91C025-120
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
;Bank Operation ;***** /CS2 ***** ORG 000000H ORG 200000H NOP to JP E00100H ORG 400000H ORG 600000H NOP to JP E00200H ORG 800000H ORG a00000H ORG c00000H !!!! Program Start !!!! ORG E00000H
; Program ROM: Start address at BANK0 of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK1 of LOCAL2 ; Operation at BANK1of LOCAL2 ; Jump to BANK7 (= COMMON2) of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK2 of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK3 of LOCAL2 ; Operation at BANK3 of LOCAL2 ; Jump to BANK7 (= COMMON2) of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK4 of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK5 of LOCAL2 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK6 of LOCAL2
LD JP to ORG
(LOCAL2), 81H C00000H
; Program ROM: Start address at BANK7 (= COMMON2) of LOCAL2 ; Logical address E00000H to FFFFFFH ; Physical address 0E00000H to 0FFFFFFH ; LOCAL2 BANK1 set 20xxxxH ; Jump to BANK1 (200000H: Physical address) of LOCAL2
E00100H LD (LOCAL2), 83H JP C00000H E00200H LD (LOCAL1),84H JP 400000H FFFFFFH
; LOCAL2 BANK3 set 60xxxxH ; Jump to BANK3 (600000H: Physical address) of LOCAL2
to ORG
ORG
; LOCAL1 BANK4 set 80xxxxH ; Jump to BANK4 (800000H: Physical address) of LOCAL1 ; Program ROM: End address at BANK7(= COMMON2) of LOCAL2
;***** /CS1 ***** ORG 000000H ORG 200000H ORG 400000H ORG 600000H LD JP ORG 800000H NOP to JP ORG a00000H ORG c00000H ORG E00000H LD JP
(LOCAL1),87H 400000H
; Program ROM: Start address at BANK0 of LOCAL1 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK1 of LOCAL1 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK2 of LOCAL1 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK3 (= COMMON1) of LOCAL1 ; LOCAL1 BANK7 set E0xxxxH ; Jump to BANK7 (E00000H: Physical address) of LOCAL1 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK4 of LOCAL1 ; Operation at BANK4 of LOCAL1 ; Jump to BANK3 (= COMMON1) of LOCAL1 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK5 of LOCAL1 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK6 of LOCAL1 ; Program ROM: Start address at BANK7 of LOCAL1 ; LOCAL1 BANK0 set 00xxxxH ; Jump to BANK0 (000000H: Physical address) of LOCAL1
600000H
(LOCAL1),80H 400000H
It's prohibiting to set other BANK setting in except common area Program run away. ORG FFFFFFH ; Program ROM: End address at BANK7 of LOCAL1
Figure 3.8.7 Bank Operation S/W Example 3
91C025-121
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
At bank operation S/W Example 3 of the above, Figure 3.8.7 shows example of program jump. In the same way with before example, two dot line squares show each CS2 's program ROM and CS1 's option ROM. Program start from E00000H common address, firstly, write to BANK register of LOCAL2 area upper 3-bit address of jumping point. After setting BANK1, jumping C00000H to DFFFFFH address: logical local2 address, actually jump to physical 2000000H to 3FFFFFH address. When return to common area, it can only jump to E00000H to FFFFFFH without writing to BANK register of LOCAL2 area. By a way of setting of BANK register, the setting that BANK address and common address conflict with is possible. When two kinds or more logical addresses to show common area exist, management of BANK is confused. We recommends not using the BANK setting, BANK address and common address conflict with. When it jumps to one memory from other different memory, it can set same as the last time setting. It needs to write to BANK register of LOCAL1 area upper 3-bit address of jumping point. After setting BANK4, jumping 400000H to 5FFFFFH address: logical local1 address, actually jump to physical 8000000H to 9FFFFFH address. It is a mark paid attention to here, it needs to go by way of common area by all means when moves from a bank to a bank. In other words, it must write to BANK register only in common area and it is prohibit writing the BANK register in BANK area. If it modify the BANK register's data in BANK area, program runaway.
91C025-122
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.9
Serial Channels
TMP91C025 includes 2 serial I/O channels. For both channels either UART mode (Asynchronous transmission) or I/O Interface mode (Synchronous transmission) can be selected. * I/O interface mode * UART mode Mode 0: Mode 1: Mode 2: Mode 3: For transmitting and receiving I/O data using the synchronizing signal SCLK for extending I/O. 7-bit data 8-bit data 9-bit data
In mode 1 and mode 2 a parity bit can be added. mode 3 has a wakeup function for making the master controller start slave controllers via a serial link (A multi-controller system). Figure 3.9.2, Figure 3.9.3 are block diagrams for each channel. Serial channels 0 and 1 can be used independently. Both channels operate in the same fashion except for the following points; hence only the operation of channel 0 is explained below. Table 3.9.1 Differences between Channels 0 to 1 Channel 0
Pin name TXD0 (PC0) RXD0 (PC1) CTS0 /SCLK0 (PC2) IrDA mode Yes
Channel 1
TXD1 (PC3) RXD1 (PC4) CTS1 /SCLK1 (PC5) No
This chapter contains the following sections: 3.9.1 3.9.2 3.9.3 3.9.4 3.9.5 Block Diagrams Operation of Each Circuit SFRs Operation in Each Mode Support for IrDA
91C025-123
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
* Mode 0 (I/O interface mode) Bit0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Transfer direction * Mode 1 (7-bit UART mode) No parity Start Bit0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Stop
Parity
Start
Bit0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Parity Stop
* Mode 2 (8-bit UART mode) No parity Start Bit0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Stop
Parity
Start
Bit0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Parity Stop
* Mode 3 (9-bit UART mode) Start Bit0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Stop
Wake up
Start
Bit0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bit8
Stop
When bit8 = 1, address (Select code) is denoted. When bit8 = 0, data is denoted.
Figure 3.9.1 Data Formats
91C025-124
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.9.1 Block Diagrams
Figure 3.9.2 is a block diagram representing serial channel 0.
Prescaler T0 2 4 8 16 32 64 T2 T8 T32 Serial clock generation circuit BR0CR BR0CR BR0ADD Selector Selector UART mode TA0TRG (from TMRA0)
T0 T2 T8 T32
Prescaler
Selector
SIOCLK
/2 SCLK0 Concurrent with PC2 I/O interface mode
Selector
fSYS
BR0CR Baud rate generator
SC0MOD0
SC0MOD0
I/O interface mode
SC0CR INT request INTRX0 INTTX0 SC0MOD0 Serial channel interrupt control TXDCLK
(UART only / 16)
SCLK0 Concurrent with PC2
(UART only / 16)
Receive counter
Transmision counter
RXDCLK SC0MOD0 Receive control SC0CR
Parity control
Transmission control SC0MOD0
CTS0
Concurrent with PC2
RXD0 Concurrent with PC1
RB8
Receive buffer 1 (Shift register)
Receive buffer 2 (SC0BUF) Error flag TB8
Transmission buffer (SC0BUF)
SC0CR Internal data bus
TXD0 Concurrent with PC0
Figure 3.9.2 Block Diagram of the Serial Channel 0 (SIO0)
91C025-125
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Prescaler T0 2 4 8 16 32 64 T2 T8 T32 Serial clock generation circuit BR1CR BR1CR BR1ADD TA0TRG (from TMRA0)
T0 T2 T8 T32
Prescaler
Selector
Selector
Selector
UART mode
SIOCLK
/2 SCLK1 Concurrent with PC5 I/O interface mode
Selector
fSYS
BR1CR Baud rate generator
SC1MOD0
SC1MOD0
I/O interface mode
SC1CR INT request INTRX1 INTTX1 SC1MOD0 Serial channel interrupt control TXDCLK
(UART only / 16)
SCLK1 Concurrent with PC5
(UART only / 16)
Receive counter
Transmision counter
RXDCLK SC1MOD0 Receive control SC1CR
Parity control
Transmission control SC1MOD0
CTS1
Concurrent with PC5
RXD1 Concurrent with PC4
Receive buffer 1 (Shift register)
RB8
Receive buffer 2 (SC1BUF)
Error flag
TB8 Transmission buffer (SC1BUF)
SC1CR Internal data bus
TXD1 Concurrent with PC3
Figure 3.9.3 Block Diagram of the Serial Channel 1 (SIO1)
91C025-126
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.9.2 Operation of Each Circuit
(1) Prescaler There is a 6-bit prescaler for generating a clock to SIO0. The clock selected using SYSCR is divided by 4 and input to the prescaler as T0. The prescaler can be run by selecting the baud rate generator as the serial transfer clock. Table 3.9.2 shows prescaler clock resolution into the baud rate generator. Table 3.9.2 Prescaler Clock Resolution to Baud Rate Generator Select System Clock
1 (fs)
Select Prescaler Clock
Gear Value
XXX 000 (fc)
Prescaler Output Clock Resolution T0
2 /fs 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc -
6 5 4 3 2 2
T2
2 /fs 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc
8 8 7 6 5 4 4
T8
2 /fs 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc
10 10 9 8 7 6 6
T32
2 /fs 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc 2 /fc
12 12 11 10 9 8 8
00 (fFPH) 0 (fc)
001 (fc/2) 010 (fc/4) 011 (fc/8) 100 (fc/16)
10 (fc/16 clock)
XXX
X: Don't care, -: Cannot be used The baud rate generator selects between 4 clock inputs: T0, T2, T8, and T32 among the prescaler outputs.
91C025-127
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Baud rate generator The baud rate generator is a circuit which generates transmission and receiving clocks which determine the transfer rate of the serial channels. The input clock to the baud rate generator, T0, T2, T8 or T32, is generated by the 6-bit prescaler which is shared by the timers. One of these input clocks is selected using the BR0CR field in the baud rate generator control register. The baud rate generator includes a frequency divider, which divides the frequency by 1 or N + (16 - K)/16 to 16 values, determining the transfer rate. The transfer rate is determined by the settings of BR0CR and BR0ADD. * In UART mode The settings BR0ADD are ignored. The baud rate generator divides the selected prescaler clock by N, which is set in BR0CK. (N = 1, 2, 3 ... 16) (2) When BR0CR = 1 The N + (16 - K)/16 division function is enabled. The baud rate generator divides the selected prescaler clock by N + (16 - K)/16 using the value of N set in BR0CR (N = 2, 3 ... 15) and the value of K set in BR0ADD (K = 1, 2, 3 ... 15) Note: If N = 1 or N = 16, the N + (16 - K)/16 division function is disabled. Set BR0CR to 0. * In I/O interface mode The N + (16 - K)/16 division function is not available in I/O interface mode. Set BR0CR to 0 before dividing by N. The method for calculating the transfer rate when the baud rate generator is used is explained below. * In UART mode Baud rate = Input clock of baud rate generator / 16 Frequency divider for baud rate generator (1) When BR0CR = 0
*
In I/O interface mode Baud rate =
Input clock of baud rate generator Frequency divider for baud rate generator
/2
91C025-128
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
* Integer divider (N divider) For example, when the source clock frequency (fc) = 12.288 MHz, the input clock frequency = T2 (fc/16), the frequency divider N (BR0CR) = 5, and BR0CR = 0, the baud rate in UART mode is as follows:
Clock state System clock: High-frequency (fc) Clock gear: 1 (fc) Prescaler clock: System clock
Baud rate =
fc/16 / 16 5
= 12.288 x 106 / 16 / 5 / 16 = 9600 (bps) Note: The N + (16 - K)/16 division function is disabled and setting BR0ADD is invalid. * N + (16 - K)/16 divider (UART mode only) Accordingly, when the source clock frequency (fc) = 4.8 MHz, the input clock frequency = T0, the frequency divider N (BR0CR) = 7, K (BR0ADD) = 3, and BR0CR = 1, the baud rate in UART Mode is as follows:
Clock state System clock: High-frequency (fc) Clock gear: 1 (fc) Prescaler clock: System clock
Baud rate =
fc/4 / 16 7 + (16 - 3)/16
= 4.8 x 106 / 4 / (7 + 13/16) / 16 = 9600 (bps) Table 3.9.3 show examples of UART mode transfer rates. Additionally, the external clock input is available in the serial clock. (Serial channels 0, 1). The method for calculating the baud rate is explained below: * In UART mode Baud rate = External clock input frequency / 16 It is necessary to satisfy (External clock input cycle) 4/fc * In I/O interface mode Baud rate = External clock input frequency It is necessary to satisfy (External clock input cycle) 16/fc
91C025-129
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.9.3 Transfer Rate Selection (when baud rate generator is used and BR0CR = 0)
Unit (kbps)
Input Clock fc [MHz]
9.830400 12.288000 14.745600 19.6608 22.1184 24.576 27.0336 29.4912 31.9488 34.4064
Frequency Divider N (BR0CR)
2 4 8 0 5 A 2 3 6 C 1 2 4 8 10 3 1 2 4 5 8 A 10 B 1 3 4 6 9 C F 10 D 7
T0
76.800 38.400 19.200 9.600 38.400 19.200 115.200 76.800 38.400 19.200 307.200 153.600 76.800 38.400 19.200 115.200 384.000 192.000 96.000 76.800 48.000 38.400 24.000 38.400 460.800 153.600 115.200 76.800 51.200 38.400 30.720 28.800 38.400 76.800
T2
19.200 9.600 4.800 2.400 9.600 4.800 28.800 19.200 9.600 4.800 76.800 38.400 19.10 9.600 4.800 28.800 96.000 48.000 24.000 19.200 12.000 9.600 6.000 9.600 115.200 38.400 28.800 19.200 12.800 9.600 7.680 7.200 9.600 19.200
T8
4.800 2.400 1.200 0.600 2.400 1.200 7.200 4.800 2.400 1.200 19.200 93.600 4.800 2.400 1.200 7.200 24.000 12.000 6.000 4.800 3.000 2.400 1.500 2.400 28.800 9.600 7.200 4.800 3.200 2.400 1.920 1.800 2.400 4.800
T32
1.200 0.600 0.300 0.150 0.600 0.300 1.800 1.200 0.600 0.300 4.800 2.400 1.200 0.600 0.300 1.800 6.000 3.000 1.500 1.200 0.750 0.600 0.375 0.600 7.200 2.400 1.800 1.200 1.800 1.600 1.480 0.450 0.600 1.200
Note 1: Transfer rates in I/O interface mode are eight times faster than the values given above. Note 2: The values in this table are calculated for when fc is selected as the system clock, the clock gear is set for fc/1 and the system clock is the prescaler clock input fFPH. Timer out clock (TA0TRG) can be used for source clock of UART mode only. Calculation method the frequency of TA0TRG Frequency of TA0TRG = Baud rate x 16
Note:
The TMRA0 match detect signal cannot be used as the transfer clock in I/O interface mode.
91C025-130
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) Serial clock generation circuit This circuit generates the basic clock for transmitting and receiving data. * In I/O interface mode In SCLK output mode with the setting SC0CR = 0, the basic clock is generated by dividing the output of the baud rate generator by 2, as described previously. In SCLK input mode with the setting SC0CR = 1, the rising edge or falling edge will be detected according to the setting of the SC0CR register to generate the basic clock. * In UART mode The SC0MOD0 setting determines whether the baud rate generator clock, the internal system clock fSYS, the match detect signal from timer TMRA0 or the external clock (SCLK0) is used to generate the basic clock SIOCLK. (4) Receiving counter The receiving counter is a 4-bit binary counter used in UART mode which counts up the pulses of the SIOCLK clock. It takes 16 SIOCLK pulses to receive 1 bit of data; each data bit is sampled three times - on the 7th, 8th and 9th clock cycles. The value of the data bit is determined from these three samples using the majority rule. For example, if the data bit is sampled respectively as 1, 0 and 1 on 7th, 8th and 9th clock cycles, the received data bit is taken to be 1. A data bit sampled as 0, 0 and 1 is taken to be 0. (5) Receiving control * In I/O interface mode In SCLK output mode with the setting SC0CR = 0, the RXD0 signal is sampled on the rising or falling edge of the shift clock which is output on the SCLK0 pin, according to the SC0CR setting. In SCLK input mode with the setting SC0CR = 1, the RXD0 signal is sampled on the rising or falling edge of the SCLK0 input, according to the SC0CR setting. * In UART mode The receiving control block has a circuit which detects a start bit using the majority rule. Received bits are sampled three times; when two or more out of three samples are 0, the bit is recognized as the start bit and the receiving operation commences. The values of the data bits that are received are also determined using the majority rule.
91C025-131
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(6) The receiving buffers To prevent overrun errors, the receiving buffers are arranged in a double-buffer structure. Received data is stored one bit at a time in receiving buffer 1 (which is a shift register). When 7 or 8 bits of data have been stored in receiving buffer 1, the stored data is transferred to receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF); this cause an INTRX0 interrupt to be generated. The CPU only reads receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF). Even before the CPU reads receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF), the received data can be stored in receiving buffer 1. However, unless receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF) is read before all bits of the next data are received by receiving buffer 1, an overrun error occurs. If an overrun error occurs, the contents of receiving buffer 1 will be lost, although the contents of receiving buffer 2 and SC0CR will be preserved. SC0CR is used to store either the parity bit - added in 8-bit UART mode - or the most significant bit (MSB) - in 9-bit UART mode. In 9-bit UART mode the wake-up function for the slave controller is enabled by setting SC0MOD0 to 1; in this mode INTRX0 interrupts occur only when the value of SC0CR is 1. (7) Transmission counter The transmission counter is a 4-bit binary counter which is used in UART mode and which, like the receiving counter, counts the SIOCLK clock pulses; a TXDCLK pulse is generated every 16 SIOCLK clock pulses.
SIOCLK TXDCLK
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
Figure 3.9.4 Generation of the Transmission Clock (8) Transmission controller * In I/O interface mode In SCLK output mode with the setting SC0CR = 0, the data in the transmission buffer is output one bit at a time to the TXD0 pin on the rising or falling edge of the shift clock which is output on the SCLK0 pin, according to the SC0CR setting. In SCLK input mode with the setting SC0CR = 1, the data in the transmission buffer is output one bit at a time on the TXD0 pin on the rising or falling edge of the SCLK0 input, according to the SC0CR setting. * In UART mode When transmission data sent from the CPU is written to the transmission buffer, transmission starts on the rising edge of the next TXDCLK, generating a transmission shift clock TXDSFT.
91C025-132
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Handshake function Use of CTS pin allows data can be sent in units of one frame; thus, Overrun errors can be avoided. The handshake functions is enabled or disabled by the SC0MOD setting. When the CTS0 pin foes high on completion of the current data send, data transmission is halted until the CTS0 pin foes low again. However, the INTTX0 interrupt is generated, it requests the next data send to the CPU. The next data is written in the transmission buffer and data sending is halted. Though there is no RTS pin, a handshake function can be easily configured by setting any port assigned to be the RTS function. The RTS should be output high to request send data halt after data receive is completed by software in the RXD interrupt routine.
TMP91C025 TMP91C025
TXD
CTS
RXD
RTS (Any port)
Sender
Receiver
Figure 3.9.5 Handshake Function
Timing to writing to the transmission buffer Send is suspended during this period [b] [a] SIOCLK 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 14 15 16 1 2 3
CTS
TXDCLK Start bit Bit0
TXD
Note 1: Note 2:
If the CTS signal goes high during transmission, no more data will be sent after completion of the current transmission. Transmission starts on the first falling edge of the TXDCLK clock after the CTS signal has fallen.
Figure 3.9.6 CTS (Clear to send) Timing
91C025-133
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(9) Transmission buffer The transmission buffer (SC0BUF) shifts out and sends the transmission data written from the CPU form the least significant bit (LSB) in order. When all the bits are shifted out, the transmission buffer becomes empty and generates an INTTX0 interrupt. (10) Parity control circuit When SC0CR in the serial channel control register is set to 1, it is possible to transmit and receive data with parity. However, parity can be added only in 7-bit UART mode or 8-bit UART mode. The SC0CR field in the serial channel control register allows either even or odd parity to be selected. In the case of transmission, parity is automatically generated when data is written to the transmission buffer SC0BUF. The data is transmitted after the parity bit has been stored in SC0BUF in 7-bit UART mode or in SC0MOD0 in 8-bit UART mode. SC0CR and SC0CR must be set before the transmission data is written to the transmission buffer. In the case of receiving, data is shifted into receiving buffer 1, and the parity is added after the data has been transferred to receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF), and then compared with SC0BUF in 7-bit UART mode or with SC0CR in 8-bit UART mode. If they are not equal, a parity error is generated and the SC0CR flag is set. (11) Error flags Three error flags are provided to increase the reliability of data reception. 1. Overrun error If all the bits of the next data item have been received in receiving buffer 1 while valid data still remains stored in receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF), an overrun error is generated. The below is a recommended flow when the overrun-error is generated. (INTRX interrupt routine) 1) Read receiving buffer 2) Read error flag 3) If = 1 then a) Set to disable receiving (Write 0 to SC0MOD0) b) Wait to terminate current frame c) Read receiving buffer d) Read error flag e) Set to enable receiving (Write 1 to SC0MOD0) f) Request to transmit again 4) Other 2. Parity error The parity generated for the data shifted into receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF) is compared with the parity bit received via the RXD pin. If they are not equal, a Parity error is generated. 3. Framing error The stop bit for the received data is sampled three times around the center. If the majority of the samples are 0, a framing error is generated.
91C025-134
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(12) Timing generation a. In UART mode Receiving Mode
Interrupt Timing Framing Error Timing Parity Error Timing Overrun Error Timing (Bit8) Center of stop bit. - Center of last bit. (Bit8)
9 Bits
Center of last bit.
8 Bits + Parity
Center of last bit. (Parity bit) Center of stop bit. Center of last bit. (Parity bit) Center of last bit. (Parity bit)
8 Bits, 7 Bits + Parity, 7 Bits
Center of stop bit. Center of stop bit. Center of stop bit. Center of stop bit.
Note: In 9-Bit and 8-Bit+Parity mode, interrupts coincide with the ninth bit pulse.Thus, when servicing the interrupt, it is necessary to wait for a 1-bit period (to allow the stop bit to be transferred) to allow checking for a framing error.
Transmitting Mode
Interrupt Timing
9 Bits
Just before stop bit is transmitted.
8 Bits + Parity
Just before stop bit is transmitted.
8 Bits, 7 Bits + Parity, 7 Bits
Just before stop bit is transmitted.
b. I/O interface
Transmission Interrupt Timing Receiving Interrupt Timing SCLK input mode SCLK output mode SCLK input mode SCLK output mode Immediately after last bit data. (See Figure 3.9.19.) Immediately after rise of last SCLK signal rising mode, or immediately after fall in falling mode. (See Figure 3.9.20.) Timing used to transfer received to data receive buffer 2 (SC0BUF) (e.g. immediately after last SCLK). (See Figure 3.9.21.) Timing used to transfer received data to receive buffer 2 (SC0BUF) (e.g. immediately after last SCLK). (See Figure 3.9.22.)
91C025-135
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.9.3 SFRs
7
SC0MOD0 Bit symbol (0202H) Read/Write After reset Function TB8 0 Transfer data bit8.
6
CTSE 0 0: CTS disable 1: CTS enable
5
RXE 0 function. 0: Receive disable 1: Receive enable
4
WU R/W 0 Wakeup function. 0: Disable 1: Enable
3
SM1 0 mode.
2
SM0 0
1
SC1 0 (UART)
0
SC0 0
Hand shake Receive
Serial transmission 00: I/O interface mode 01: 7-bit UART mode 10: 8-bit UART mode 11: 9-bit UART mode
Serial transmission clock. 00: TMRA0 trigger 01: Baud rate generator 10: Internal clock fSYS 11: External clcok (SCLK0 input)
Serial transmission clock source (UART) 00 Timer TMRA0 match detect signal 01 Baud rate generator 10 Internal clock fSYS 11 External clock (SCLK0 input) Note: The clock selection for the I/O interface mode is controlled by the serial bontrol register (SC0CR). Serial transmission mode 00 01 10 11 I/O interface mode 7-bit mode UART mode 8-bit mode 9-bit mode
Wakeup function 9-bit UART Other modes Interrupt generated when 0 data is received Don't care Interrupt generated only 1 when SC0CR = 1 Receiving function 0 1 Receive disabled Receive enabled
Handshake function ( CTS pin) Enable 0 1 Disabled (Always transferable) Enabled
Transmission data bit8
Figure 3.9.7 Serial Mode Control Register (SIO0, SC0MOD0)
91C025-136
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
7
SC1MOD0 (020AH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Transfer data bit8. TB8
6
CTSE 0 0: CTS disable 1: CTS enable
5
RXE 0 function. 0: Receive disable 1: Receive enable
4
WU R/W 0 Wakeup function. 0: Disable 1: Enable
3
SM1 0 mode.
2
SM0 0
1
SC1 0 (UART)
0
SC0 0
Hand shake Receive
Serial transmission 00: I/O interface mode 01: 7-bit UART mode 10: 8-bit UART mode 11: 9-bit UART mode
Serial transmission clock. 00: TMRA0 trigger 01: Baud rate generator 10: Internal clock fSYS 11: External clcok (SCLK1 input)
Serial transmission clock source (for UART) 00 Timer TMRA0 match detect signal 01 Baud rate generator 10 Internal clock fSYS 11 External clock (SCLK1 input) Serial transmission mode 00 01 10 11 I/O Interface Mode 7-bit mode UART mode 8-bit mode 9-bit mode
Wakeup function 9-bit UART Other modes Interrupt generated when 0 data is received Don't care Interrupt generated only 1 when SC1CR = 1 Receiving function 0 1 Receive disabled Receive enabled
Handshake function ( CTS pin) enables 0 1 Disabled (Always transferable) Enabled
Transmission data bit8
Figure 3.9.8 Serial Mode Control Register (SIO1, SC1MOD0)
91C025-137
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
7
SC0CR (0201H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function RB8 R Undefined Received data bit8.
6
EVEN R/W 0 Parity 0: Odd 1: Even
5
PE 0 Parity addition. 0: Disable 1: Enable
4
OERR 0
3
PERR 0 1: Error
2
FERR 0
1
SCLKS R/W 0 0: SCLK0
0
IOC 0
0: Baud rate generator
R (Cleared to 0 when read.)
Overrun
Parity
Framing
1: SCLK0
1: SCLK0 pin input
I/O interface input clock selection 0 1 Baud rate generator SCLK0 pin input
Edge selection for SCLK pin (I/O mode) 0 1 Transmits and receivers data on rising edge of SCLK0. Transmits and receivers data on falling edge SCLK0. Cleared to 0 when read
Framing error flag Parity error flag Overrun error flag Parity addition enables 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Even parity addition/check 0 1 Odd parity Even parity
Received data bit8
Note: As all error flags are cleared after reading do not test only a single bit with a bit testing instruction.
Figure 3.9.9 Serial Control Register (SIO0, SC0CR)
91C025-138
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
7
SC1CR (0209H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function RB8 R Undefined Received data bit8.
6
EVEN R/W 0 Parity 0: Odd 1: Even
5
PE 0 Parity addition. 0: Disable 1: Enable
4
OERR 0
3
PERR 0 1: Error
2
FERR 0
1
SCLKS R/W 0 0: SCLK1
0
IOC 0
0: Baud rate generator 1: SCLK1
R (Cleared to 0 when read.)
Overrun
Parity
Framing
1: SCLK1
pin input
I/O interface input clock select 0 1 Baud rate generator SCLK1 pin input
Edge selection for SCLK pin (I/O mode) 0 1 Transmits and receive data on rising edge of SCLK1. Transmits and receive data on falling edge of SCLK1. Cleared to 0 when read
Framing error flag Parity error flag Overrun error flag Parity addition enables 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Even parity addition/check 0 1 Odd parity Even parity
Received data bit8
Note: As all error flags are cleared after reading do not test only a single bit with a bit testing instruction.
Figure 3.9.10 Serial Control Register (SIO1, SC1CR)
91C025-139
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
7
BR0CR (0203H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Always write 0. -
6
BR0ADDE 0 division. 0: Disable 1: Enable
5
BR0CK1 0 01: T2 10: T8 11: T32
4
BR0CK0 R/W 0
3
BR0S3 0
2
BR0S2 0
1
BR0S1 0
0
BR0S0 0
+(16 - K)/16 00: T0 Setting the divided frequency "N". (0 to F)
+(16 - K)/16 division enable 0 1 Disable Enable
Setting the input clock of baud rate generator 00 01 10 11 Internal clock T0 Internal clock T2 Internal clock T8 Internal clock T32
7
BR0ADD (0204H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
3
BR0K3 0
2
BR0K2 R/W 0
1
BR0K1 0
0
BR0K0 0
Sets frequency divisor "K". (Divided by N + (16 - K)/16)
Sets baud rate generator frequency divisor BR0CR = 1 BR0CR BR0ADD 0000 0001 (K = 1) to 1111 (K = 15) Disable 0000 (N = 16) or 0010 (N = 2) to BR0CR = 0 0001 (N = 1) (UART only) to 1111 (N = 15) 0000 (N = 16)
0001 (N = 1) 1111 (N = 15) Disable Disable Divided by N + (16 - K)/16
Divided by N
Note1:Availability of +(16-K)/16 division function N 2 to 15 1 , 16 UART mode x I/O mode x x
The baud rate generator can be set "1" in UART mode and disable +(16-K)/16 division function.Don't use in I/O interface mode. Note2:Set BR0CR to 1 after setting K (K = 1 to 15) to BR0ADD when +(16-K)/16 division function is used. Writes to unused bits in the BR0ADD register do not affext operation, and undefined data is read from these unused bits.
Figure 3.9.11 Baud Rate Generator Control (SIO0, BR0CR, BR0ADD)
91C025-140
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
7
BR1CR (020BH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Always write 0. -
6
BR1ADDE 0 division. 0: Disable 1: Enable
5
BR1CK1 0 01: T2 10: T8 11: T32
4
BR1CK0 R/W 0
3
BR1S3 0
2
BR1S2 0
1
BR1S1 0
0
BR1S0 0
+(16 - K)/16 00: T0 Setting the divided frequency "N". (0 to F)
+(16 - K)/16 division enable 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Input clock selection for baud rate generator 00 01 10 11 Internal clock T0 Internal clock T2 Internal clock T8 Internal clock T32
7
BR1ADD (020CH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
3
BR1K3 0
2
BR1K2 R/W 0
1
BR1K1 0
0
BR1K0 0
Sets frequency divisor "K". (Divided by N + (16 - K)/16)
Baud rate generator frequency divisor setting BR1CR = 1 BR0CR BR1ADD 0000 0001 (K = 1) to 1111 (K = 15) Disable 0000 (N = 16) or 0001 (N = 1) Disable 0010 (N = 2) to 1111 (N = 15) Disable Disabled by N + (16 - K)/16 Divided by N BR1CR = 0 0001 (N = 1) (UART only) to 1111 (N = 15) 0000 (N = 16)
Note1:Availability of +(16-K)/16 division function N 2 to 15 1 , 16 UART mode x I/O mode x x
The baud rate generator can be set "1" in UART mode and disable +(16-K)/16 division function.Don't use in I/O interface mode. Note2:Set BR1CR to 1 after setting K (K = 1 to 15) to BR10ADD when +(16-K)/16 division function is used. Writes to unused bits in the BR1ADD register do not affext operation, and undefined data is read from these unused bits.
Figure 3.9.12 Baud Rate Generator Control (SIO1, BR1CR, BR1ADD)
91C025-141
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
7 TB7 SC0BUF (0200H)
6 TB6
5 TB5
4 TB4
3 TB3
2 TB2
1 TB1
0 TB0 (Transmission)
7 RB7
6 RB6
5 RB5
4 RB4
3 RB3
2 RB2
1 RB1
0 RB0 (Receiving)
Note: Prohibit read-modify-write for SC0BUF.
Figure 3.9.13 Serial Transmission/Receiving Buffer Registers (SIO0, SC0BUF)
7
SC0MOD1 (0205H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function I2S0 R/W 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 1: Run
6
FDPX0 R/W 0 Duplex 0: Half 1: Full
5
4
3
2
1
0
Figure 3.9.14 Serial Mode Control Register 1 (SIO0, SC0MOD1)
7 TB7 SC1BUF (0208H)
6 TB6
5 TB5
4 TB4
3 TB3
2 TB2
1 TB1
0 TB0 (Transmission)
7 RB7
6 RB6
5 RB5
4 RB4
3 RB3
2 RB2
1 RB1
0 RB0 (Receiving)
Note: Prohibit read-modify-write for SC1BUF.
Figure 3.9.15 Serial Transmission/Receiving Buffer Registers (SIO1, SC1BUF)
7
SC1MOD1 (020DH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function I2S1 R/W 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 1: Run
6
FDPX1 R/W 0 Duplex 0: Half 1: Full
5
4
3
2
1
0
Figure 3.9.16 Serial Mode Control Register 1 (SIO1, SC1MOD1)
91C025-142
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.9.4 Operation in Each Mode
(1) Mode 0 (I/O interface mode) This mode allows an increase in the number of I/O pins available for transmitting data to or receiving data from an external shift register. This mode includes the SCLK output mode to output synchronous clock SCLK and SCLK input mode to input external synchronous clock SCLK.
Output extension TMP91C025 TXD SCLK Port Shift register SI SCK RCK A B C D E F G H TC74HC595 or equivalent Port S/ L SCLK CLOCK RXD QH Input extension TMP91C025 Shift register A B C D E F G H TC74HC165 or equivalent
Figure 3.9.17 SCLK Output Mode Connection Example
Output extension TMP91C025 TXD SCLK Port Shift register SI SCK RCK A B C D E F G H TC74HC595 or equivalent External clock
Input extension TMP91C025 RXD SCLK Port Shift register QH CLOCK S/ L A B C D E F G H TC74HC165 or equivalent External clock
Figure 3.9.18 SCLK Input Mode Connection Example
91C025-143
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
a. Transmission In SCLK output mode 8-bit data and a synchronous clock are output on the TXD0 and SCLK0 pins respectively each time the CPU writes the data to the transmission buffer. When all data is output, INTES0 will be set to generate the INTTX0 interrupt.
Timing to write transmission data SCLK0 output (=0 Rising edge mode) SCLK0 output (=1 Falling edge mode) TXD0 ITX0C (INTTX0 Interrupt request) Bit0 Bit1 Bit6 Bit7
(Internal clock timing)
Figure 3.9.19 Transmitting Operation in I/O Interface Mode (SCLK0 output mode)
In SCLK input mode, 8-bit data is output on the TXD0 pin when the SCLK0 input becomes active after the data has been written to the transmission buffer by the CPU. When all data is output, INTES0 will be set to generate INTTX0 interrupt.
SCLK0input ( = 0 Rising edge mode) SCLK0 input ( = 1 Falling edge mode) TXD0 ITX0C (INTTX0 Interrupt request) Bit0 Bit1 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7
Figure 3.9.20 Transmitting Operation in I/O Interface Mode (SCLK0 input mode)
91C025-144
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
b.
Receiving In SCLK output mode, the synchronous clock is outputted from SCLK0 pin and the data is shifted to receiving buffer 1. This starts when the receive interrupt flag INTES0 is cleared by reading the received data. When 8-bit data are received, the data will be transferred to receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF according to the timing shown below) and INTES0 will be set to generate INTRX0 interrupt. The outputting for the first SCLK0 starts by setting SC0MOD0 to 1.
IRX0C (INTRX0 interrupt request) SCLK0 output (=0 Rising edge mode) SCLK0 output (=1 Fallingf edge mode) RXD0 Bit0 Bit1 Bit6 Bit7
Figure 3.9.21 Receiving Operation in I/O Interface Mode (SCLK0 output mode) In SCLK input mode, the data is shifted to receiving buffer 1 when the SCLK input becomes active after the receive interrupt flag INTES0 is cleared by reading the received data. When 8-bit data is received, the data will be shifted to receiving buffer 2 (SC0BUF according to the timing shown below) and INTES0 will be set again to be generate INTRX0 interrupt.
SCLK0 input ( = 0: Rising edge mode) SCLK0 input ( = 1: Falling edge mode) RXD0 IRX0C (INTRX0 ) Bit0 Bit1 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7
Figure 3.9.22 Receiving Operation in I/O Interface Mode (SCLK0 input mode) Note: The system must be put in the receive enable state (SCMOD0 = 1) before data can be received.
91C025-145
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
c.
Transmission and receiving (Full duplex mode) When the full duplex mode is used, set the level of receive interrupt to 0 and set enable the interrupt level (1 to 6) to the transfer interrupt. In the transfer interrupt program, the receiving operation should be done like the above example before setting the next transfer data. (Example) Channel 0, SCLK output Baud rate = 9600 bps fc = 14.7456 MHz System clock: High-frequency (fc) Clock gear: 1 (fc) Prescaler clock: fFPH Main routine
7 INTES0 PCCR PCFC SC0MOD0 SC0MOD1 SC0CR BR0CR SC0MOD0 SC0BUF 0 - - 0 1 0 0 0 * 6 0 - - 0 1 0 0 0 * 5 0 - - 0 X 0 1 1 * 4 1 - - 0 X 0 1 0 * 3 0 - - 0 X 0 0 0 * 2 0 1 1 0 X 0 0 0 * 1 0 0 - 0 X 0 1 0 * 0 0 1 1 0 X 0 1 0 * Select I/O interface Mode. Select full duplex Mode. SCLK output, transmit on negative edge, receive on positive edge Baud rate = 9600 bps Enable receiving Set the transmit data and start. Set the INTTX0 level to 1. Set the INTRX0 level to 0. Set PC0, PC1 and PC2 to function as the TXD0, RXD0 and SCLK0 pins respectively.
INTTX0 interrupt routine
Acc SC0BUF SC0BUF * * * * * * * * Read the receiving buffer. Set the next transmit data.
X: Don't care, -: No change
91C025-146
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Mode 1 (7-bit UART mode) 7-bit UART mode is selected by setting serial channel mode register SC0MOD0 to 01. In this mode, a parity bit can be added. Use of a parity bit is enabled or disabled by the setting of the serial channel control register SC0CR bit; whether even parity or odd parity will be used is determined by the SC0CR setting when SC0CR is set to 1 (Enabled). (Setting example) When transmitting data of the following format, the control registers should be set as described below. This explanation applies to channel 0.
Start Bit0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Even parity Stop
Transmission direction (transmission rate: 2400 bps at fc = 12.288 MHz) Clock state System clock: High-frequency (fc) Clock gear: 1 (fc) Prescaler clock: fFPH 76543210 P9CR P9FC SC0MOD SC0CR BR0CR INTES0 SC0BUF - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - 1 X0 - X0 1 0 1 X1 1 XXX0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 - - - - * * * * * * * * Set PC0 to function as the TXD0 pin. Select 7-bit UART mode. Add even parity. Set the transfer rate to 2400 bps. Enable the INTTX0 interrupt and set it to interrupt level 4. Set data for transmission.
X: Don't care, -: No change (3) Mode 2 (8-bit UART mode) 8-bit UART mode is selected by setting SC0MOD0 to 10. In this mode, a parity bit can be added (Use of a parity bit is enabled or disabled by the setting of SC0CR); whether even parity or odd parity will be used is determined by the SC0CR setting when SC0CR is set to 1 (Enabled).
(Setting example) When receiving data of the following format, the control registers should be set as described below.
Start Bit0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Odd parity Stop
Transmission direction (transmission rate: 9600 bps at fc = 12.288 MHz)
91C025-147
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Clock state System clock: High-frequency (fc) Clock gear: 1 (fc) Prescaler clock: fFPH
Main settings
76543210 PCCR - - - - - - 0 - SC0MOD - 0 1 X 1 0 0 1 SC0CR BR0CR INTES0 Acc if Acc Acc X0 1 XXX0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 - - - - 1 1 0 0 SC0CR AND 00011100 0 then ERROR SC0BUF Set PC1 to function as the RXD0 pin. Enable receiving in 8-bit UART mode. Add even parity. Set the transfer rate to 9600 bps. Enable the INTRX0 interrupt and set it to interrupt level 4.
Interrupt processing
Check for errors. Read the received data.
X: Don't care, -: No change (4) Mode 3 (9-bit UART mode) 9-bit UART mode is selected by setting SC0MOD0 to 11. In this mode parity bit cannot be added. In the case of transmission the MSB (9th bit) is written to SC0MOD0. In the case of receiving it is stored in SC0CR. When the buffer is written and read, the MSB is read or written first, before the rest of the SC0BUF data. Wakeup function In 9-bit UART mode, the wakeup function for slave controllers is enabled by setting SC0MOD0 to 1. The interrupt INTRX0 occurs only when = 1.
TXD
RXD
TXD
RXD
TXD
RXD
TXD
RXD
Master
Slave 1
Slave 2
Slave 3
Note: The TXD pin of each slave controller must be in open-drain output mode.
Figure 3.9.23 Serial Link Using Wakeup Function
91C025-148
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Protocol
a. b. c. Select 9-bit UART mode on the master and slave controllers. Set the SC0MOD0 bit on each slave controller to 1 to enable data receiving. The master controller transmits one-frame data including the 8-bit select code for the slave controllers. The MSB (bit8) is set to 1.
Start Bit0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Stop
Select code of slave controller
d.
Each slave controller receives the above frame. Each controller checks the above select code against its own select code. The controller whose code matches clears its WU bit to 0. The master controller transmits data to the specified slave controller whose SC0MOD bit is cleared to 0. The MSB (bit8) is cleared to 0.
Start Bit0 1 2 3 Data 4 5 6 7 Bit8 0 Stop
e.
f.
The other slave controllers (whose bits remain at 1) ignore the received data because their MSBs (Bit8 or ) are set to 0, disabling INTRX0 interrupts. The slave controller (WU bit = 0) can transmit data to the master controller, and it is possible to indicate the end of data receiving to the master controller by this transmission.
91C025-149
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(Setting example) To link two slave controllers serially with the master controller using the internal clock fSYS as the transfer clock.
TXD
RXD
TXD
RXD
TXD
RXD
Master
Slave 1 Select code 00000001
Slave 2 Select code 00001010
Figure 3.9.24 UART Block Connection
Since serial channels 0 and 1 operate in exactly the same way, channel 0 only is used for the purposes of this explanation. * Setting the master controller Main
PCCR PCFC INTES0 SC0MOD0 SC0BUF ---- --01 XX-X--X1 1100 1101 1010 1110 0000 0001 Set PC0 and PC1 to function as the TXD0 and RXD0 pins respectively. Enable the INTTX0 interrupt and set it to interrupt level 4. Enable the INTRX0 interrupt and set it to interrupt level 5. Set fSYS as the transmission clock for 9-bit UART mode. Set the select code for slave controller 1.
INTTX0 interrupt
SC0MOD0 SC0BUF 0 - -- - - - - * * ** * * * * Set TB8 to 0. Set data for transmission.
*
Setting the slave controller Main
PCCR PCFC PCODE INTES0 SC0MOD0 - - - - - - 0 X X - X - - X X X X X - X X 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Enable INTRX0 and INTTX0. Set to 1 in 9-bit UART transmission mode using fSYS as the transfer clock. Set PC1 to RXD and PC0 to TXD0 (Open-drain output).
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
INTRX0 interrupt
Acc SC0BUF if Acc = Select code Then SC0MOD0 - - - 0 - - - - Clear to 0.
91C025-150
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.9.5 Support for IrDA
SIO0 includes support for the IrDA 1.0 infrared data communication specification. Figure 3.9.25 shows the block diagram.
Transmisison data
IR modulator Modem
TXD0
IR transmitter & LED
IR output
SIO0 Receive data
IR demodulator
RXD0
IR receiver
IR input
TMP91C025
Figure 3.9.25 IrDA Block Diagram
(1) Modulation of the transmission data When the transfer data is 0, the modem outputs 1 to TXD0 pin with either 3/16 or 1/16 times for width of baud-rate. The pulse width is selected by the SIRCR. When the transfer data is 1, the modem outputs 0.
Transmission data Start 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 Stop
TXD0 pin
Figure 3.9.26 Modulation Example of Transfer Data
(2) Demodulation of the receive data When the receive data has the effective high-level pulse width (Software selectable), the modem outputs 0 to SIO0. Otherwise the modem outputs 1 to SIO0. The receive pulse logic is also selectable by SIRCR.
Receive pulse = "0" Receive pulse = "1" Demodulated data Start 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 Stop
Figure 3.9.27 Demodulation Example of Receive Data
91C025-151
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) Data format The data format is fixed as follows: * * * Data length: 8 bits Parity bits: None Stop bits: 1 Any other settings don't guarantee the normal operation. (4) SFR Figure 3.9.28 shows the control register SIRCR. Set the data SIRCR during SIO0 is inhibited (Both TXEN and RXEN of this register should be set to 0). Any changing for this register during transmission or receiving operation doesn't guarantee the normal operation. The following example describes how to set this register: 1) SIO setting 2) LD (SIRCR), 07H 3) LD (SIRCR), 37H ; Set the SIO to UART mode. ; Set the receive data pulse width to 16x. ; TXEN, RXEN enable the transmission and receiving of SIO.
4) Start transmission and receiving for SIO0 ; The modem operates as follows: SIO0 starts transmitting. IR receiver starts receiving. (5) Notes 1) Baud rate generator for IrDA To generate baud-rate for IrDA, use baud-rate generator in SIO0 by setting 01 to SC0MOD0. To use another source (TA0TRG, fSYS and SCLK0 input) are not allowed. 2) As the IrDA 1.0 physical layer specification, the data transfer speed and infra red pulse width is specified. Table 3.9.4 Baud Rate and Pulse Width Specifications Baud Rate
2.4 kbps 9.6 kbps 19.2 kbps 38.4 kbps 57.6 kbps 115.2 kbps
Modulation
RZI RZI RZI RZI RZI RZI
Rate Tolerance (% of rate)
0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87
Pulse Width (Min)
1.41 s 1.41 s 1.41 s 1.41 s 1.41 s 1.41 s
Pulse Width (Typ.)
78.13 s 19.53 s 9.77 s 4.88 s 3.26 s 1.63 s
Pulse width (Max)
88.55 s 22.13 s 11.07 s 5.96 s 4.34 s 2.23 s
The infra red pulse width is specified either baud rate T x 3/16 or 1.6 s (1.6 s is equal to 3/16 pulse width when baud rate is 115.2 kbps). The TMP91C025 has the function selects the pulse width on the transmission either 3/16 or 1/16. But 1/16 pulse width can be selected when the baud rate is equal or less than 38.4 kbps only. When 38.4 kbps and 115.2 kbps, the output pulse width should not be set to T x 1/16.
91C025-152
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
As the same reason, + (16 - K)/16 division functions in the baud rate generator of SIO0 can not be used to generate 115.2 kbps baud-rate. Also when the 38.4 kbps and 1/16 pulse width, + (16 - K)/16 divisions function can not be used. Table 3.9.5 shows "Baud-rate and Pulse Width for (16 - K)/16 Division Function". Table 3.9.5 Baud-rate and Pulse Width for (16 - K)/16 Division Function Pulse Width
T x 3/16 T x 1/16
Baud-rate 115.2 kbps 57.6 kbps 38.4 kbps 19.2 kbps
x -
9.6 kbps
2.4 kbps
-
x

: Can be used (16 - K)/16 division function
x: Can not be used (16 - K)/16 division function -: Can not be set to 1/16 pulse width
91C025-153
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
7
SIRCR (0207H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Select transmit pulse width. 0: 3/16 1: 1/16 PLSEL
6
RXSEL 0 Receive data. 0: H pulse 1: L pulse
5
TXEN 0 Transmit 0: Disable 1: Enable
4
RXEN 0 Receive 0: Disable 1: Enable R/W
3
SIRWD3 0
2
SIRWD2 0
1
SIRWD1 0
0
SIRWD0 0
Select receive pulse width
Set effective pulse width for equal or more than 2x x (value + 1) + 100ns Can be set: 1 to 14 Can not be set: 0, 15.
Select receive pulse width Formula: Effective pulse width 2x x (value + 1) + 100ns x = 1/fFPH 0000 0001 to 1110 1111 Equal or more than 30x + 100nS Can not be set Cannot be set Equal or more than 4x + 100nS
Receive operation 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Transmit operation 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Select transmit pulse width 0 1 3/16 1/16
Figure 3.9.28 IrDA Control Register
91C025-154
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.10 Touch Screen Interface (TSI)
The TMP91C025 has an interface for 4-terminal resistor network touch-screen. This interface supports two procedures: an X/Y position measurement and touch detection. Each procedure can be performed by setting the TSI control register (TSICR0 and TSICR1) and using an internal AD converter.
3.10.1
Touch Screen Interface Module Internal/External Connection
TMP91C025FG YMY X+ Touch screen XMX PY PX Y+
External capacitors
Figure 3.10.1 External Connection of TSI (A)
AVCC
Touch screen control PXEN
AVSS
SPY
SPX
Dec.
PYEN MXEN INT2 PTST
PB6 (PY) PB5/INT2 (PX) P83 (MY) PXD (typ.200 k)
MYEN INT2 TSI7
AD Converter AN3
P82 (MX) VREFH SMX SMY
AN2 AVCC AVSS VREFH
VREFL
VREFL
Figure 3.10.2 Internal Block Diagram of TSI (B)
91C025-155
2007-02-28
Internal data bus
TMP91C025 3.10.2 Touch Screen Interface (TSI) Control Register
TSI Control Register 7
TSICR0 (002BH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function TSI7 R/W 0 0: Disable 1: Enable
6
5
PTST R 0 Detection condition 1: touch INT2
4
TWIEN R/W 0 interrupt 0: Disable 1: Enable
3
PYEN R/W 0 SPY 0 : OFF 1 : ON
2
PXEN R/W 0 SPX 0 : OFF 1 : ON
1
MYEN R/W 0 SMY 0 : OFF 1 : ON
0
MXEN R/W 0 SMX 0 : OFF 1 : ON
0: no touch control
PXD (Internal Pull-down resistor) ON/OFF setting

Bit5 monitors whether the screen was touched or not. The bit is 1 while the screen has been touched.
0

1 OFF OFF
0 1
OFF ON
De-bounce Time Setting Register 7
TSICR1 (002CH) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function DBC7 R/W 0
0: Disable 1: Enable
6
DB1024 R/W 0 1024
5
DB256 R/W 0 256
4
DB64 R/W 0 64
3
DB8 R/W 0 8
2
DB4 R/W 0 4
1
DB2 R/W 0 2
0
DB1 R/W 0 1
De-bounce time is set by "(N x 64 - 16)/fSYS" - formula. "N" is sum of number which is set to 1 in bit6 to bit0.
91C025-156
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.10.3 Touch Detection Procedure
A touch detection procedure is a preparing procedure till a pen touches to the screen. When the waiting state, ON only SPY-switch and OFF other 3-switch (SMY, SPX and SMX). During this waiting state, PB5/INT2/PX pin's level is L because of the internal resistors between X and Y directions in the touch screen are not connected and INT2 isn't generated. If the pen touches, PB5/INT2/PX pin's level is H because of the internal pull-down register (PXD) between X and Y direction in the touch screen are connected and INT2 will be generated. And the de-bounce circuit like following diagram is prepared to avoid some number's interrupt generation though one time touch. This can ignore the pulse under the time which is set to TSICR1 register.
TSICR1
TSICR0, IIMC, PBFC Enables INT2 and selects the Rising edge or Falling edge of INT2
PB5/INT2 pin
De-bounce circuit
INT2
F/F
TSICR0
Figure 3.10.3 Block Diagram of De-bounce Circuit
PB5/INT2 pin
Reset counter for de-bounce time Start counter for de-bounce time
De-bounce time INT2
De-bounce time
De-bounce time
INT2 is generated by matching counter and specified de-bounce time.
After pen is detouched, INT2 can be issued again.
INT2 isn't generated by matching counter and specified de-bounce time because of it is an edge-type interrupt.
Figure 3.10.4 Timing Diagram of De-bounce Circuit
91C025-157
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.10.4 X/Y Position Measuring Procedure
In the INT2 routine, execute an X/Y position measuring procedure like below. At first, ON both SPX and SMX-switches and OFF SPY, SMY-switches. By this setting, analog-voltage which shows the X position will be inputted to P83/MY/AN3 pin. The X position can be measured by converting this voltage to digital code with AD converter. Next, ON both SPY and SMY-switches and OFF SPX, SMX-switches. By this setting, analog voltage which shows the Y position will be inputted to P82/MX/AN2 pin. The Y position can be measured by converting this voltage to digital code with AD converter. The above analog voltage which is inputted to AN3 or AN2 pin can be calculated. It is a ratio between resistance value in TMP91C025FG and resistance value in touch screen shown in Figure 3.10.5. Therefore, if the pen touches a corner area on touch screen, analog-voltage will not be to 3.3 V or 0.0 V. As a notice, since each resistor has an uneven, consider about it. And it is recommended that an average code among a few times AD conversion will be adopted as a correct code.
[Formula to calculate analog voltage (E1) to AN2 or AN3 pin] SPY (SPX) ON resistor: Rpy (Rpx) typ.20 AVCC = 3.3 V E1 = ((R2 + Rmy)/(Rpy + Rty + Rmy)) x AVCC [V] (Example) The case of AVCC = 3.3 V, Rpy = Rmy = 20 , R1 = 400 and R2 = 100 E1 = ((100 + 20)/(20 + 400 + 100 + 20) x 3.3 = 0.733 V AN2 (AN3) pin R2 Touch point SMY (SMX) ON resistor: Rmy (Rmx) typ.20 Note 1: An X position can be calculated in the same way though above formula is for Y position. Note 2: Rty = R1 + R2.
Touch screen resistor: Rty (Rtx) A value depends on a touch screen.
R1
Figure 3.10.5 Calculation Analog Voltage
91C025-158
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.10.5 Flow Chart for TSI
(2) X/Y position measurement procedure
INT2 routine:
(1) Touch detection procedure
Main routine: TSICR0 98H TSICR1 XXH (Voluntary)
(a)
Execute main routine
TSICR0 85H AD conversion for AN3 Store the result
(b)
TSICR0 8AH AD conversion for AN2 Store the result
(c)
Execute an operation By using X/Y position
Yes
Still touched ? TSICR0 = 1?
No Return to main routine
Figure 3.10.6 Flow Chart for TSI It shows the circuit for each statement (a), (b) and (c) in the next page.
91C025-159
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(a) Main routine : Waiting for INT2 interrupt
(pbfc), = "1" (inte12) (tsicr0) = 98h ei : : : : Set PB5 to int2/PX, set PB6 to PY Set interrupt level of INT2 Pull-down resistor on, SPY on, Interrupt set Enable interrupt
TMP91C025
Touch screen control AVCC ON SPY (PY/PB6) MYEN Y+ Touch screen X- (PX/PB5/INT2) ON X+ (MY/P83) Y- (MX/P82) PXD (typ. 200 k) AD converter AN3 AN2 SMX SMY AVCC AVSS VREFH VREFL AVSS VREFH VREFL INT2 Internal data bus TSI7 PTST SPX Decoder PXEN PYEN MXEN
: AVSS : AVCC
91C025-160
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(b) INT2 routine: X position measurement (AD conversion start)
(tsicr0) = 85h (admod1) = 83h (admod0) = 01h : : : Set SMX, SPX to ON. Set to AN3. Start AD conversion.
TMP91C025
Touch screen control AVCC ON SPY (PY/PB6) MYEN Y+ Touch screen X- (PX/PB5/INT2) X+ (MY/P83) Y- (MX/P82) ON PXD (typ. 200 k) AD converter AN3 AN2 SMY AVCC AVSS VREFH VREFL AVSS VREFH VREFL INT2 Internal data bus TSI7 PTST SPX Decoder PXEN PYEN MXEN
SMX
: AVSS : AVCC
91C025-161
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(c) INT2 routine: Y position measurement (AD conversion start)
(tsicr0) = 8ah (admod1) = 82h (admod0) = 01h : : : Set SMX, SPX to ON. Set to AN2. Start AD conversion.
TMP91C025
Touch screen control AVCC ON SPY (PY/PB6) MYEN Y+ Touch screen X- (PX/PB5/INT2) X+ (MY/P83) Y- (MX/P82) ON SMX SMY PXD (typ. 200 k) AD converter AN3 AN2 AVCC AVSS VREFH VREFL AVSS VREFH VREFL INT2 Internal data bus TSI7 PTST SPX Decoder PXEN PYEN MXEN
: AVSS : AVCC
91C025-162
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.11 Analog/Digital Converter
The TMP91C025 incorporates a 10-bit successive approximation type analog/digital converter (AD converter) with 4-channel analog input. Figure 3.11.1 is a block diagram of the AD converter. The 4-channel analog input pins (AN0 to AN3) are shared with the input only port 4 and can thus be used as an input port. Note: When IDLE2, IDLE1 or STOP mode is selected, so as to reduce the power, with some timings the system may enter a standby mode even though the internal comparator is still enabled. Therefore be sure to check that AD converter operations are halted before a HALT instruction is executed.
Internal data bus
AD mode control register 1 ADMOD1 ADMOD1
AD mode control register 0 ADMOD0

Scan Channel selector End Interrupt Busy Start AD converter control circuit INTAD interrupt AD conversion result Sample and hold + - Comparator register ADREG04L to ADREG37L ADREG04H to ADREG37H ADTRG Repeat
Analog input AN3/ ADTRG (P83) AN2 (P82) AN1 (P81) AN0 (P80)
VREFH VREFL
Multiplexer
DA converter
Figure 3.11.1 Block Diagram of AD Converter
91C025-163
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.11.1 Analog/Digital Converter Registers
The AD converter is controlled by the two AD mode control registers: ADMOD0 and ADMOD1. The AD conversion results are stored in 8 kinds of AD conversion data upper and lower registers: ADREG04H/L, ADREG15H/L, ADREG26H/L and ADREG37H/L. Figure 3.11.2 shows the registers related to the AD converter. AD Mode Control Register 0 7
ADMOD0 Bit symbol (02B0H) Read/Write After reset Function EOCF R 0 AD conversion end flag. 0 AD conversion busy flag.
6
ADBF
5
-
4
-
3
ITM0 R/W
2
REPEAT
1
SCAN
0
ADS 0
Decoder AD conversion start. 0: Don't care 1: Start conversion Note: Always 0 when read.
0 0 0 0 0 Always write Always write Interrupt Repeat mode Scan mode 0. 0. specification in specification. specification.
conversion channel fixed repeat mode. 0: Every conversion 1: Every fourth conversion 0: Single conversion 1: Repeat conversion mode 0: Conversion channel fixed mode 1: Conversion channel scan mode
0: Conversion 0: Conversion in progress stopped 1: Conversion 1: Conversion complete in progress
AD conversion start 0 1 Don't care Start AD conversion
Note: Always read as 0. AD scan mode setting 0 1 AD conversion channel fixed mode AD conversion channel scan mode
AD repeat mode setting 0 1 AD single conversion mode AD repeat conversion mode
Specify AD conversion interrupt for channel fixed repeat conversion mode. Channel fixed repeat conversion mode = 0, = 1 0 1 Generates interrupt every conversion Generates interrupt every fourth conversion
AD conversion busy flag 0 1 AD conversion stopped AD conversion in progress
AD conversion end flag 0 1 Before or during AD conversion AD conversion complete
Figure 3.11.2 AD Converter Related Register
91C025-164
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
AD Mode Control Register 1 7
ADMOD1 (02B1H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function VREFON R/W 0 VREF control. 0: Off 1: On
6
I2AD R/W 0 IDLE2 1: Operate
5
4
3
ADTRGE 0 AD external trigger start control. 0: Disable 1: Enable
2
ADCH2 R/W 0
1
ADCH1 0
0
ADCH0 0
Analog input channel selection.
application 0: Stop
Analog input channel selection. 000 001 010 011 (Note) 100 to 111 0 Channel fixed AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 - AN0 AN0 AN1 AN0 AN1 AN2 AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 Use prohibition 1 Channel scanned
AD conversion starts control by external trigger. ( ADTRG input) 0 1 Disabled Enabled
IDLE2 control 0 1 Stopped In operation
Control of application of reference voltage to AD converter. 0 1 Off On
Before starting conversion (Before writing 1 to ADMOD0), set the bit to 1. Note: As pin AN3 also functions as the ADTRG input pin, do not set = 011 when using ADTRG with < ADTRGE> = 0.
Figure 3.11.3 AD Converter Related Registers
91C025-165
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
AD Conversion Data Lower Register 0/4 7
ADREG04L (02A0H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function ADR01 R Undefined Stores lower 2 bits of AD conversion result.
AD conversion data storage flag. 1: Conversion result stored
6
ADR00
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADR0RF R 0
AD Conversion Data Upper Register 0/4 7
ADREG04H (02A1H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function ADR09
6
ADR08
5
ADR07
4
ADR06 R Undefined
3
ADR05
2
ADR04
1
ADR03
0
ADR02
Stores upper 8 bits AD conversion result.
AD Conversion Data Lower Register 1/5 7
ADREG15L (02A2H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function ADR11 R Undefined Stores lower 2 bits of AD conversion result.
AD conversion result flag. 1: Conversion result stored
6
ADR10
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADR1RF R 0
AD Conversion Data Upper Register 1/5 7
ADREG15H (02A3H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 9 Channel x conversion result ADREGxH 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 ADREGxL 1 0 8 7 ADR19
6
ADR18
5
ADR17
4
ADR16 R Undefined
3
ADR15
2
ADR14
1
ADR13
0
ADR12
Stores upper 8 bits of AD conversion result. 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
* Bits 5 to 1 are always read as 1. * Bit0 is the AD conversion data storage flag . When the AD conversion result is stored, the flag is set to 1. When either of the registers (ADREGxH, ADREGxL) is read, the flag is cleared to 0.
Figure 3.11.4 AD Converter Related Registers
91C025-166
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
AD Conversion Result Lower Register 2/6 7
ADREG26L (02A4H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function ADR21 R Undefined Stores lower 2 bits of AD conversion result.
AD conversion data storage flag. 1: Conversion result stored
6
ADR20
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADR2RF R 0
AD Conversion Data Upper Register 2/6 7
ADREG26H (02A5H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function ADR29
6
ADR28
5
ADR27
4
ADR26 R Undefined
3
ADR25
2
ADR24
1
ADR23
0
ADR22
Stores upper 8 bits of AD conversion result.
AD Conversion Data Lower Register 3/7 7
ADREG37L (02A6H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function ADR31 R Undefined Stores lower 2 bits of AD conversion result.
AD conversion data storage flag. 1: Conversion result stored
6
ADR30
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADR3RF R 0
AD Conversion Result Upper Register 3/7 7
ADREG37H (02A7H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 9 Channel x conversion result ADREGxH 765 ADREGxL 10 8 7 ADR39
6
ADR38
5
ADR37
4
ADR36 R Undefined
3
ADR35
2
ADR34
1
ADR33
0
ADR32
Stores upper 8 bits of AD conversion result. 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
* Bits 5 to1 are always read as 1. * Bit0 is the AD conversion data storage flag . When the AD conversion result is stored, the flag is set to 1. When either of the registers (ADREGxH, ADREGxL) is read, the flag is cleared to 0.
Figure 3.11.5 AD Converter Related Registers
91C025-167
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.11.2 Description of Operation
(1) Analog reference voltage A high-level analog reference voltage is applied to the VREFH pin; a low-level analog reference voltage is applied to the VREFL pin. To perform AD conversion, the reference voltage as the difference between VREFH and VREFL, is divided by 1024 using string resistance. The result of the division is then compared with the analog input voltage. To turn off the switch between VREFH and VREFL, write 0 to ADMOD1 in AD mode control register 1. To start AD conversion in the off state, first write 1 to ADMOD1, wait 3 s until the internal reference voltage stabilizes (this is not related to fc), then set ADMOD0 to 1. (2) Analog input channel selection The analog input channel selection varies depends on the operation mode of the AD converter. * In analog input channel fixed mode (ADMOD0 = 0) Setting ADMOD1 selects one of the input pins AN0 to AN3 as the input channel. In analog input channel scan mode (ADMOD0 = 1) Setting ADMOD1 selects one of the 4 scan modes. Table 3.11.1 illustrates analog input channel selection in each operation mode. After reset, ADMOD0 = 0 and ADMOD1 = 000. Thus pin AN0 is selected as the fixed input channel. Pins not used as analog input channels can be used as standard input port pins. Table 3.11.1 Analog Input Channel Selection
000 001 010 011 100-111
*
Channel Fixed = 0
AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 Use prohibition AN0
Channel Scan = 1
AN0 AN1 AN0 AN1 AN2 AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 Use prohibition
91C025-168
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) Starting AD conversion To start AD conversion, write 1 to ADMOD0 in AD mode control register 0, or ADMOD1 in AD mode control register 1 and input falling edge on ADTRG pin. When AD conversion starts, the AD conversion busy flag ADMOD0 will be set to 1, indicating that AD conversion is in progress. Writing 1 to ADMOD0 during AD conversion restarts conversion. At that time, to determine whether the AD conversion results have been preserved, check the value of the conversion data storage flag ADREGxL. During AD conversion, a falling edge input on the ADTRG pin will be ignored. (4) AD conversion modes and the AD conversion end interrupt The 4 AD conversion modes are: * * * * Channel fixed single conversion mode Channel scan single conversion mode Channel fixed repeat conversion mode Channel scan repeat conversion mode
The ADMOD0 and ADMOD0 settings in AD mode control register 0 determine the AD mode setting. Completion of AD conversion triggers an INTAD AD conversion end interrupt request. Also, ADMOD0 will be set to 1 to indicate that AD conversion has been completed. (a) Channel fixed single conversion mode Setting ADMOD0 and ADMOD0 to 00 selects channel fixed single conversion mode. In this mode, data on one specified channel is converted once only. When the conversion has been completed, the ADMOD0 flag is set to 1, ADMOD0 is cleared to 0, and an INTAD interrupt request is generated. (b) Channel scan single conversion mode Setting ADMOD0 and ADMOD0 to 01 selects channel scan single conversion mode. In this mode, data on the specified scan channels is converted once only. When scan conversion has been completed, ADMOD0 is set to 1, ADMOD0 is cleared to 0, and an INTAD interrupt request is generated. (c) Channel fixed repeat conversion mode Setting ADMOD0 and ADMOD0 to 10 selects channel fixed repeat conversion mode. In this mode, data on one specified channel is converted repeatedly. When conversion has been completed, ADMOD0 is set to 1 and ADMOD0 is not cleared to 0 but held 1. INTAD interrupt request generation timing is determined by the setting of ADMOD0. Setting to 0 generates an interrupt request every time an AD conversion is completed. Setting to 1 generates an interrupt request on completion of every fourth conversion.
91C025-169
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(d) Channel scan repeat conversion mode Setting ADMOD0 and ADMOD0 to 11 selects channel scan repeat conversion mode. In this mode, data on the specified scan channels is converted repeatedly. When each scan conversion has been completed, ADMOD0 is set to 1 and an INTAD interrupt request is generated. ADMOD0 is not cleared to 0 but held 1. To stop conversion in a repeat conversion mode (e.g., in cases (C) and (d)), write 0 to ADMOD0. After the current conversion has been completed, the repeat conversion mode terminates and ADMOD0 is cleared to 0. Switching to a halt state (IDLE2 mode with ADMOD1 cleared to 0, IDLE1 mode or STOP mode) immediately stops operation of the AD converter even when AD conversion is still in progress. In repeat conversion modes (e.g., in cases (C) and (d)), when the halt is released, conversion restarts from the beginning. In single conversion modes (e.g., in cases (a) and (b)), conversion does not restart when the halt is released (the converter remains stopped). Table 3.11.2 shows the relationship between the AD conversion modes and interrupt requests. Table 3.11.2 Relationship between AD Conversion Modes and Interrupt Requests Mode
Channel fixed single conversion mode Channel scan single conversion mode Channel fixed repeat conversion mode Channel scan repeat conversion mode
Interrupt Request Generation
After completion of conversion After completion of scan conversion Every conversion Every forth conversion After completion of every scan conversion
ADMOD0
X X 0 1 X

0 0 1 1

0 1 0 1
X: Don't care
91C025-170
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(e) AD conversion time 84 states (4.7 s at fFPH = 36 MHz) are required for the AD conversion for one channel. (f) Storing and reading the results of AD conversion The AD conversion data upper and lower registers (ADREG04H/L to ADREG37H/L) store the AD conversion results. (ADREG04H/L to ADREG37H/L are read-only registers.) In channel fixed repeat conversion mode, the conversion results are stored successively in registers ADREG04H/L to ADREG37H/L. In other modes, the AN0, AN1, AN2 and AN3 conversion results are stored in ADREG04H/L, ADREG15H/L, ADREG26H/L and ADREG37H/L respectively. Table 3.11.3 shows the correspondence between the analog input channels and the registers which are used to hold the results of AD conversion. Table 3.11.3 Correspondence between Analog Input Channels and AD Conversion Result Registers AD Conversion Result Register Analog Input Channel (Port A)
AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3
Conversion Modes Other than at Right
ADREG04H/L ADREG15H/L ADREG26H/L ADREG37H/L
Channel Fixed Repeat Conversion Mode (=1)
ADREG04H/L ADREG15H/L ADREG26H/L ADREG37H/L
, bit0 of the AD conversion data lower register, is used as the AD conversion data storage flag. The storage flag indicates whether the AD conversion result register has been read or not. When a conversion result is stored in the AD conversion result register, the flag is set to 1. When either of the AD conversion result registers (ADREGxH or ADREGxL) is read, the flag is cleared to 0. Reading the AD conversion result also clears the AD conversion end flag ADMOD0 to 0.
91C025-171
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(Setting example) a. Convert the analog input voltage on the AN3 pin and write the result, to memory address 0800H using the AD interrupt (INTAD) processing routine. Main routine:
76543210 INTE0AD ADMOD1 ADMOD0 X1 0 0 - - - - 1 1 XX0 0 1 1 XX0 0 0 0 0 1 Enable INTAD and set it to interrupt level 4. Set pin AN3 to be the analog input channel. Start conversion in channel fixed single conversion mode.
Interrupt routine processing example:
WA WA (0800H) ADREG37 >>6 WA Read value of ADREG37L and ADREG37H into 16-bit general-purpose register WA. Shift contents read into WA six times to right and zero-fill upper bits. Write contents of WA to memory address 0800H.
b.
This example repeatedly converts the analog input voltages on the three pins AN0, AN1 and AN2, using channel scan repeat conversion mode.
INTE0AD ADMOD1 ADMOD0 X0 0 0 - - - - 1 1 XX0 0 1 0 XX0 0 0 1 1 1 Disable INTAD. Set pins AN0 to AN2 to be the analog input channels. Start conversion in channel scan repeat conversion mode.
X: Don't care, -: No change
91C025-172
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.12 Watchdog Timer (Runaway detection timer)
The TMP91C025 features a watchdog timer for detecting runaway. The watchdog timer (WDT) is used to return the CPU to normal state when it detects that the CPU has started to malfunction (Runaway) due to causes such as noise. When the watchdog timer detects a malfunction, it generates a non-maskable interrupt INTWD to notify the CPU. Connecting the watchdog timer output to the Reset pin internally forces a reset. (The level of external RESET pin is not changed.)
3.12.1
Configuration
Figure 3.12.1 is a block diagram of he watchdog timer (WDT).
WDMOD
RESET
Reset control
Internal reset
WDTI interrupt
WDMOD 2 fSYS (fFPH/2)
15
Selector
17 19 21
2
2
2
Binary counter (22 stage) Reset R
Q S
Internal reset Write 4EH Write B1H WDMOD
WDT control register WDCR
Internal data bus
Figure 3.12.1 Block Diagram of Watchdog Timer Note: It needs to care designing the total machine set, because Watchdog timer can't operate completely by external noise.
91C025-173
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.12.2 Operation
The watchdog timer generates an INTWD interrupt when the detection time set in the WDMOD has elapsed. The watchdog timer must be cleared 0 by software before an INTWD interrupt will be generated. If the CPU malfunctions (e.g. if runaway occurs) due to causes such as noise, but does not execute the instruction used to clear the binary counter, the binary counter will overflow and an INTWD interrupt will be generated. The CPU will detect malfunction (Runaway) due to the INTWD interrupt and in this case it is possible to return to the CPU to normal operation by means of an anti-malfunction program. The watchdog timer works immediately after reset. The watchdog timer does not operate in IDLE1 or STOP mode, as the binary counter continues counting during bus release (When BUSAK goes low). When the device is in IDLE2 mode, the operation of WDT depends on the WDMOD setting. Ensure that WDMOD is set before the device enters IDLE2 mode. The watchdog timer consists of a 22-stage binary counter which uses the system clock (fSYS) as the input clock. The binary counter can output fSYS/215, fSYS/217, fSYS/219 and fSYS/221.
WDT counter
n
Over flow
0
WDT interrupt Write clear code WDT clear (Software)
Figure 3.12.2 Normal Mode
The runaway is detected when an overflow occurs, and the watchdog timer can reset device. In this case, the reset time will be between 22 and 29 states (19.6 to 25.8 s at fFPH = 36MHz, fOSCH = 2.25 state )is fFPH/2, where fFPH is generated by dividing the high-speed oscillator clock (fOSCH) by sixteen through the clock gear function.
Overflow WDT counter n
WDT interrupt
Internal reset 22 to 29 states (19.6 to 25.8 s at fOSCH = 36 MHz, fFPH = 2.25 MHz)
Figure 3.12.3 Reset Mode
91C025-174
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.12.3 Control Registers
The watchdog timer WDT is controlled by two control registers WDMOD and WDCR. (1) Watchdog timer mode register (WDMOD) a. Setting the detection time for the watchdog timer in This 2-bit register is used for setting the watchdog timer interrupt time used when detecting runaway. After reset, this register is initialized to WDMOD = 00. The detection times for WDT are shown in Figure 3.12.4. b. Watchdog timer enable/disable control register After reset, WDMOD is initialized to 1, enabling the watchdog timer. To disable the watchdog timer, it is necessary to set this bit to 0 and to write the disable code (B1H) to the watchdog timer control register WDCR. This makes it difficult for the watchdog timer to be disabled by runaway. However, it is possible to return the watchdog timer from the disabled state to the enabled state merely by setting to 1. c. Watchdog timer out reset connection This register is used to connect the output of the watchdog timer with the RESET terminal internally. Since WDMODis initialized to 0 on reset, a reset by the watchdog timer will not be performed. (2) Watchdog timer control register (WDCR) This register is used to disable and clear the binary counter for the watchdog timer. Disable control the watchdog timer can be disabled by clearing WDMOD to 0 and then writing the disable code (B1H) to the WDCR register.
WDCR WDMOD WDCR 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 - - XX- - 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 Write the clear code (4EH). Clear WDMOD to 0. Write the disable code (B1H).
* *
Enable control Set WDMOD to 1. Watchdog timer clear control To clear the binary counter and cause counting to resume, write the clear code (4EH) to the WDCR register.
WDCR 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 Write the clear code (4EH).
Note1: If it is used disable control, set the disable code (B1H) to WDCR after write the clear code (4EH) once. (Please refer to setting example.) Note2: If it is changed Watchdog timer setting, change setting after set to disable condition once.
91C025-175
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
WDMOD (0300H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
7
WDTE R/W 1 WDT control 1: Enable
6
WDTP1 R/W 0 00: 2 /fSYS 01: 2 /fSYS 10: 2 /fSYS 11: 2 /fSYS
21 19 17 15
5
WDTP0 0
4
3
2
I2WDT R/W 0 IDLE2 0: Stop 1: Operate
1
RESCR 0 connects WDT out to the reset pin
0
- R/W 0 write 0.
Select detecting time.
1: Internally Always
Watchdog timer out control 0 1 - Connects WDT out to a reset
IDLE2 Control 0 1 Stop Operation
Watchdog timer detection time
at fc = 36 MHz, fs = 32.768 kHz
SYSCR1 System Clock Selection
1 (fs)
SYSCR1 Gear Value
XXX 000 (fc) 001 (fc/2)
Watchdog Timer Detection Time WDMOD 00
2.0 s 1.82 ms 3.64 ms 7.28 ms 14.56 ms 29.13 ms
01
8.0 s 7.28 ms 14.56 ms 29.13 ms 58.25 ms 116.51 ms
10
32.0 s 29.13 ms 58.25 ms 116.51 ms 233.02 ms 466.03 ms
11
128.0 s 116.51 ms 233.02 ms 466.03 ms 932.07 ms 1864.14 ms
0 (fc)
010 (fc/4) 011 (fc/8) 100 (fc/16)
Watchdog timer enable/disable control 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Figure 3.12.4 Watchdog Timer Mode Register
91C025-176
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
7
WDCR (0301H)
Read-modify -write instructions are prohibited.
6
5
4
- W -
3
2
1
0
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function B1H: WDT disable code 4EH: WDT clear code
Disable/clear WDT B1H 4EH Others Disable code Clear code Don't care
Figure 3.12.5 Watchdog Timer Control Register
91C025-177
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.13 Real Time Clock (RTC)
3.13.1 Function Description for RTC
1) Clock function (hour, minute, second) 2) Calendar function (month and day, day of the week, and leap year) 3) 24- or 12-hour (AM/PM) clock function 4) 30 second adjustment function (by software) 5) Alarm function (Alarm output 6) Alarm interrupt generate
3.13.2
Block Diagram
16 Hz clock 32 kHz Clock: fs Divider 1 Hz clock
Alarm register Alarm select
ALARM ALARM
Carry hold (1 s)
INTRTC
Comparator
Clock
Address Bus Internal Data bus Adjust Read/Write control
RD
WR
D0 to D7
Address
Figure 3.13.1 Block Diagram Note 1: The Christian era year column: This product has year column toward only lower two columns. Therefore the next year in 99 works as 00 years. In system to use it, please manage upper two columns with the system side when handle year column in the christian era. Note 2: Leap year: A leap year is the year which is divisible with 4, but the year which there is exception, and is divisible with 100 is not a leap year. However, the year which is divisible with 400 is a leap year. But there is not this product for the correspondence to the above exception. Because there are only with the year which is divisible with 4 as a leap year, please cope with the system side if this function is problem.
91C025-179
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.13.3 Control Registers
Table 3.13.1 PAGE 0 (Clock function) Registers
Symbol
SECR MINR HOURR DAYR DATER MONTHR YEARR
Address
0320H 0321H 0322H 0323H 0324H 0325H 0326H
Bit7
Bit6
40 s 40 min.
Bit5
20 s 20 min. 20 /PM/AM
Bit4
10 s 10 min.
Bit3
8s 8 min.
Bit2
4s 4 min.
Bit1
2s 2 min.
Bit0
1s 1 min. 1 hour W0 Day 1 Jan. Year 1 PAGE setting
Function
Second column Minute column Hour column Day of the week column Day column Month column Year column
(Lower two columns)
Read/Write
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
10 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours W2 W1 Day 2 Feb. Year 2
Day 20
Day 10 Oct.
Day 8 Aug. Year 8 Clock enable
Day 4 Apr. Year 4 Alarm enable
Year 80 Year 40 Year 20 Year 10 Interrupt enable 1Hz enable 16Hz enable Clock reset Adjust -ment function Alarm reset
PAGER
0327H
PAGE register
W, R/W
RESTR
0328H
Always write "0"
Reset register
W only
Note: As for SECR, MINR, HOURR, DAYR, MONTHR, YEARR of PAGE0, current state is read when read it. Table 3.13.2 PAGE 1 (Alarm function) Registers
Symbol
SECR MINR HOURR
Address
0320H 0321H 0322H
Bit7
Bit6
Bit5
Bit4
Bit3
Bit2
Bit1
Bit0
Function
Minute column for alarm Hour column for alarm Day of the week column for alarm Day column for alarm 24-hour clock mode
Read/Write
R/W
40 min.
20 min. 20 /PM/AM
10 min.
8 min.
4 min.
2 min.
1 min. 1 hour
R/W R/W
10 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours
DAYR
0323H
W2
W1
W0
R/W
DATER MONTHR YEARR PAGER
0324H 0325H 0326H 0327H Interrupt enable 1Hz enable 16Hz enable
Day 20
Day 10
Day 8
Day 4
Day 2
Day 1 24/12
R/W R/W R/W W, R/W
Leap-year setting Leap-year mode Adjust -ment function Clock reset Alarm reset Clock enable Alarm enable Always write "0" PAGE setting PAGE register
RESTR
0328H
Reset register
W only
Note:
As for MINR, HOURR, DAYR, MONTHR, YEARR of PAGE1, current state is read when read it.
91C025-180
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.13.4 Detailed Explanation of Control Register
RTC is not initialized by reset. Therefore, all registers must be initialized at the beginning of the program. (1) Second column register (for PAGE0 only) 7
SECR (0320H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. 40 sec. column 20 sec. column 10 sec. column
6
SE6
5
SE5
4
SE4
3
SE3 R/W Undefined 8 sec. column
2
SE2
1
SE1
0
SE0
4 sec. column
2 sec. column
1 sec. column
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
0 sec 1 sec 2 sec 3 sec 4 sec 5 sec 6 sec 7 sec 8 sec 9 sec 10 sec 19 sec 20 sec 29 sec 30 sec 39 sec 40 sec 49 sec 50 sec 59 sec
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 Note: Do not set the data other than showing above.
91C025-181
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Minute column register (for PAGE0/1) 7
MINR (0321H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. 40 min, column 20 min, column 10 min, column
6
MI6
5
MI5
4
MI4
3
MI3 R/W Undefined 8 min, column
2
MI2
1
MI1
0
MI0
4 min, column
2 min, column
1 min, column
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
0 min. 1 min. 2 min. 3 min. 4 min. 5 min. 6 min. 7 min. 8 min. 9 min. 10 min. 19 min. 20 min. 29 min. 30 min. 39 min. 40 min. 49 min. 50 min. 59 min.
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 Note: Do not set the data other than showing above.
91C025-182
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) Hour column register (for PAGE0/1) a. In case of 24-hour clock mode (MONTHR = 1) of PAGE1 7
HOURR (0322H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. 20 hour column 10 hour column 8 hour column
6
5
HO5
4
HO4
3
HO3 R/W Undefined
2
HO2
1
HO1
0
HO0
4 hour column
2 hour column
1 hour column
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
0 o'clock 1 o'clock 2 o'clock 8 o'clock 9 o'clock 10 o'clock 19 o'clock 20 o'clock 23 o'clock
:
1 1 0 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
0 0 Note: Do not set the data other than showing above.
b.
In case of 12-hour clock mode (MONTHR = 0) of PAGE1 7 6 5
HO5
4
HO4
3
HO3 R/W Undefined
2
HO2
1
HO1
0
HO0
HOURR (0322H)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read.
PM/AM
10 hour column
8 hour column
4 hour column
2 hour column
1 hour column
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 : 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
0 o'clock (AM) 1 o'clock 2 o'clock 9 o'clock 10 o'clock 11 o'clock 0 o'clock (PM) 1 o'clock
Note: Do not set the data other than showing above.
91C025-183
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(4) Day of the week column register (for PAGE0/1) 7
DAYR (0323H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. W2
6
5
4
3
2
WE2
1
WE1 R/W Undefined W1
0
WE0
W0
0 0 0 0 1 1 1
0 0 1 1 0 0 1
0 1 0 1 0 1 0
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
Note: Do not set the data other than showing above.
(5) Day column register (for PAGE0/1) 7
DATER (0324H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. Day 20 Day 10 Day 8
6
5
DA5
4
DA4
3
DA3 R/W Undefined
2
DA2
1
DA1
0
DA0
Day 4
Day 2
Day 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
th
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
0 1st day 2nd day 3rd day 4th day 9th day 10th day 11th day 19th day 20th day 29th day 30th day 31st day
:
1 0 0 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0
:
1 0 0 0 0 0
Note1: Do not set the data other than showing above. Note2: Do not set the day which is not existed. (ex: 30 Feb)
91C025-184
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(6) Month column register (for PAGE0 only) 7
MONTHR (0325H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read. 10 months 8 months
6
5
4
MO4
3
MO4
2
MO2 R/W Undefined 4 months
1
MO1
0
MO0
2 months
1 month
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
January February March April May June July August September October November December
Note: Do not set the data other than showing above.
(7) Select 24-hour clock or 12-hour clock (for PAGE1 only) 7
MONTHR (0325H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function "0" is read.
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MO0 R/W Undefined 0: 12-hour 1: 24-hour
91C025-185
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(8) Year column register (for PAGE0 only) 7
YEARR (0326H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 80 Years 40 Years 20 Years 10 Years YE7
6
YE6
5
YE5
4
YE4 R/W Undefined
3
YE3
2
YE2
1
YE1
0
YE0
8 Years
4 Years
2 Years
1 Year
0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 : 1
0 0 0 0 1 1 0
0 0 1 1 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 1
00 years 01 years 02 years 03 years 04 years 05 years 99 years
Note: Do not set the data other than showing above.
(9) Leap-year register (for PAGE1 only) 7
YEARR (0326H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function
6
5
4
3
2
1
LEAP1 R/W 00: Leap-year
0
LEAP0
01: One year leap year 10: Two years leap year 11: Three years leap year
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 1
Current year is leap year Present is next year of a leap year Present is two years after a leap year Present is three years after leap year
91C025-186
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(10) PAGE register setting (for PAGE0/1) 7
PAGER (0327H) Read-modify write instruction are prohibited Note: Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function INTENA R/W 0
INTRTC 1: Enable 0: Disable
6
5
4
ADJUST W Undefined
0:Don't care Clock
3
ENATMR R/W Undefined
2
ENAALM
1
0
PAGE R/W Undefined
ALARM 1: Enable 0: Disable
"0" is read.
PAGE selection
"0" is read.
1:Adjust
1: Enable 0: Disable
Please keep the setting order below of , and . Set different times for Clock/Alarm setting and interrupt setting
(Example) Clock setting/Alarm setting ld ld (pager), 0ch (pager), 8ch : : Clock, Alarm enable Interrupt enable 0 1 0 1 Select Page0 Select Page1 Don't care Adjust sec. counter. When set this bit is set to "1" the sec. counter becomes to "0" when the value of the sec. ADJUST counter is 0 - 29.When the value of sec. counter is 30-59, the min. counter is carried and sec. counter becomes "0". Output Adjust signal during 1 cycle of fSYS. After being adjusted once, Adjust is released automatically. (PAGE0 only)
PAGE
(11) Reset register setting (for PAGE0/1) 7
RESTR (1328H) Read-modify write instruction are prohibited Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 1Hz 0: Enable 1: Disable 16Hz 0: Enable 1: Disable 0 1 Unused Reset alarm register 1: Clock reset 1:
Alarm reset
6
DIS16Hz
5
RSTTMR
4
RSTALM W Undefined
3
RE3
2
RE2
1
RE1
0
RE0
DIS1Hz
Always write "0"
RSTALM
RSTTMR
0 1
Unused Reset Counter 1 1 0 Others PAGER 1 0 0 Source signal Alarm 1Hz 16Hz Output "0"
1 0 1
91C025-187
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.13.5 Operational description
(1) Reading clock data 1. Using 1Hz interrupt 1Hz interrupt and the count up of internal data synchronize. Therefore, data can read correctly if reading data after 1Hz interrupt occurred. 2. Using two times reading There is a possibility of incorrect clock data reading when the internal counter carries over. To ensure correct data reading, please read twice, as follows:
Start
PAGER = "0" , Select PAGE0
Read the clock data (1st)
Read the clock data (2nd)
NO 1st data = 2nd data YES END
Figure 3.13.2 Flowchart of clock data read
91C025-188
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Writing clock data When a carry over occurs during a write operation, the data cannot be written correctly. Please use the following method to ensure data is written correctly. 1. Using 1Hz interrupt 1Hz interrupt and the count up of internal data synchronize. Therefore, data can write correctly if writing data after 1Hz interrupt occurred. 2. Resets counter There are 15-stage counter inside the RTC, which generates a 1Hz clock from 32,768 KHz. The data is written after reset this counter. However, if clearing the counter, it is counted up only first writing at half of the setting time, first writing only. Therefore, if setting the clock counter correctly, after clearing the counter, set the 1Hz-interrupt to enable. And set the time after the first interrupt (occurs at 0.5Hz) is occurred.
Start PAGER = "0" , Select PAGE0
RESTR = "1" reset counter
RESTR = "0" enable 1Hz interrupt
First interrupts occur (After 0.5S) YES Sets the time
NO
END
Figure 3.13.3 Flowchart of data write
91C025-189
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.
Disabling the clock A clock carry over is prohibited when "0" is written to PAGER in order to prevent malfunction caused by the Carry hold circuit. While the clock is prohibited, the Carry hold circuit holds a one sec. carry signal from a divider. When the clock becomes enabled, the carry signal is output to the clock, the time is revised and operation continues. However, the clock is delayed when clock-disabled state continues for one second or more. Note that at this time system power is down while the clock is disabled. In this case the clock is stopped and clock is delayed. During clock disabling, pay attention with system power is downed. In this case the clock is stopped and time is delayed.
Start
Disable the clock
Read the clock data
Enable the clock
End
Figure 3.13.4 Flowchart of Clock disable
91C025-190
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.13.6 Explanation of the interrupt signal and alarm signal
The alarm function used by setting the PAGE1 register and outputting either of the following three signals from ALARM pin as follows by write writing "1" to PAGER. INTRTC outputs a 1-shot pulse when the falling edge is detected. RTC is not initializes initialized by RESET. Therefore, when the clock or alarm function is used, clear interrupt request flag in INTC (interrupt controller). (1) When the alarm register and the timer clock correspond, output "0". (2) 1Hz Output clock of 1Hz. (3) 16Hz Output clock of 16Hz. (1) In accordance with alarm register and a clock, output "0". When value of a clock of PAGE0 accorded with alarm register of PAGE1 with a state of PAGER= "1", output "0" to ALARM pin and occur INTRTC. Follows are ways using alarm. Initialization of alarm is done by writing in "1" at RESTR, setting value of all alarm becomes don't care. In this case, always accorded with value of a clock and request INTRTC interrupt if PAGER is "1". Setting alarm min., alarm hour, alarm day and alarm the day week are done by writing in data at each register of PAGE1. When all setting contents accorded, RTC generates INTRTC interrupt, if PAGER is "1". However, contents (don't care state) which does not set it up is considered to always accord. The contents, which set it up once, cannot be returned to don't care state in independence. Initialization of alarm and resetting of alarm register set to "Don't care". The following is an example program for outputting alarm from ALARM -pin at noon (PM12:00) every day.
LD LD LD LD LD LD LD ( LD (PAGER), 09H (RESTR), D0H (DAYR), 01H (DATAR),01H (HOURR), 12H (MINR), 00H (PAGER), 0CH (PAGER), 8CH ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Alarm disable, setting PAGE1 Alarm initialize W0 1 day Setting 12 o'clock Setting 00 min Set up time 31 s (Note) Alarm enable Interrupt enable )
When CPU is operated by high frequency oscillation, it may take a maximum of one clock at 32 kHz (about 30s) for the time register setting to become valid. In the above example, it is necessary to set 31s of set up time between setting the time register and enabling the alarm register. Note: This set up time is unnecessary when you use only internal interruption.
91C025-191
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) With 1Hz output clock RTC outputs clock of 1Hz to ALARM pin by setting up PAGER = "0", RESTR = "0", = "1". RTC also generates an INTRTC interrupt of the falling edge of the clock. (3) With 16Hz output clock RTC outputs clock of 16Hz to ALARM pin by setting up PAGER = "0", RESTR = "1", = "0". RTC also generates INTRTC an interrupt on the falling edge of the clock.
91C025-192
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.14 LCD Driver Controller (LCDC)
The TMP91C025 incorporates two types liquid crystal display driving circuit for controlling LCD driver LSI. One circuit handles a RAM build-in type LCD driver that can store display data in the LCD driver in itself, and the other circuit handles a shift-register type LCD driver that must serially transfer the display data to LCD driver for each display picture. * Shift-register type LCD driver control mode (SR mode) Set the mode of operation, start address of source data save memory and LCD size to control register before setting start register. After set start register LCDC outputs bus release request to CPU and read data from source memory. After that LCDC transmits data of volume of LCD size to external LCD driver through data bus. At this time, control signals (D1BSCP etc.) connected LCD driver output specified waveform synchronizes with data transmission. After finish data transmission, LCDC cancels the bus release request and CPU will restart. * RAM built-in type LCD driver control mode (RAM mode) Data transmission to LCD driver is executed by move instruction of CPU. After setting mode of operation to control register, when move instruction of CPU is executed LCDC outputs chip select signal to LCD driver connected to the outside from control pin. (D1BSCP etc.) Therefore control of data transmission numbers corresponding to LCD size is controlled by instruction of CPU. * Special mode It is assigned at bit6 and at bit4, of EMCCR0 register (00E3hex). These bits are used when you want to operate LCDD and MELODY circuit without low frequency clock (XT1, XT2). After reset these two bits are set to "0" and low clock is supplied each LCDD and MELODY circuit. If you write these bits to 1, TA3OUT (Generate by timer 3) is supplied each LCDD and MELODY circuit. In this case, you should set 32 kHz timer 3 frequency. For detail, look AC specification characteristics. This section is constituted as follows. 3.14.1 Feature of LCDC of Each Mode 3.14.2 Block Diagram 3.14.3 Control Registers 3.14.4 Shift-register Type LCD Driver Control Mode (SR type) 3.14.4.1 Settlement of Frame Frequency Function 3.14.4.2 Timer Out LCDCK 3.14.4.3 Transfer Time by Data Bus Width 3.14.4.4 LCDC Operation in HALT Mode 3.14.5 RAM Built-in Type LCD Driver Control Mode (RAM Type)
91C025-193
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.14.1 Feature of LCDC of Each Mode
Each feature and operation of pin is as follows. Table 3.14.1 Feature of LCDC of Each Mode Shift-register Type LCD Driver Control Mode
Common (row): The number of picture elements can be handled 64, 68, 80, 100, 120, 128, 144, 160, 200, 240 Segment (column): 32, 64, 80, 120, 128, 160, 240, 320, 360 Receiver data bus width Transfer data bus width Transfer rate (at fFPH = 16 MHz) Data Bus: (D7 to D0) Write Strobe: ( WR ) 8 bits, 16 bits selectable 8 bits, 4 bits selectable 250 ns/1 byte 375 ns/1 byte at Byte mode at Nibble mode 8 bit, 16 bit, selectable (depend on CPU command) 8-bit fixed Equal to memory cycle Data bus: Connect with DB pin of column/row driver. Write strobe: Connect with /WR pin of column/row driver. Address 0: Connect with D/I pin of Address Bus: (A0) column driver. not used When A0 = 1 data bus value means display data, when A0 = 0 data bus means instruction data. Shift Clock External pins Pulse: (D1BSCP) Latch Pulse: (D2BLP) Frame: (D3BFR) Cascade Pulse: (DLEBCD) Display Off: ( DOFF ) Shift clock pulse: Connect with SCP pin of column driver. LCD driver latches data bus value by falling edge of this pin. Latch pulse output: Connect with LP/EIO1 pin of column/row driver. Display data is latched in output buffer in LCD driver by rising edge of this pin. LCD frame output: Connect with FR pin of column/row driver. Cascade pulse output: Connect with DIO1 pin of row driver. This pin outputs 1 shot pulse by every D3BFR pin changes. L means display off and H means display on. Chip enable for column driver 3: Connect with/ CE pin of column driver 3. Chip enable for row driver: Connect with LE pin of row driver. Chip enable for column driver 2: Connect with CE pin of column driver 2. Chip enable for column driver 1: Connect with CE pin of column driver 1. There is not a limitation
RAM Built-in Type LCD Driver Control Mode
Data bus: Connect with DI pin of column driver. Upper 7 pins do not use in byte mode and upper 4 pins do not use in nibble mode. not used
Display off output: Connect with /DSPOF terminal of column/row driver.
91C025-194
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.14.2 Block Diagram
Selector CPU address bus: A0 to A23
MMU
A0 to A23
LCDSAH/L Lower address Register (10 bits) Increment (14 bits) Internal data bus Clear Latch, shifter RD, D1BSCP SEG
Counter (9 bits)
D0 to D7 SCPEN & RD
System clock CPU BUSAK Output
SCP generate SR,
SEGEND SEG register Internal Data bus Comparator To interrupt circuit (Rising edge) 32 kHz clock Timer out TA3OUT Shift register Inc. (14 bits) LP generate FP register BCD generate DLEBCD LP modify D2BLP RQ S SCPEN BUSRQ
EMCCR0
COM register Internal data bus
COM counter FR generate D3BFR
Figure 3.14.1 LCDC Block Diagram
91C025-195
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.14.3 Control Registers
LCDSAL Register 7
LCDSAL (0360H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function SAL15 R/W 0
6
SAL14 R/W 0 SR mode
5
SAL13 R/W 0
4
SAL12 R/W 0
3
2
- R/W 0 Always write 0.
1
- R/W 0 Always write 0.
0
MODE R/W 0 Mode select 0: RAM 1: SR
Display memory address. (Low: A15 to A12)
LCDSAH Register 7
LCDSAH (0361H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function SAL23 R/W 0
6
SAL22 R/W 0
5
SAL21 R/W 0
4
SAL20 R/W 0 SR mode
3
SAL19 R/W 0
2
SAL18 R/W 0
1
SAL17 R/W 0
0
SAL16 R/W 0
Display memory address. (High: A23 to A16)
LCDSIZE Register 7
LCDSIZE (0362H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function COM3 R/W 0 0000: 64 0001: 68 0010: 80 0011: 100 0100: 120
6
COM2 R/W 0 0101: 128 0110: 144 0111: 160 1000: 200
5
COM1 R/W 0
4
COM0 R/W 0
3
SEG3 R/W 0 0000: 32 0001: 64 0010: 80 0011: 120 0100: 128
2
SEG2 R/W 0 0101: 160 0110: 240 0111: 320 1000: 360
1
SEG1 R/W 0
0
SEG0 R/W 0
LCD common number. (SR mode)
LCD segment number. (SR mode)
1001: 240 Other: Reserved
Other: Reserved
LCDCTL Register 7
LCDCTL (0363H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function LCDON R/W 0
DOFF
6
- R/W 0 Always write 0.
5
- R/W 0 Always write 0.
4
BUS1 R/W 0 Data bus width. (SR mode)
3
BUS0 R/W 0
Type
2
MMULCD R/W 0
selection LCDD (build in RAM). 0: Sequential 1: Random
1
FP8 R/W 0
0
START R/W 0 control. (SR mode) 0: Stop 1: Start
Setting bit8 Start for fFP.
(SR,RAM mode) 0: Off 1: On
00: 8 bits (Byte mode) 01: 4 bits (Nibble mode) 10: Reserved 11: Reserved
Note 1: There is a limitation about to set LCDSAH and LCDSAL start address. It prohibit to set A13 carry to A14 by all 1-frame data transmitting. e.g. In case 240 (Row) x 360 (Column): 2a30 bytes Start address of LCDC: SAL15 to SAL12 = 0000 or 0001; Note 2: Initial incrementer's address (LSB 14 bits) for LCDC DMA is 0000 (hex).
91C025-196
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
LCDFFP Register 7
LCDFFP (0364H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 FP7
6
FP6
5
FP5
4
FP4 R/W
3
FP3 0
2
FP2 0
1
FP1 0
0
FP0 0
Setting bit7 to bit0 for fFP.
LCDCTR2 Register 7
LCDCTL2 (0366H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function - R/W 0
6
- R/W 0
5
- R/W 0
4
3
2
RAMBUS R/W 0 0: Byte 1: Word
1
AC1 R/W 0 00: Type A 01: Type B 10: Type C 11: Reserved
0
AC0 R/W 0
Always write to "111".
Note:
Please write bit7:5 to "111", even if you use , and as initial setting. LCDC1L/LCDC1H/LCDC2L/LCDC2H/LCDC3L/LCDC3H/LCDR1L/LCDR1H Register 7
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function D7
6
D6
5
D5
4
D4
3
D3
2
D2
1
D1
0
D0
Depend on the specification of external LCD driver. Depend on the specification of external LCD driver. Depend on the specification of external LCD driver.
These registers do not exist on TMP91C025. These are image for instruction registers and display registers of external RAM built-in sequential access type (Note) LCD driver. Address as Table 3.14.2 is assigned to these registers, and the following chip enable pin becomes active when accesses corresponding address. And, the area of these address is external area, so RD , WR terminal becomes active by external access. Table 3.14.3 shows the address map in the case of controlling RAM built-in random access type (Note) LCD driver. The explanation part of MMU circuit also explains this. This setup is performed by LCDCTL.
91C025-197
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.14.2 Memory Mapping for Direct Addressed Built-in RAM Type Register
LCDC1L LCDC1H LCDC2L LCDC2H LCDC3L LCDC3H LCDR1L LCDR1H
Address
0FE0H 0FE1H 0FE2H 0FE3H 0FE4H 0FE5H 0FE6H 0FE7H
Purpose Sequential Access Type
RAM built-in type column driver 1 RAM built-in type column driver 2 RAM built-in type column driver 3 RAM built-in type row driver Instruction Display data Instruction Display data Instruction Display data Instruction Display data
Chip Enable A0 Terminal Terminal
D1BSCP D2BLP D3BFR DLEBCD 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Table 3.14.3 Memory Mapping for Built-in RAM Random Access Type Address Purpose Random Access Type Chip Enable Terminal
D1BSCP D2BLP D3BFR DLEBCD
3C0000H to RAM built-in type driver 1 3CFFFFH 3D0000H to RAM built-in type driver 2 3DFFFFH 3E0000H to RAM built-in type driver 3 3EFFFFH 3F0000H to 3FFFFFH RAM built-in type driver 4
Note: We call built-in RAM sequential access type LCD driver that use register to access to display-ram without address. (e.g., T6B65A,T6C84 etc: mar/2000) We call built-in RAM random access type LCD driver that is same method to access to SRAM. (e.g., T6C23, T6K01 etc: mar/2000)
91C025-198
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.14.4 Shift-register Type LCD Driver Control Mode (SR type)
Set the mode of operation, start address of source data save memory and LCD size to control registers before setting start register. After set start register LCDC outputs bus release request to CPU and read data from source memory. After that LCDC transmits data of volume of LCD size to external LCD driver through data bus. At this time, control signals (D1BSCP etc.) connected LCD driver output specified waveform synchronizes with data transmission. After finish data transmission, LCDC cancels the bus release request and CPU will re-start. LCDC timing figure in the case of 240 seg x 120 com and BYTE mode is shown in Figure 3.14.2, Figure 3.14.3. The table of tLP (D2BLP pin cycle) by the number of segments and the common number and CPU stop time/stop ratio are shown in Table 3.14.4. And, fFP (Frame frequency) by the common number is shown in Table 3.14.5. Moreover, the example of a 240 seg x 120 com LCD driver connection circuit is shown in Figure 3.14.5.
91C025-199
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.14.4.1 Settlement of Frame Frequency Function TMP91C025 defines so-called frame period (Refresh interval for LCD panel) by the value set in fFP [8:0]. DLEBCD pin outputs pulse every frame period. DLEBFR pin usually outputs the signal inverts polarity every frame period. Basic frame period: DLEBCD signal, is made according to the resister fFP [8:0] setting mentioned before. However this fFP [8:0] setting is generally equal to common number, frame period can be corrected by increasing fFP [8:0] with ease. The equation can calculate frame period. Frame period = LCDCK/ (D x fFP) [Hz] D: Constant for each common (Table 3.14.5) fFP: Setting of fFP [8:0] resister LCDCK: Source clock of LCD (Low clock is usually selected ) Please select the value of fFP [8:0] as the frame period you want to set in the Table 3.14.5. Please make the value set to fFP [8:0] into the following range. COM (Common number) FR 320 Example: In the case where frame period is set to 72.10 Hz by 240 coms. fFP = 240 (COM) + 63 = 303 = 12FH (by Table 3.14.5) Therefore, LCDCTL = 1 and LCDFFP = 2FH are setup. LCDCTL Register 7
LCDCTL (0363H)
Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function LCDON R/W 0
Note:
6
- R/W 0
5
- R/W 0
4
BUS1 R/W 0
3
BUS0 R/W 0
2
MMULCD R/W 0
1
FP8 R/W 0
0
START R/W 0
DOFF (SR, RAM mode) 0: Off 1: On
Always write 0.
Always write 0.
Data bus width. (SR mode) 00: 8 bits (Byte mode) 10: Reserve 11: Reserve
TYPE selection LCDD (Build 0:Sequential 1:Random
Setting bit Start 8 for fFP. control. (SR mode) 0: Stop 1: Start
01: 4 bits (Nibble mode) in RAM).
LCDFFP Register 7
LCDFFP (0364H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 FP7
6
FP6
5
FP5
4
FP4 R/W
3
FP3 0
2
FP2 0
1
FP1 0
0
FP0 0
Setting bit7 to bit0 for fFP.
91C025-200
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.14.4.2 Timer Out LCDCK LCD source clock (LCDCK) can select low frequency (XT1, XT2: 32.768 [kHz]) or timer out (TA3OUT) outputs from internal TMRA23. Example: Here indicates the method that frame period is set 70 [Hz] by selecting TA3OUT for source clock of LCD (fc = 6 [MHz], 120 COM). The next equation calculates frame period. tLP: The period of D2BLP Frame period = 1/(tLP x fFP) [Hz] Source clock for LCDC defines as XT [Hz] and then this tLP represents D: The value is 3.5 at 120 COM tLP = D/XT Therefore if you set the frame period at 70 [Hz] under 120 COM, XT = 120 x 3.5 x 70 = 29400 [Hz] XT should be above value. In order to make XT = 29400 [Hz] under fc = 6 [MHz] with T1 of timer3, 1/XT = T3 x 2 x 8/fc [s] T3: the value of timer resister (TA3REG) in short, XT = fc/(T3 x 2 x 8) [Hz] However T3 = (TA3REG) is 12.75 after calculate, it's impossible to set the value under a decimal point. So if (TA3REG) is set 0CH, XT = 31250 [Hz]. And because of D = 3.5, Frame period = 31250/(120 x3.5) = 74.404 [Hz] Further if fFP is 127 (COM + 7) with correction, Frame period = 31250/(127 x 3.5) = 70.30 ... [Hz] Reference: To maintain quality for display, please refer to following value for each gray scale. (You have to use settlement of frame frequency function, frame invert adjustment function and timer out LCDCK.) Monochrome: Frame period = 70 [Hz]
91C025-201
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
fFP = 78.02 Hz (at = 120) D3BFR DLEBCD
1 2 3
1 picture (120 com) display time
120 1 2 3 120 1 2
D2BLP D1BSCP D7 to D0 Data transmission (240 seg = 30 byte) of volume of 1com
Figure 3.14.2 Timing Diagram for SR Mode
D3BFR DLEBCD D2BLP
tLP: LP period tSTOP: Stop time tOPR: CPU operating time
tLPH = 0.5XT
BUSRQ (Internal) D1BSCP D7 to D0
tSCP = 2 states
N
N+1
N+28
N+29
Note: XT = 1/32768 [s] 1 state = 1/fSYS [s]
Figure 3.14.3 Timing Diagram for SR Mode (Detail)
91C025-202
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.14.4 Performance Listing for Each Segment and Common Number 64 com
XT number of counts for tLP making: D tLP 32 seg tSTOP CPU stop rate tSTOP CPU stop rate tSTOP CPU stop rate tSTOP CPU stop rate tSTOP CPU stop rate tSTOP CPU stop rate tSTOP CPU stop rate tSTOP CPU stop rate tSTOP CPU stop rate 2.5 2.7 3.3 4.1 4.7 2.2 2.4 2.9 3.6 4.2 5.0 5.5 6.6 6.6 8.2 10.9 1.7 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.1 4.4 4.9 5.8 5.8 7.3 9.7 1.1 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 3.3 3.6 4.4 4.4 5.5 7.3 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 2.2 2.4 2.9 2.9 3.6 4.9 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.8 1.9 2.3 2.3 2.9 3.9 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.7 1.8 2.2 2.2 2.7 3.6 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.1 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.8 2.4 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.9 6.5 198.4 6 183.1 5 152.6 4 122.1 3.5 106.8 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 1.0 3 91.6 2.5 76.3 2.5 76.3 2 61.0 1.5 45.8 --s s
68 com
80 com
100 com
120 com
128 com
144 com
160 com
200 com
240 com
Unit
%
s
64 seg
%
s
80 seg
%
s
120 seg
%
s
128 seg
%
s
160 seg
%
s
240 seg
%
s
320 seg
%
s
360 seg
%
Note 1: The above value is at fFPH = 36 [MHz]. Note 2: CPU stop time tSTOP: A value is value when reading a transmitting memory by 0 waits in the BYTE write/BYTE read mode. The value becomes x1.5 in NIBBLE write mode. Details, see the "state/cycle" is each type timing table. The time required to the transmission start accompanied by bus opening demand is not included in the above-mentioned numerical value. Note 3: The following equation can calculate tLP listed below. tLP = D/32768 [s] (e.g.) If the row is 240 and D = 1.5 by the above table tLP = 1.5/32768 = 45.8 [s]
D3BFR pin DLEBCD pin
1 2 3 120 1 2 3 120 1 2
D2BLP pin D1BSCP pin D7 to D0 pin
tLP
BUS occupation time of CPU tSTOP
* BUS occupation rate of CPU = tSTOP/tLP
Figure 3.14.4 Stop Time and BUS Occupation Rate of CPU
91C025-203
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.14.5 fFP Table for Each Common Number (1/2) D COM
COM+0 COM+1 COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM + 10 COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM + 20 COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM + 30 COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM + 39
6.5 64
78.77 77.56 76.38 75.24 74.14 73.06 72.02 71.00 70.02 69.06 68.12 67.22 66.33 65.47 64.63 63.81 63.02 62.24 61.48 60.74 60.01 59.31 58.62 57.95 57.29 56.64 56.01 55.40 54.80 54.21 53.63 53.07 52.51 51.97 51.44 50.92 50.41 49.91 49.42 48.94
6 68
80.31 79.15 78.02 76.92 75.85 74.81 73.80 72.82 71.86 70.93 70.02 69.13 68.27 67.42 66.60 65.80 65.02 64.25 63.50 62.77 62.06 61.36 60.68 60.01 59.36 58.72 58.10 57.49 56.89 56.30 55.73 55.16 54.61 54.07 53.54 53.02 52.51 52.01 51.52 51.04
5 80
81.92 80.91 79.92 78.96 78.02 77.10 76.20 75.33 74.47 73.64 72.82 72.02 71.23 70.47 69.72 68.99 68.27 67.56 66.87 66.20 65.54 64.89 64.25 63.63 63.02 62.42 61.83 61.25 60.68 60.12 59.58 59.04 58.51 58.00 57.49 56.99 56.50 56.01 55.54 55.07
4 100
81.92 81.11 80.31 79.53 78.77 78.02 77.28 76.56 75.85 75.16 74.47 73.80 73.14 72.50 71.86 71.23 70.62 70.02 69.42 68.84 68.27 67.70 67.15 66.60 66.06 65.54 65.02 64.50 64.00 63.50 63.02 62.53 62.06 61.59 61.13 60.68 60.24 59.80 59.36 58.94
3.5 120
78.02 77.37 76.74 76.12 75.50 74.90 74.30 73.72 73.14 72.58 72.02 71.47 70.93 70.39 69.87 69.35 68.84 68.34 67.84 67.35 66.87 66.40 65.93 65.47 65.02 64.57 64.13 63.69 63.26 62.83 62.42 62.00 61.59 61.19 60.79 60.40 60.01 59.63 59.25 58.88
3 128
85.33 84.67 84.02 83.38 82.75 82.13 81.51 80.91 80.31 79.73 79.15 78.58 78.02 77.47 76.92 76.38 75.85 75.33 74.81 74.30 73.80 73.31 72.82 72.34 71.86 71.39 70.93 70.47 70.02 69.57 69.13 68.70 68.27 67.84 67.42 67.01 66.60 66.20 65.80 65.41
2.5 144
91.02 90.39 89.78 89.16 88.56 87.97 87.38 86.80 86.23 85.67 85.11 84.56 84.02 83.49 82.96 82.44 81.92 81.41 80.91 80.41 79.92 79.44 78.96 78.49 78.02 77.56 77.10 76.65 76.20 75.76 75.33 74.90 74.47 74.05 73.64 73.22 72.82 72.42 72.02 71.62
2.5 160
81.92 81.41 80.91 80.41 79.92 79.44 78.96 78.49 78.02 77.56 77.10 76.65 76.20 75.76 75.33 74.90 74.47 74.05 73.64 73.22 72.82 72.42 72.02 71.62 71.23 70.85 70.47 70.09 69.72 69.35 68.99 68.62 68.27 67.91 67.56 67.22 66.87 66.53 66.20 65.87
2 200
81.92 81.51 81.11 80.71 80.31 79.92 79.53 79.15 78.77 78.39 78.02 77.65 77.28 76.92 76.56 76.20 75.85 75.50 75.16 74.81 74.47 74.14 73.80 73.47 73.14 72.82 72.50 72.18 71.86 71.55 71.23 70.93 70.62 70.32 70.02 69.72 69.42 69.13 68.84 68.55
1.5 240
91.02 90.64 90.27 89.90 89.53 89.16 88.80 88.44 88.09 87.73 87.38 87.03 86.69 86.35 86.01 85.67 85.33 85.00 84.67 84.34 84.02 83.70 83.38 83.06 82.75 82.44 82.13 81.82 81.51 81.21 80.91 80.61 80.31 80.02 79.73 79.44 79.15 78.86 78.58 78.30
Note 1: fFP can be calculated in the following formulas. fFP = 32768/(D x FP) [Hz] Example: In case of 120 com, = 131, fFP = 32768/(3.5 x 131) = 71.5 [Hz] Note 2: The above is at fs = 32 [kHz].
91C025-204
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.14.6 fFP Table for Each Common Number (2/2) D COM
COM + 40 COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM + 50 COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM + 60 COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM + 70 COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM + 80
6.5 64
48.47 48.01 47.56 47.11 46.68 46.25 45.83 45.42 45.01 44.61 44.22 43.84 43.46 43.09 42.72 42.36 42.01 41.66 41.32 40.99 40.66 40.33 40.01 39.69 39.38 39.08 38.78 38.48 38.19 37.90 37.62 37.34 37.07 36.80 36.53 36.27 36.01 35.75 35.50 35.25 35.01
6 68
50.57 50.10 49.65 49.20 48.76 48.33 47.91 47.49 47.08 46.68 46.28 45.89 45.51 45.13 44.77 44.40 44.04 43.69 43.34 43.00 42.67 42.34 42.01 41.69 41.37 41.06 40.76 40.45 40.16 39.86 39.57 39.29 39.01 38.73 38.46 38.19 37.93 37.66 37.41 37.15 36.90
5 80
54.61 54.16 53.72 53.28 52.85 52.43 52.01 51.60 51.20 50.80 50.41 50.03 49.65 49.28 48.91 48.55 48.19 47.84 47.49 47.15 46.81 46.48 46.15 45.83 45.51 45.20 44.89 44.58 44.28 43.98 43.69 43.40 43.12 42.83 42.56 42.28 42.01 41.74 41.48 41.22 40.96
4 100
58.51 58.10 57.69 57.29 56.89 56.50 56.11 55.73 55.35 54.98 54.61 54.25 53.89 53.54 53.19 52.85 52.51 52.18 51.85 51.52 51.20 50.88 50.57 50.26 49.95 49.65 49.35 49.05 48.76 48.47 48.19 47.91 47.63 47.35 47.08 46.81 46.55 46.28 46.02 45.77 45.51
3.5 120
58.51 58.15 57.79 57.44 57.09 56.74 56.40 56.06 55.73 55.40 55.07 54.75 54.43 54.12 53.81 53.50 53.19 52.89 52.60 52.30 52.01 51.73 51.44 51.16 50.88 50.61 50.33 50.07 49.80 49.54 49.28 49.02 48.76 48.51 48.26 48.01 47.77 47.52 47.28 47.05 46.81
3 128
65.02 64.63 64.25 63.88 63.50 63.14 62.77 62.42 62.06 61.71 61.36 61.02 60.68 60.35 60.01 59.69 59.36 59.04 58.72 58.41 58.10 57.79 57.49 57.19 56.89 56.59 56.30 56.01 55.73 55.45 55.16 54.89 54.61 54.34 54.07 53.81 53.54 53.28 53.02 52.77 52.51
2.5 144
71.23 70.85 70.47 70.09 69.72 69.35 68.99 68.62 68.27 67.91 67.56 67.22 66.87 66.53 66.20 65.87 65.54 65.21 64.89 64.57 64.25 63.94 63.63 63.32 63.02 62.71 62.42 62.12 61.83 61.54 61.25 60.96 60.68 60.40 60.12 59.85 59.58 59.31 59.04 58.78 58.51
2.5 160
65.54 65.21 64.89 64.57 64.25 63.94 63.63 63.32 63.02 62.71 62.42 62.12 61.83 61.54 61.25 60.96 60.68 60.40 60.12 59.85 59.58 59.31 59.04 58.78 58.51 58.25 58.00 57.74 57.49 57.24 56.99 56.74 56.50 56.25 56.01 55.78 55.54 55.30 55.07 54.84 54.61
2 200
68.27 67.98 67.70 67.42 67.15 66.87 66.60 66.33 66.06 65.80 65.54 65.27 65.02 64.76 64.50 64.25 64.00 63.75 63.50 63.26 63.02 62.77 62.53 62.30 62.06 61.83 61.59 61.36 61.13 60.91 60.68 60.46 60.24 60.01 59.80 59.58 59.36 59.15 58.94 58.72 58.51
1.5 240
78.02 77.74 77.47 77.19 76.92 76.65 76.38 76.12 75.85 75.59 75.33 75.07 74.81 74.56 74.30 74.05 73.80 73.55 73.31 73.06 72.82 72.58 72.34 72.10 71.86 71.62 71.39 71.16 70.93 70.70 70.47 70.24 70.02 69.79 69.57 69.35 69.13 68.91 68.70 68.48 68.27
91C025-205
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
T6C13B (240-row driver selection)
VDD VDD VSS DIR TEST Di7-Di0 DUAL SCP S/C VCCL/R, V0L/R, V1L/R, V4L/R, V5L/R
DSPOF
TMP91C025
O001
COM001
VSS
240 COM x 240 SEG LCD
SEG001 SEG240
O240
COM240
EIO2 EIO1
VSS VDD VSS
T6C13B (240-column driver selection) Note: Other circuit is necessary for LCD drive power supply for LCD driver display.
Figure 3.14.5 Interface Example for Shift Register Type LCD Driver (Setting example) In case of use 240 SEG x 240 COM, 8bit bus width LCD driver. In case of store 7200 bytes transfer data to LCD driver in built-in RAM (1000H to 2c1FH). LD LD LD LD LD LD (PDCR), 1FH (LCDSAL), 11H (LCDSAH), 00H (LCDSIZE), 96H (LCDFFP), 308 (LCDCTL), 81H ; Setting control terminal ; Select SR mode ; Source start address = 1000H ; 240SEG x 240COM ; fFP = 70.93 Hz ; BYTE mode fFP = 70.93 Hz, ; LCDON, Transfer start
Segment
9 10 11 ... 239 240
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
1 1 2 3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1000H 101eH
1001H
119 240
Common
Relation Display Panel and Display Memory (In case of above setting)
DIR VDD S/C
101dH
2c1fH
VSS TEST DUAL
Open
VCCLR ,V0LR,V2LR, VSSLR,V3LR ,V5LR
DLEBCD D1BSCP D2BLP D3BFR DOFF D7 to D0
Open
FR LP
O001
SCP LP FR DSPOF DI7 to DI0 EIO1 EIO2
O240
91C025-206
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.14.4.3 Transfer Time by Data Bus Width Data bus width of LCD driver can be selected either of BYTE/NIBBLE by LCDCTL. And that cycle is selectable, type A, type B and type C. Each type has each timing, for detail, look for timing table. Readout bus width of source is selectable 8 bits or 16 bits, without concern to bus width of LCD driver. WAIT number of the read cycle is 0 waits in case of built-in RAM and works by setting value of CS/WAIT controller in case of external RAM
3.14.4.4 LCDC Operation in HALT Mode When LCDC is working, CPU executes HALT instruction and changes in HALT mode, LCDC continue operation if CPU in IDLE2 mode. But LCDC stops in case of IDLE1, STOP mode.
Note:
It need to set the same bus width setting of display RAM, CS/WAIT controller and LCDCTL2
fFPH Address
RD
n
n+1
n+2
n+3
n+4
D7 to D0 D1SCP
12H
12H
34H
34H
56H
56H
78H
78H
9aH
2states/1byte
Byte mode
Address
RD
n
n+1
n+2
D7 to D0 D1SCP
12H
x2H
x1H
34H
x4H
x3H
56H
x6H
x5H
3 states/1 byte
Nibble mode
Figure 3.14.6 Bus Width Timing (No-wait external RAM)
91C025-207
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 3.14.7 Each Type Timing Table Read Bus Width
Byte
Type
Write Mode
Byte Nibble Byte Nibble Byte Nibble Byte Nibble Byte Nibble Byte Nibble
Setup Time
0.5x 0.5x 1.0x 1.0x 1.0x 1.0x 0.5x 0.5x 1.0x 1.0x 1.0x 1.0x
Hold Time
1.0x 1.0x 0.5x 0.5x 2.5x 1.5x 1.0x 1.0x 0.5x 0.5x 1.5x 1.5x
D1BSCP Pulse Width
1.5x 1.0x 2.0x 1.0x 1.5x 2.5x 1.0x 1.0x 1.0x 1.0x 1.5x 2.5x
D1BSCP Cycle
4.0x 2.0x 4.0x 2.0x 6.0x 5.0x 2.0x 2.0x 2.0x 2.0x 3.0x 5.0x
State/ Cycle
4.0x 6.0x 4.0x 6.0x 6.0x 10.0x 6.0x 10.0x 6.0x 10.0x 8.0x 20.0x
A B C
Word
A B C
Note: Number in above Table shows fFPH clock cycle, for example, in case of 27 MHz frequency Xin-Xout, 1.00 equal 37 ns. Above table don't show to guarantee the time, it shows outline. For details, look for AC timing at after page.
A23 to A0 pin
N
N+1
RD pin
State/cycle D7 to D0 pin Data setup time D1BSCP pulse width
Data hold time
D1SCP cycle D1BSCP pin
Figure 3.14.7 Definition of Specification
91C025-208
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Type A fFPH Address
RD
Read 8 bits
Trance 8 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
(n + 1)
(n + 2)
(n + 3)
WR
D7 to D0 D1SCP
12H
12H
34H
34H
56H
56H
78H
Type B fFPH Address
RD
Read 8 bits
Trance 8 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
(n + 1)
(n + 2)
(n + 3)
WR
D7 to D0 D1SCP
12H
12H
34H
34H
56H
56H
78H
Type C fFPH Address
RD
Read 8 bits
Trance 8 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
Pc
(n + 1)
Pc
(n + 2)
WR
D7 to D0 D1SCP
12H
12H
34H
34H
56H
Figure 3.14.8 Byte Read and Byte Write Timing
91C025-209
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Type A fFPH Address
RD
Read 8 bits
Trance 4 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
Pc
(n + 1)
Pc
(n + 2)
WR
D7 to D0 D1SCP
12H
x2H
x1H
34H
x4H
x3H
56H
Type B fFPH Address
RD
Read 8 bits
Trance 4 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
Pc
(n + 1)
Pc
(n + 2)
WR
D7 to D0 D1SCP
12H
x2H
x1H
34H
x4H
x3H
56H
Type C fFPH Address
RD
Read 8 bits
Trance 4 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
Pc
(n + 1)
Pc
WR
D7 to D0
12H
x2H
x1H
34H
D1SCP
Figure 3.14.9 Byte Read and Nibble Write Timing
91C025-210
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Type A fFPH Address
RD
Read 8 bits
Trance 4 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
Pc
(n + 1)
Pc
(n + 2)
WR
D15 to D8 D7 to D0 D1SCP
34H 12H 12H 34H
78H 56H 56H 78H
BCH 9AH
Type B fFPH Address
RD
Read 16 bits
Trance 8 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
Pc
(n + 1)
Pc
(n + 2)
WR
D15 to D8 D7 to D0 D1SCP
34H 12H 12H 34H
78H 56H 56H 78H
BCH 9AH
Type C fFPH Address
RD
Read 16 bits
Trance 8 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
Pc
(n + 1)
pc
WR
D15 to D8 D7 to D0 D1SCP
34H 12H 12H 34H
78H 56H 56H
Figure 3.14.10 Word Read and Byte Write Timing
91C025-211
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Type A fFPH Address
RD
Read 16 bits
Trance 4 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
Pc
(n + 1)
Pc
WR
D15 to D8 D7 to D0 D1SCP
34H 12H x2H x1H x4H x3H
78H 56H x6H x5H x8H x7H
Type B fFPH Address
RD
Read 16 bits
Trance 4 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
Pc
(n + 1)
Pc
WR
D15 to D8 D7 to D0 D1SCP
34H 12H x2H x1H x4H x3H
78H 56H x6H x5H x8H x7H
Type C fFPH Address
RD
Read 16 bits
Trance 4 bits
RAM SRAM
(n)
Pc
WR
D15 to D8 D7 to D0 D1SCP
34H 12H x2H x1H x4H x3H
Figure 3.14.11 Word Read and Nibble Write Timing
91C025-212
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.14.5 RAM Built-in Type LCD Driver Control Mode (RAM Type)
Data transmission to LCD driver is executed by move instruction of CPU. After setting mode of operation to control register, when move instruction of CPU is executed LCDC outputs chip select signal to LCD driver connected to the outside from control pin. (D1BSCP etc.) Therefore control of data transmission numbers corresponding to LCD size is controlled by instruction of CPU. There are 2 kinds of addresses of LCD driver in this case, and which is chosen determines by LCDCTL register. It corresponds to LCD driver which has every 1 byte of instruction register and display data register in LCD driver at the time of = 0. Please make the transmission place address at this time into either of FE0H to FE7H. (Table 3.14.2 references) It corresponds to address direct writing type LCD driver at the time of = 1. The transmission place address at this time can also assign the memory area of 3C0000H to 3FFFFFH to four areas for every 64 Kbytes. (Table 3.14.3 references) The example of a setting is shown as follows and connection example is shown in Figure 3.14.12 at the time below. [ = 0] (Setting example) In case of use 80 SEG x 65 COM LCD driver. Assign external column driver to LCDC0 and row driver to LCDR0. This example used LD instruction in setting of instruction and used burst function of micro DMA by soft start in setting of display data. In case of store 650 bytes transfer data to LCD driver in built-in RAM (1000H to 1289H). ; Setting external terminal LD (PDCR), 19H ; CE for LCDC1: D1BSCP, ; LE for LCDR1: DLEBCD, ; Setting for/DOFF ; Select RAM mode ; LCDON
; Setting for LCDC LD (LCDSAL), 00H LD (LCDCTL), 80H
; Setting for mode of LCDC1/LCDR1 LD (LCDC1L), XX ; Setting instruction for LCDC1 LD (LCDR1L), XX ; Setting instruction for LCDR1 ; Setting for micro DMA and INTTC (ch0) LD A, 08H ; Source address INC mode LDC DMAM0, A ; LD WA, 650 ; count = 650 LDC DMAC0, WA ; LD XWA, 1000H ; Source address = 1000H LDC DMAS0, XWA ; LD XWA, 0FE1H ; Destination address = FE1H (LCDC0H) LDC DMAD0, XWA ; LD (INTETC01), 06H ; INTTC0 level = 6 EI 6 ; LD (DMAB), 01H ; Burst mode LD (DMAR), 01H ; Soft start
91C025-213
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
TMP91C025
VDD
T6B66A (65-row driver)
VDD COM001 COM001
VSS Power supply circuit
VSS VLC1,VLC2, VLC3,VLC4, VLC5 LE DB5 to 0 DSPOF COM065 WR COM065 SEG001
65 COM x 80 SEG LCD
SEG080
DLEBCD SEG001 D1BSCP WR A0 DOFF D7 to D0 Open CE WR D/I DSPOF DB7 to DB0 EIO1 EIO2 SEG080
VDD VSS
T6B65A (80-column driver) Note: Other circuit is necessary for LCD drive power supply for LCD driver display.
Figure 3.14.12 Interface Example for RAM Built-in Type LCD Driver
[Write cycle] System clock: fSYS A23 to A0 R/ W D1BSCP, D2BLP, D3BFR, DLEBCD D7 to D0 Data-out
[Read cycle]
Data-in
Figure 3.14.13 Example of Access Timing for RAM Built-in Type LCD Driver (Wait = 0)
VLC2,VLC3, VLC5
VDD
VSS
91C025-214
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.15 Melody/Alarm Generator
TMP91C025 incorporates melody function and alarm function, both of which are output from the MLDALM pin. 5 kinds of fixed cycle interrupts are generated by the 15-bit free-run counter which is used for alarm generator. Features are as follows. * Melody generator The melody function generates signals of any frequency (4 Hz to 5461 Hz) based on low-speed clock (32.768 kHz) and outputs several signals from the MLDALM pin. By connecting a loud speaker outside, melody tone can sound easily. * Alarm generator The alarm function generates 8 kinds of alarm waveform having a modulation frequency (4096 Hz) determined by the low-speed clock (32.768 kHz). And this waveform is able to invert by setting a value to a register. By connecting a loud speaker outside, Alarm tone can sound easily. And also 5 kinds of fixed cycle (1 Hz, 2 Hz, 64 Hz, 512 Hz, and 8192 Hz) interrupts are generated by the free-run counter which is used for alarm generator. * Special mode It is assigned at bit0 and at bit1, of EMCCR0 register (00E3hex). These bits are used when you want to operate LCDD and MELODY circuit without low-frequency clock (XTIN, XTOUT). After reset these two bits set to "0" and low clock is supplied each LCDD and MELODY circuit. If you write these bits to "1", TA3 (Generate by timer3) is supplied each LCDD and MELODY circuit. In this case, you should set 32 kHz timer3 frequency. For detail, look AC specification characteristics. This section is constituted as follows. 3.15.1 Block Diagram 3.15.2 Control Registers 3.15.3 Operational Description 3.15.3.1 Melody Generator 3.15.3.2 Alarm Generator
91C025-215
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.15.1 Block Diagram
[Melody generator] Internal data bus Reset
MELFH, MELFL resistor MELFH EMCCR0 Low-speed clock (32 kHz) TA3OUT Invert Comparator (CP0) Stop & clear Clear Selector 12-bit counter (UC0) F/F MELOUT
Edge detect
INTALM0 (8192 Hz) INTALM1 (512 Hz) INTALM2 (64 Hz) INTALM3 (2 Hz) INTALM4 (1 Hz) ALMINT MELOUT Selector MLDALM pin invert ALMOUT MELALMC INTALMH (Halt release)
15-bit counter (UC1) 4096 Hz MELALMC 8-bit counter (UC2) Alarm wave form generator ALM resistor
MELALMC
[Alarm generator]
Internal data bus Reset
Figure 3.15.1 MLD Block Diagram
91C025-216
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.15.2 Control Registers
ALM Register 7
ALM (0330H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 AL8
6
AL7
5
AL6
4
AL5 R/W
3
AL4 0
2
AL3 0
1
AL2 0
0
AL1 0
Setting alarm pattern.
MELALMC Register 7
MELALMC Bit symbol (0331H) Read/Write After reset Function FC1 R/W 0 00: Hold 01: Restart 10: Clear 11: Clear & start Note 1: MELALMEC is read always 0. Note 2: When setting MELALMC register except during the free-run counter is running, is kept 01. 0 0 waveform invert. 1: INVERT 0 0 Free-run counter control. Alarm
6
FC0
5
ALMINV
4
-
3
- R/W
2
- 0
1
- 0
0
MELALM 0 Output waveform select. 0: Alarm 1: Melody
Always write 0.
MELFL Register 7
MELFL (0332H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 0 0 0 ML7
6
ML6
5
ML5
4
ML4 R/W
3
ML3 0
2
ML2 0
1
ML1 0
0
ML0 0
Setting melody frequency (Lower 8 bits).
MELFH Register 7
MELFH (0333H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function MELON R/W 0 Control melody counter. 0: Stop & clear 1: Start 0 0
6
5
4
3
ML11
2
ML10 R/W
1
ML9 0
0
ML8 0
Setting melody frequency (Upper 4 bits).
ALMINT Register 7
ALMINT (0334H) Bit symbol Read/Write After reset Function 0 Always write 0. 0 0
6
5
-
4
IALM4E
3
IALM3E R/W
2
IALM2E 0
1
IALM1E 0
0
IALM0E 0
1: Interrupt enable for INTALM4 to INTALM0.
91C025-217
2007-02-28
TMP91C025 3.15.3 Operational Description
The melody function generates signals of any frequency (4 Hz to 5461 Hz) based on low-speed clock (32.768 kHz) and outputs the signals from the MLDALM pin. By connecting a loud speaker outside, melody tone can sound easily. (Operation) At first, MELALMC have to be set as 1 in order to select melody waveform as output waveform from MLDALM. Then melody output frequency has to be set to 12-bit register MELFH, MELFL. Followings are setting example and calculation of melody output frequency. (Formula for calculating of melody waveform frequency) melody output waveform at fs = 32.768 [kHz] fMLD [Hz] = 32768/(2 x N + 4)
3.15.3.1 Melody Generator
setting value for melody N = (16384/fMLD) - 2 (Note: N = 1 to 4095 (001H to FFFH), 0 is not acceptable ) (Example program) In case of outputting La musical scale (440 Hz) LD (MELALMC), 11X00001B ; Select melody waveform LD (MELFL), 23H ; N = 16384/440 - 2 = 35.2 = 023H LD (MELFH), 80H ; Start to generate waveform (Refer to basic musical scale setting table) Scale
C D E F G A B C
Frequency [Hz]
264 297 330 352 396 440 495 528
Register Value: N
03CH 035H 030H 02DH 027H 023H 01FH 01DH
91C025-218
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.15.3.2 Alarm Generator The Alarm function generates 8 kinds of alarm waveform having a modulation frequency 4096 Hz determined by the low-speed clock (32.768 kHz). And this waveform is reversible by setting a value to a register. By connecting a loud speaker outside, Alarm tone can sound easily. 5 kinds of fixed cycle (1 Hz, 2 Hz, 64 Hz, 512 Hz, 8192 Hz) interrupts are generate by the free-run counter which is used for alarm generator. (Operation) At first, MELALMC have to be set as 0 in order to select alarm waveform as output waveform from MLDALM. Then "10" be set on MELALMC register, and clear internal counter. Finally alarm pattern has to be set on 8-bit register of ALM. If it is inverted output-data, set as invert. Followings are example program, setting value of alarm pattern and waveform of each setting value. (Setting value of alarm pattern) Setting Value for ALM Register
00H 01H 02H 04H 08H 10H 20H 40H 80H Other
Alarm Waveform
0 fixed AL1 pattern AL2 pattern AL3 pattern AL4 pattern AL5 pattern AL6pattern AL7 pattern AL8 pattern Undefined (do not set)
(Example program) In case of outputting AL2 pattern (31.25 ms/8 times/1 s) LD (MELALMC), C0H ; Set output alarm waveform ; Free-run counter start LD (ALM), 02H ; Set AL2 pattern, start
91C025-219
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(Example) Waveform of alarm pattern for each setting value: Not invert
AL1 pattern (Continuous output) 1 AL2 pattern (8 times/1 s) 31.25 ms 1 AL3 pattern (once) 1 AL4 pattern (Twice/1 s) 62.5 ms 1 AL5 pattern (3 times/1 s) 62.5 ms 1 AL6 pattern (once) 62.5 ms 1 AL7 pattern (Twice) 62.5 ms AL8 pattern (once) 250 ms 1s 2 3 1s 1 2 1s 2 Modulation frequency (4096 Hz) 8 1
500 ms 1
2
91C025-220
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
3.16 Hardware Standby Function
TMP91C025 have hardware standby circuit that is able to save the power consumption and protect from program runaway by supplying power voltage down. Especially, it's useful in case of battery using. It can be shifted to "PS condition" by fixing PS pin to "Low" level. Figure 3.16.1 shows timing diagram of transition of PS condition below. PS mode can be released only by external RESET.
fSYS
RESET
PS
(Note1)
Keep to
PS
pin
Shifting time (Note 2 Power save condition Reset condition (Release PS mode)
More than 10 clock
Figure 3.16.1 Hardware Standby Timing Diagram Note 1: PS pin is effective after RESET because SYSCR2 to 0. If you use as INT0 pin, please write SYSCR2 to 1. Note 2: Shifting time is 2 to 10 clock times of fSYS. Table 3.16.1 Power Save Conditions of Each HALT Mode HALT Mode Setting
PS condition
IDLE2
IDLE1 mode + High-frequency stop
IDLE1
IDLE1 mode + High-frequency stop
STOP
STOP mode
Note: Settings of SYSCR2 and at HALT mode are effective as well as PS condition.
91C025-221
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
4.
4.1
Electrical Characteristics
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Parameter
Power supply voltage Input voltage Output current Output Current (MX, MY pin) Output current Output Current (PX, PY pin) Output current (Total) Output current (Total) Power dissipation (Ta = 85C) Soldering temperature (10 s) Storage temperature Operating temperature
Symbol
Vcc VIN IOL IOL IOH IOH IOL IOH PD TSOLDER TSTG TOPR
Rating
-0.5 to 4.0 -0.5 to Vcc + 0.5 2 15 -2 -15 80 -80 600 260 -65 to 150 -40 to 85
Unit
V V mA mA mA mA mA mA mW C C C
Note: The absolute maximum ratings are rated values which must not be exceeded during operation, even for an instant. Any one of the ratings must not be exceeded. If any absolute maximum rating is exceeded, the device may break down or its performance may be degraded, causing it to catch fire or explode resulting in injury to the user. Thus, when designing products which include this device, ensure that no absolute maximum rating value will ever be exceeded.
Solderability of lead lead-free products Test parameter
Solderability (1)
Test condition
Use of Sn-637Pb solder Bath Solder bath temperature =230C, Dipping time = 5 seconds The number of times = one, Use of R-type flux (2) Use of Sn-3.0Ag-0.5Cu solder bath Solder bath temperature =245C, Dipping time = 5 seconds The number of times = one, Use of R-type flux (use of lead lead-free) Pass:
Note
solderability rate until forming 95%
91C025-222
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
4.2
DC Characteristics (1/2)
Parameter Symbol
VCC
Condition
fc = 4 to 36 MHz fc = 4 to 27 MHz fc = 4 to 16 MHz Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V 3.6 V Vcc 2.7 V fs = 30 to 34 kHz
Min
3.0 2.7 2.4
Typ.
-
Max
3.6 0.6 0.2 Vcc 0.3 Vcc 0.2 Vcc
Unit
V
Power supply voltage (AVCC = DVCC) (AVSS = DVSS = 0 V) D0 to D15 PZ2 to PD7 (Except RESET , PB3, PB5, PB6, P9)
RESET , PB3, PB5, PB6, P9
VIL
- - -0.3 - - - 2.4 2.0 0.7 Vcc 0.7 Vcc 0.8 Vcc 0.75 Vcc 0.85 Vcc Vcc - 0.3 Vcc - 0.3 0.8 Vcc 0.9 Vcc Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V Vcc - 0.3 0.8 Vcc - - - - - - - -
Input low voltage
VIL1
VIL2 VIL3
0.25 Vcc 0.15 Vcc 0.3 0.3 0.2 Vcc 0.1 Vcc V
AM0 to AM1
X1
VIL4
D0 to D15 Input high voltage PZ2 to PD7 (Except RESET , PB3, PB5, PB6, P9)
RESET , PB3, PB5, PB6, P9
VIH
3.3 V > Vcc 2.7 V 0.7 < Vcc Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V IOL = 1.6 mA IOL = 0.4 mA IOH = -400 A IOH = 200 A
VIH1 VIH2 VIH3 VIH4
Vcc + 0.3
AM0 to AM1 X1
Output low voltage
VOL1
0.45 0.15 Vcc - V
Output high voltage
VOH2
Note: Typical values are for when Ta = 25C and Vcc = 3.3 V uncles otherwise noted.
91C025-223
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
DC Characteristics (2/2)
Parameter
Internal resistor (ON) MX, MY pins Internal resistor (ON) PX, PY pins Input leak current Output leak current RESET pull-up resistor Pin capacitance Schmitt width RESET , INT0, KI0 to KI7, INT2, INT3 Programmable pull-up resistor NORMAL (Note 2) IDLE2 IDLE1 SLOW (Note 2) IDLE2 IDLE1 STOP Icc RKH
Symbol
IMon IMon ILI ILO RRST CIO VTH
Condition
VOL = 0.2V VOL = 0.07 Vcc VOH = 0.94 Vcc 0.0 VIN Vcc 0.2 VIN Vcc - 0.2 3.6 V Vcc 2.7 V fc = 1 MHz Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V 3.6 V Vcc 2.7 V 3.6 V Vcc 3.0 V fc = 36 MHz 3.6 V Vcc 2.7 V fs = 32.768 kHz 3.6 V Vcc 2.7 V Vcc 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V Vcc < 2.7 V
Min
Typ.(Note 1)
Max
30 25 30 25
Unit
VOH = Vcc - 0.2V Vcc 2.7 V - - 80 - 0.4 0.3 80 - - - - - - - - 1.0 0.8 - 16 5.0 1.5 12 8 4 0.2 0.02 0.05
5 10 400 10 -
A k pF V
400 21 7 3.2 30 25 20 15
k mA
A
Note 1: Typical values are for when Ta = 25C and Vcc = 3.3 V unless otherwise noted. Note 2: Icc measurement conditions (NORMAL, SLOW): All functions are operational; output pins are open and input pins are fixed. Data and address bus CL = 30 pF loaded.
91C025-224
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
4.3
AC Characteristics
Vcc = 2.7 to 3.6 V case of fFPH = 27 MHz Vcc = 3.0 to 3.6 V case of fFPH = 36 MHz Variable Min
27.7 x - 23 0.5x - 13 x - 13 3.5x - 24 2.5x - 24 2.5x - 15 0 2.0x - 15 1.5x - 35 x - 25 3x - 24 2x - 15 3x - 15 1.5x - 35 0.5x - 13 2x - 35 0.5x - 13
(1 + N) waits mode (1 + N) waits mode
(1) Vcc = 2.7 V to 3.6 V No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Symbol tFPH tAC tCAR tCAW tAD tRD tRR tHR tWW tDW tWD tSBA tSWP tSBW tSAS tSWR tSDS tSDH tAW tCW tAPH tAPH2 tAPO
Parameter
fFPH period ( = x) A0 to 23 valid RD / WR fall
RD rise A0 to A23 hold WR rise A0 to A23 hold
27 MHz Min
37.0 14 5 24 105 68 77 0 59 20 12 87 59 96 20 5 39 3
36 MHz Min
27.7 4 0 14 73 45 54 0 40 6 2 59 40 68 6 0 20 0
Max
31250
Max
Max
Unit
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
A0 to A23 valid D0 to D15 input
RD fall D0 to D15 input RD low width
RD rise D0 to A15 hold
WR low width
D0 to D15 valid WR rise
WR rise D0 to D15 hold
Data byte control access time for SRAM Write pulse width for SRAM Data byte control to end of write for SRAM Address setup time for SRAM Write recovery time for SRAM Data setup time for SRAM Data hold time for SRAM A0 to A23 valid WAIT input
RD / WR fall WAIT hold
3.5x - 60 2.5x + 0 3.5x - 89 3.5x 3.5x + 80 129 92
69 69 40 96 209
37 8 176
ns ns ns ns ns
A0 to A23 valid Port input A0 to A23 valid Port hold A0 to A23 valid Port valid
AC measuring conditions * Output level: High = 0.7 Vcc, Low = 0.3 Vcc, CL = 50 pF * Input level: High = 0.9 Vcc, Low = 0.1 Vcc
Note: Symbol "x" in the above table means the period of clock "fFPH", it's half period of the system clock "fSYS" for CPU core. The period of fFPH depends on the clock gear setting or selection of high/low oscillator frequency.
91C025-225
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Vcc = 2.4 V to 3.6 V No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Symbol tFPH tAC tCAR tCAW tAD tRD tRR tHR tWW tDW tWD tSBA tSWP tSBW tSAS tSWR tSDS tSDH tAW tCW tAPH tAPH2 tAPO
Parameter
fFPH period ( = x) A0 to 23 valid RD / WR fall
RD rise A0 to A23 hold WR rise A0 to A23 hold
Variable Min
62.5 x - 23 0.5x - 23 x - 13 3.5x - 38 2.5x - 30 2.5x - 15 0 2.0x - 15 1.5x - 35 x - 25 3x - 39 2x - 15 3x - 25 1.5x - 35 0.5x - 22 2x - 35 0.5x - 18
(1 + N) waits mode (1 + N) waits mode
16 MHz Min
62.5 39 8 49 180 126 141 0 110 58 37 148 110 162 58 9 90 13
Max
31250
Max
Unit
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
A0 to A23 valid D0 to D15 input
RD fall D0 to D15 input RD low width
RD rise D0 to A15 hold
WR low width
D0 to D15 valid WR rise
WR rise D0 to D15 hold
Data byte control access time for SRAM Write pulse width for SRAM Data byte control to end of write for SRAM Address setup time for SRAM Write recovery time for SRAM Data setup time for SRAM Data hold time for SRAM A0 to A23 valid WAIT input
RD / WR fall WAIT hold
3.5x - 60 2.5x + 0 3.5x - 89 3.5x 3.5x + 80 218 156
158 129 298
ns ns ns ns ns
A0 to A23 valid Port input A0 to A23 valid Port hold A0 to A23 valid Port valid
AC measuring conditions * Output level: High = 0.7 Vcc, Low = 0.3 Vcc, CL = 50 pF * Input level: High = 0.9 Vcc, Low = 0.1 Vcc
Note: Symbol "x" in the above table means the period of clock "fFPH", it's half period of the system clock "fSYS" for CPU core. The period of fFPH depends on the clock gear setting or selection of high/low oscillator frequency.
91C025-226
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) Read cycle
tFPH
fFPH
EA24 to EA25, A23 to A0
CSn
R/ W
tAW tCW
WAIT
tAP Port input (Note) tAPH2 tAD
RD
tCAR tRR tRD tHR D0 to D15 tSBA
tAC
D0 to D15
SRLB SRUB
SRWR
Note: Since the CPU accesses the internal area to read data from a port, the control signals of external pins such as RD and CS are not enabled. Therefore, the above waveform diagram should be regarded as depicting internal operation. Please also note that the timing and AC characteristics of port input/output shown above are typical representation. For details, contact your local Toshiba sales representative.
91C025-227
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(4) Write cycle
SRLB SRUB
fFPH
EA24 to EA25, A23 to A0
CSn
R/ W
WAIT
tAPO
Port output (Note) tCAW
WR , HWR
tWW tDW tWD
tSWR
D0 to D15
D0 to D15
tSDH
SRLB SRUB
tSBW tSAS tSDS tSWP
SRWR
Note: Since the CPU accesses the internal area to write data to a port, the control signals of external pins such as WR and CS are not enabled. Therefore, the above waveform diagram should be regarded as depicting internal operation. Please also note that the timing and AC characteristics of port input/output shown above are typical representation. For details, contact your local Toshiba sales representative.
91C025-228
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
4.4
AD Conversion Characteristics
AVcc = Vcc, AVss = Vss Parameter
Analog reference voltage (+) Analog reference voltage (-) Analog input voltage range Analog current for analog reference 3.6 V Vcc 2.7 V voltage = 1 = 0 2.7 V Vcc 2.4 V 3.6 V Vcc 2.4 V
Symbol
VREFH VREFL VAIN IREF (VREFL = 0 V)
Condition
3.6 V Vcc 2.7 V 2.7 V Vcc 2.4 V 3.6 V Vcc 2.7 V 2.7 V Vcc 2.4 V
Min
Vcc - 0.2 V Vcc Vss Vss VREFL
Typ.
Vcc Vcc Vss Vss 1.04 0.75 0.03
1.0
Max
Vcc Vcc Vss + 0.2 V Vss VREFH 1.2 0.90 10.0
4.0
Unit
V
mA
A
Error (Not including quantizing errors) 3.6 V Vcc 2.4 V
LSB
Note 1: 1 LSB = (VREFH - VREFL)/1024 [V] Note 2: The operation above is guaranteed for fFPH 4 MHz. Note 3: The value of ICC includes the current which flows through the AVCC pin.
91C025-229
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
4.5
Serial Channel Timing (I/O internal mode)
Vcc = 2.7 to 3.6 V case of fFPH = 27 MHz Vcc = 3.0 to 3.6 V case of fFPH = 36 MHz Variable Min
16X tSCY/2 - 4X - 110 tSCY/2 + 2X + 0 3X + 10 tSCY - 0 0 0
(1) SCLK input mode Symbol
tSCY tOSS tOHS tHSR tSRD tRDS
Parameter
SCLK period Output data SCLK rising /Falling edge* SCLK rising /Falling edge* Output data hold SCLK rising /Falling edge* Input data hold SCLK rising /Falling edge* Valid data input SCLK rising /Falling edge* Valid data input
27 MHz
36 MHz
Max
Min
0.59 38 370 121
Max
Min
0.44 0 277 93
Max
Unit
s
ns ns ns 443 ns ns
592 0
(2) SCLK output mode Symbol
tSCY tOSS tOHS tHSR tSRD tRDS
Parameter
SCLK period Output data SCLK rising /Falling edge* SCLK rising /Falling edge* Output data hold SCLK rising /Falling edge* Input data Hold SCLK rising /Falling edge* Valid data input SCLK rising /Falling edge* Valid data input
Variable Min
16X tSCY/2 - 40 tSCY/2 - 40 0
tSCY - 1X - 180
27 MHz
36 MHz
Max
8192X
Min
0.59 256 256 0
Max
303
Min
0.44 181 181 0
Max
227
Unit
s
ns ns ns 235 ns ns
375 217 207
1X + 180
*) SCLK rising/Falling edge: The rising edge is used in SCLK Rising mode. The Falling edge is used in SCLK Falling mode. Note: Above table's data values at 27 MHz and 36 MHz, are caliculated from tSCY = 16x base.
tSCY SCLK (Rising up mode) SCLK (Falling down mode) tOSS Output data TXD 0 tSRD Input data RXD 0 Valid tOHS 1 tRDS 1 Valid tHSR 2 Valid 3 Valid 2 3
91C025-230
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
4.6
Event Counter (TA0IN)
27 MHz 36 MHz
Symbol
tVCK tVCKL tVCKH Clock period
Parameter
Variable Min
8X + 100 4X + 40 4X + 40
(Vcc = 2.7 to 3.6 V) (Vcc = 3.0 to 3.6 V) Unit Min
396 188 188
Max
Max
Min
321 151 151
Max
ns ns ns
Clock low level width Clock high level width
4.7
Interrupt, Capture
(1) NMI , INT0 to INT3 interrupts Symbol Parameter Variable Min
tINTAL tINTAH
27 MHz Min
188 188
36 MHz Min
151 151
(Vcc = 2.7 to 3.6 V) (Vcc = 3.0 to 3.6 V) Unit Max Max
ns ns
Max
NMI , INT0 to INT3 low level width NMI , INT0 to INT3 high level width
4X + 40 4X + 40
4.8
SCOUT pin AC Characteristics
Symbol
tSCH tSCL
Parameter
Clock low level width Clock high level width
Variable Min
0.5T - 10 0.5T - 10
27 MHz Min
8 8
36 MHz Min
3 3
Max
Max
Max
Unit
ns ns
Note: T = Period of SCOUT Measuring condition * Output level: High 0.7Vcc/Low 0.3 Vcc, CL = 10 pF
91C025-231
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
4.9
LCD Controller (SR mode)
fSYS EA24 to EA25, A23 to A0,
CSn
tC tCWH tCWL D1BSCP tDSU tDHD
D0 to D7
Data
Read Bus Width
Byte
TYPE
A B C
Write Mode
Byte Nibble Byte Nibble Byte Nibble Byte Nibble Byte Nibble Byte Nibble
Setup Time (tDSU)
0.5x - 0.5x - 1.0x - 1.0x - 1.0x - 1.0x - 0.5x - 0.5x - 1.0x - 1.0x - 1.0x - 1.0x -
Hold Time (tDHD)
1.0x - 1.0x - 0.5x - 0.5x - 2.5x - 1.5x - 1.0x - 1.0x - 0.5x - 0.5x - 1.5x - 1.5x -
Clock High Width (tCWH)
1.5x - 1.0x - 2.0x - 1.0x - 1.5x - 2.5x - 1.0x - 1.0x - 1.0x - 1.0x - 1.5x - 2.5x -
Cycle (tc)
4.0x 2.0x 4.0x 2.0x 6.0x 5.0x 2.0x 2.0x 2.0x 2.0x 3.0x 5.0x
State/ Cycle
4.0x 6.0x 4.0x 6.0x 6.0x 10.0x 6.0x 10.0x 6.0x 10.0x 8.0x 20.0x
Word
A B C
Note:
Value of alpha, beta and gamma are showed next page.
91C025-232
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
No. Symbol
1 2 tDSU tDHD
Parameter
D1BSCP rising Data setup time D1BSCP falling Data hold time
Variable Min
0.5x - 8 1.0x - 8 0.5x - 8 1.0x - 8 1.5x - 8 2.5x - 8
27 MHz
10 29 10 29 47 84 25 43 62 80 74 111 148 185 222
36 MHz
5 19 5 19 33 61 15 29 43 57 55 83 110 138 166
Max Min Max Min Max
Condition
Unit
3
tCWH
D1BSCP high width
1.0x - 12 1.5x - 12 2.0x - 12 2.5x - 12
3.6 V Vcc 2.7 V
ns
4
tC
D1BSCP clock cycle
2.0x 3.0x 4.0x 5.0x 6.0x
Note: The reading characteristics of display data from the memory which does not define above table, is same as 4.3 AC electrical
91C025-233
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
4.10 Recommended Crystal Oscillation Circuit
TMP91C025 is evaluated by below oscillator vender. When selecting external parts, make use of this information. Total loads value of oscillator is sum of external loads (C1 and C2) and floating loads of actual assemble board. There is a possibility of miss-operating using C1 and C2 value in below table. When designing board, it should design minimum length pattern around oscillator. And we recommend that oscillator evaluation try on your actual using board. (1) Connection example
X1 Rf X2 XT1 Rf XT2
Note:
Rd
Rd
C1
C2
C1
C2
High-Frequency Oscillator
Low-Frequency Oscillator
(2) TMP91C025 recommended ceramic oscillator: Murata Manufacturing Co., LTD; JAPAN Parameter of Elements Running Condition Frequency Item of Oscillator Voltage of [MHz] C1 [pF] C2 [pF] Rf [] Rd [] Power TC [C] [V]
9.0 CSTLS9M00G56-B0 (47) (47) Open 0 2.7~3.6
-20~80
MCU
TMP91C025FG
* *
The values enclosed in blackest in the C1 and C2 columns apply to the condenser built-in type. The product numbers and specifications of the resonators by Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. are subject to change. For up-to-date information, please refer to the following URL: http://www.murata.co.jp/search/index.html
91C025-234
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
5.
Table of SFR
The SFRs (Special function registers) include the I/O ports and peripheral control registers allocated to the 4-Kbyte address space from 000000H to 000FFFH. (1) I/O port (2) I/O port control (3) Interrupt control (4) Chip select/wait control (5) Clock gear (6) DFM (Clock doubler) (7) 8-bit timer (8) UART/serial channel (9) AD converter (10) Watchdog timer (11) Real-time clock (12) Melody/alarm generator (13) MMU (14) LCD control (15) Touch screen interface
Table layout Symbol Name Address 7 6 1 0 Bit symbol Read/Write Initial value after reset Remarks
Note:
Prohibit RMW in the table means that you cannot use RMW instructions on these register.
Example: When setting bit0 only of the register PxCR, the instruction SET 0, (PxCR) cannot be used. The LD (transfer) instruction must be used to write all eight bits. Read/Write R/W: Both read and write are possible. R: W: Only read is possible. Only write is possible.
W*: Both read and write are possible (when this bit is read as1) Prohibit RMW: Read-modify-write instructions are prohibited. (The EX, ADD, ADC, BUS, SBC, INC, DEC, AND, OR, XOR, STCF, RES, SET, CHG, TSET, RLC, RRC, RL, RR, SLA, SRA, SLL, SRL, RLD and RRD instruction are read-modify-write instructions.) R/W*: Read-modify-write instructions are prohibited when controlling the pull-up resistor.
91C025-234
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Table 5.1 Address Map SFRs [1], [2] Port Address
0000H 1H P1 2H 3H 4H P1CR 5H 6H P2 7H 8H 9H P2FC AH BH CH DH P5 EH FH
Name
Address
1H 2H P6 3H 4H
Name
Address
Name
Address
0070H 1H 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH PZ
Name
0010H P5CR
0020H PAFC2 1H PAFC 2H PB 3H PC 4H PBCR 5H PBFC 6H PCCR 7H PCFC 8H PCODE 9H PD AH PDFC BH TSICR0 CH TSICR1 DH EH FH
5H P6FC 6H 7H 8H P8 9H P9 AH BH P6FC2 CH DH P9FC EH PA FH
EH PZCR FH PZFC
[3] INTC Address Name Address Name
0080H DMA0V 1H DMA1V 2H DMA2V 3H DMA3V 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H INTCLR 9H DMAR AH DMAB BH CH IIMC DH EH FH 0090H INTE0AD 1H INTE12 2H INTE3ALM4 3H INTEALM01 4H INTEALM23 5H INTETA01 6H INTETA23 7H INTERTCKEY 8H INTES0 9H INTES1 AH INTELCD BH INTETC01 CH INTETC23 DH INTEP01 EH FH
[4] CS/WAIT Address Name
00C0H B0CS 1H B1CS 2H B2CS 3H B3CS 4H 5H 6H 7H BEXCS 8H MSAR0 9H MAMR0 AH MSAR1 BH MAMR1 CH MSAR2 DH MAMR2 EH MSAR3 FH MAMR3
[5], [6] CGEAR, DFM Address Name
00E0H SYSCR0 1H SYSCR1 2H SYSCR2 3H EMCCR0 4H EMCCR1 5H EMCCR2 6H EMCCR3 7H 8H DFMCR0 9H DFMCR1 AH BH CH DH EH FH
[7] TMRA Address
1H 2H TA0REG 3H TA1REG 4H TA01MOD 5H TA1FFCR 6H 7H 8H TA23RUN 9H AH TA2REG BH TA3REG CH TA23MOD DH TA3FFCR EH FH
[8] UART/serial channel Name Address Name
0200H SC0BUF 1H SC0CR 2H SC0MOD0 3H BR0CR 4H BR0ADD 5H SCMOD1 6H 7H SIRCR 8H SC1BUF 9H SC1CR AH SC1MOD0 BH BR1CR CH BR1ADD DH SC1MOD1 EH FH
[9] 10-bit ADC Address Name Address Name
02A0H ADREG04L 1H ADREG04H 2H ADREG15L 3H ADREG15H 4H ADREG26L 5H ADREG26H 6H ADREG37L 7H ADREG37H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH 02B0H ADMOD0 1H ADMOD1 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
0100H TA01RUN
Note: Do not access to the unnamed addresses, e.g., addresses to which no register has been allocated.
91C025-235
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
[10] WDT Address Name
0300H WDMOD 1H WDCR 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
[11] RTC Address Name
0320H SECR 1H MINR 2H HOURR 3H DAYR 4H DATER 5H MONTHR 6H YEARR 7H PAGER 8H RESTR 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
[12] MLD Address Name
0330H ALM 1H MELALMC 2H MELFL 3H MELFH 4H ALMINT 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
[13] MMU Address Name
0350H LOCAL0 1H LOCAL1 2H LOCAL2 3H LOCAL3 4H 5H 6H 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
[14] LCD controller Address Name
0360H LCDSAL 1H LCDSAH 2H LCDSIZE 3H LCDCTL 4H LCDFFP 5H 6H LCDCTL2 7H 8H 9H AH BH CH DH EH FH
Note: Do not access to the unnamed addresses, e.g., addresses to which no register has been allocated.
91C025-236
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(1) I/O ports
Symbol P1 Name Port 1 Address 01H 7 P17 6 P16 5 P15 4 P14 R/W Data from external port (Output latch register is cleared to 0). P27 P2 Port 2 06H 1 1 P56 R/W
Data from external port (Output latch register is set to 1). 0 (Output latch register) : Pull-up resistor OFF 1(Output latch register) : Pull-up resistor ON
3 P13
2 P12
1 P11
0 P10
P26
P25 1
P24 R/W 1
P23 1
P22 1
P21 1
P20 1
P5
Port 5
0DH
P65 P6 Port 6 12H 1 P8 Port 8 18H
P64 1
P63 R/W 1 P83
P62 0 P82 R
P61 1 P81
P60 1 P80
Data from external port. P97 P9 Port 9 19H P96 P95 P94 R Data from external port. PA3 PA Port A 1EH 1 PB6 PB Port B 22H 1 PB5 R/W 1 1 1 Data from external port (Output latch register is set to 1). PC5 PC Port C 23H PD7 PD Port D 29H R/W 1 1 1 PZ3 R/W Data from external port (Output latch register is PZ Port Z 7DH set to 1" 0 (Output latch register) : Pull-up resistor OFF 1(Output latch register) : Pull-up resistor ON PD4 PD3 PC4 PC3 R/W Data from external port (Output latch register is set to 1). PD2 R/W 1 PZ2 1 1 PD1 PD0 PC2 PC1 PC0 PB4 PB3 1 PA2 R/W 1 1 PA1 PA0 P93 P92 P91 P90
91C025-237
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) I/O ports control (1/2)
Symbol Name Port 1 control Address 04H (Prohibit RMW) 7 P17C 0/1 P27F 1 6 P16C 0/1 P26F 1 5 P15C 0/1 P25F 1 4 P14C W 0/1 P24F W 1 1 PZ3C W 0 PZ3F Port Z function 7FH (Prohibit RMW) W 0 0: Port 0 0 PZ2F 0: Input 1: Output 1 PZ2C 1 1 0: Port, 1:Address bus (A23 to A16) Port Z control 7EH (Prohibit RMW) 0/1 P23F 0/1 P22F 0/1 P21F 0/1 P20F 0: Input 1: Output Port 2 function 09H (Prohibit RMW) 3 P13C 2 P12C 1 P11C 0 P10C
P1CR
P2FC
PZCR
PZFC
0: Port 1: R / W , 1: HWR SRWR
P56C
P5CR
Port 5 control
10H (Prohibit RMW)
W 0 0: Input 1: Output P65F P64F 0 0: Port 1: EA24 P64F2 W 0 0 0: 0: 1: CS2C 1: CS2B P97F 0 P96F 0 P95F 0 P94F W 0 0 PA3F 0 PA3F2 0 0 PA2F W 0 PA2F2 W 0 0 PA1F2 0 0 PA0F2 0 0: CMOS output , 1: Open-drain output 0 PA1F 0 PA0F 0: KEY-IN DISABLE , 1: KEY-IN ENABLE P63F W 0 0: Port 1: EA25 P65F2 0 0: Port 1: CS3
-
P62F 0 0: Port 1: CS2 P62F2 W 0 0: 1: CS2A P92F
P61F 0 0: Port 1: CS1
-
P60F 0 0: Port 1: CS0
-
P6FC
Port 6 function
15H (Prohibit RMW)
P6FC2
Port 6 function2
1BH (Prohibit RMW)
W 0 Always write 0. P93F
W 0
W 0
Always write 0. P91F P90F
P9FC
Port 9 function
1DH (Prohibit RMW)
PAFC
Port A function
21H (Prohibit RMW)
PAFC2
Port A function 2
20H (Prohibit RMW)
0: Port 0: Port 0: Port 0: Port 1: SCOUT 1: TA3OUT 1: TA1OUT 1: ALARM
at =1 1: MLDALM at =0
91C025-238
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
I/O ports control (2/2)
Symbol Name Port B control Address 24H (Prohibit RMW) PB6F PBFC Port B function 25H (Prohibit RMW) 0 0: Port 1: INT3 0 0: Port 1: INT2 PC5C 0 PC5F PCFC Port C function 27H (Prohibit RMW) W 0 0: Port 1: SCLK1 PB5F W 0 0: Port 1: INT1 PC4C 0 0 0: Port 1: INT0 PC3C W 0 PC3F W 0 0: Port 1: TXD1 ODEPC3 28H (Prohibit open-drain RMW) Port C W 0 0: CMOS 1: Opendrain PD7F PDFC Port D function 2AH W (Prohibit 0 RMW) 0: Port 1: MLDALM PD4F W 0 0: Port PD3F W 0 0: Port PD2F W 0 0: Port PD1F W 0 0: Port 1: D2BLP 0 PC2F W 0 0: Port 1: SCLK0 0 0 PC0F W 0 0: Port 1: TXD0 ODEPC0 W 0 0: CMOS 1: Opendrain PD0F W 0 0: Port 1: D1BSCP 0: Input 1: Output PC2C PC1C PC0C 7 6 5 4 PB4C W 0 PB4F 0 PB3F 0: Input 1: Output 3 PB3C 2 1 0
PBCR
PCCR
Port C control
26H (Prohibit RMW)
PCODE
1: DOFFB 1: DLEBCD 1:D3BFR
91C025-239
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(3) Interrupt control (1/2)
Symbol Name INT0 and INTE0AD INTAD enable 90H Address 7 IADC R 0 1: INTAD INT1 and INTE12 INT2 enable 91H I2C R 0 1: INT2 INT3 and
INTE3ALM4 INTALM4
6 INTAD IADM2 0 INT2 I2M2 0 INTALM4
5 IADM1 R/W 0 Interrupt level I2M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level
4 IADM0 0
3 I0C R 0 1: INT0
2 INT0 I0M2 0 INT1
1 I0M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level
0 I0M0 0
I2M0 0
I1C R 0 1: INT1
I1M2 0 INT3
I1M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level
I1M0 0
IA4C 92H R 0 1: INTALM4
IA4M2 0
IA4M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level
IA4M0 0
I3C R 0 1: INT3
I3M2 0
I3M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level
I3M0 0
enable
INTALM0
INTEALM01
INTALM1 IA1C 93H R 0 1: INTALM1 0 INTALM3 IA1M2 IA1M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level IA3M2 0 IA3M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level INTTA1 (TMRA1) ITA1M2 0 ITA1M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level INTTA3 (TMRA3) ITA3C 96H R 0 1: INTTA3 0 INTKEY IKC 97H R 0 1: INTKEY 0 INTTX0 ITX0C 98H R 0 1: INTTX0 0 INTTX1 ITX1C 99H R 0 1: INTTX1 0 ITX1M2 ITX1M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level 0 ITX1M0 IRX1C R 0 1: INTRX1 0 ITX0M2 ITX0M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level 0 ITX0M0 IRX0C R 0 1: INTRX0 0 IKM2 IKM1 R/W 0 Interrupt level 0 IKM0 IRC R 0 1: INTRTC 0 ITA3M2 ITA3M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level 0 ITA3M0 ITA2C R 0 1: INTTA2 0 0 ITA1M0 0 IA3M0 0 IA1M0 IA0C R 0 1: INTALM0 IA2C R 0 1: INTALM2 ITA0C R 0 1: INTTA0 0 0 0
INTALM0 IA0M2 IA0M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level INTALM2 IA2M2 IA2M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level INTTA0 (TMRA0) ITA0M2 ITA0M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level INTTA2 (TMRA2) ITA2M2 ITA2M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level INTRTC IRM2 IRM1 R/W 0 Interrupt level INTRX0 IRX0M2 IRX0M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level INTRX1 IRX1M2 IRX1M1 R/W 0 Interrupt level 0 IRX1M0 0 IRX0M0 0 IRM0 0 ITA2M0 0 ITA0M0 0 IA2M0 0 IA0M0
and INTALM1 enable
INTEALM23
INTALM2 and INTALM3 enable
IA3C 94H R 0 1: INTALM3
INTETA01
INTTA0 and INTTA1 enable
ITA1C 95H R 0 1: INTTA1
INTETA23
INTTA2 and INTTA3 enable
INTERTCKEY
INTRTC0 and INTKEY enable
INTES0
INTRX0 and INTTX0 enable
INTES1
INTRX1 and INTTX1 enable
91C025-240
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Interrupt control (2/2)
Symbol Name Address 7 ILCD2C 9AH R 0 1: INTLCD INTTC0 and INTETC01 INTTC1 enable INTTC2
INTETC23
6 INTLCD ILCDM2 0 INTTC1
5 ILCDM1 R/W 0 Interrupt level
4 ILCDM0 0
3
- - -
2
- - -
1
- - -
0
- -
INTLCD
INTLCD enable
Always write 0 INTTC0 ITC1M0 0 ITC3M0 0 IP1M0 0 DMA0V4 0 DMA1V4 0 DMA2V4 0 DMA3V4 0 CLRV4 0 ITC0C R 0 ITC2C R 0 IP0C R 0 DMA0V3 0 DMA1V3 0 DMA2V3 0 DMA3V3 0 CLRV3 W 0 DMAR3 R/W 0 DMAB3 R/W 0 DMA0V2 0 DMA1V2 0 DMA2V2 0 DMA3V2 0 CLRV2 0 DMAR2 R/W 0 DMAB2 R/W 0 I0EDGE W 0 0 INTP0 IP0M2 IP0M1 R/W 0 DMA0V1 0 DMA1V1 0 DMA2V1 0 DMA3V1 0 CLRV1 0 DMAR1 R/W 0 DMAB1 R/W 0 I0LE W 0 0 DMA0V0 0 DMA1V0 0 DMA2V0 0 DMA3V0 0 CLRV0 0 DMAR0 R/W 0 DMAB0 R/W 0
-
9BH
ITC1C R 0 ITC3C R 0 IP1C R 0
ITC1M2 0
ITC1M1 R/W 0
ITC0M2 0
ITC0M1 R/W 0
ITC0M0 0 ITC2M0 0 IP0M0
INTTC3 9CH ITC3M2 0 INTP1 9DH IP1M2 0 IP1M1 R/W 0 DMA0V5 80H 0 DMA1V5 81H 0 DMA2V5 82H 0 DMA3V5 83H 0 CLRV5 0 ITC3M1 R/W 0
INTTC0 ITC2M2 ITC2M1 R/W 0
and INTTC3 enable INTP0 and
INTEP01 INTP1 enable
DMA 0 DMA0V request vector
DMA0 Start vector. DMA 1 request vector R/W DMA1 Start vector. DMA 2 request vector R/W DMA2 Start vector. DMA 3 request vector R/W DMA3 Start vector. Interrupt clear control DMA software request register DMA burst request register 88H (Prohibit RMW)
DMA1V
DMA2V
DMA3V
INTCLR
Clears interrupt request flag by writing to DMA start vector. 89H (Prohibit RMW)
DMAR
1: DMA request in software R/W 0
- -
DMAB
8AH
1 : DMA request on Burst Mode I3EDGE W 0 I2EDGE W 0 I1EDGE W 0 8CH (Prohibit RMW) W 0 Always write 0. W 0 Always write 0. W 0 Always write 0.
IIMC
Interrupt input mode control
INT3 edge INT2 edge INT1 edge INT0 edge INT0 0: Rising 0: Rising 0: Rising 0: Rising 0: edge 1: Falling 1: Falling 1: Falling 1: Falling 1:level
91C025-241
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(4) Chip select/wait control (1/2)
Symbol Name Address 7 B0E Block 0 B0CS CS/WAIT control register C0H (Prohibit RMW) W 0 0: Disable 1: Enable 6 5 B0OM1 W 0 00: ROM/SRAM 01: 10: 11: B1E Block 1 B1CS CS/WAIT control register C1H (Prohibit RMW) W 0 0: Disable 1: Enable B1OM1 W 0 00: ROM/SRAM 01: 10: 11: B2E Block 2 B2CS CS/WAIT control register C2H (Prohibit RMW) W 1 B2M W 0 B2OM1 W 0 B2OM0 W 0 Reserved B1OM0 W 0 Reserved 4 B0OM0 W 0 3 B0BUS W 0 Data bus width. 0: 16 bits 1: 8 bits B1BUS W 0 Data bus width. 0: 16 bits 1: 8 bits B2BUS W 0 Data bus width. 0: 16 bits 1: 8 bits B3BUS W 0 Data bus width. 0: 16 bits 1: 8 bits BEXBUS External CS/WAIT control register C7H (Prohibit RMW) W 0 Data bus width. 0: 16 bits 1: 8 bits S23 C8H 1 V20 C9H 1 S23 CAH 1 V21 CBH 1 1 V19 1 S22 1 V20 1 1 V18 1 CS0 area size S21 1 V19 1 CS1 area size 1 V17 R/W 1 S20 R/W 1 V18 R/W 1 1 1 1 0: Enable to address comparison 1 V17 1 V16 1 V15 to 9 1 V8 Start address A23 to A16. 1 S19 1 S18 1 S17 1 S16 0: Enable to address comparison S22 S21 S20 R/W 1 V16 1 V15 1 V14 to 9 1 V8 Start address A23 to A16. S19 W 0 2 B0W2 W 0 000: 2 waits 1 B0W1 W 0 0 B0W0 W 0 100: (0 + N) waits
001: 1 wait 101: 3 waits 010: (1 + N) waits 110: 4 waits 011: 0 waits B1W2 W 0 000: 2 waits 111: 8 waits B1W1 W 0 B1W0 W 0 100: (0 + N) waits
001: 1 wait 101: 3 waits 010: (1 + N) waits 110: 4 waits 011: 0 waits B2W2 W 0 000: 2 waits 001: 1 wait 111: 8 waits B2W1 W 0 B2W0 W 0 100: (0 + N) waits 101: 3 waits
0: Disable 0: 16 M 1: Enable area
00: ROM/SRAM 01: 10: Reserved 1: Area set 11: B3OM1 W 0 00: ROM/SRAM 01: 10: 11: Reserved B3OM0
010: (1 + N) waits 110: 4 waits 011: 0 waits 111: 8 waits B3W2 W 0 000: 2 waits 001: 1 wait B3W1 W 0 B3W0 W 0 100: (0 + N) waits 101: 3 waits
B3E Block 3 CS/WAIT control register C3H (Prohibit RMW) W 0 0: Disable 1: Enable
B3CS
010: (1 + N) waits 110: 4 waits 011: 0 waits 111: 8 waits BEXW2 W 0 BEXW1 W 0 BEXW0 W 0
BEXCS
000: 2 waits 100: (0 + N) waits 001: 1 wait 101: 3 waits 010: (1 + N) waits 110: 4 waits 011: 0 waits 111: 8 waits S18 S17 S16
MSAR0
Memory start address register 0
Memory address MAMR0 mask register 0 Memory start address register 1
MSAR1
Memory address MAMR1 mask register 1
91C025-242
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Interrupt control (2/2)
Symbol Name Memory MSAR2 start address register 2 Memory address MAMR2 mask register 2 Memory MSAR3 start address register 3 Memory address mask register 3 V22 CFH 1 V21 1 V20 1 CS3 area size CEH S23 1 S22 1 CDH V22 1 V21 1 V20 1 CS2 area size S21 1 CCH Address 7 S23 1 6 S22 1 5 S21 1 4 S20 R/W 1 V19 R/W 1 S20 R/W 1 V19 R/W 1 1 1 1 1 0: Enable to address comparison 1 V18 1 V17 1 V16 1 V15 Start address A23 to A16. 1 S19 1 S18 1 S17 1 S16 0: Enable to address comparison 1 V18 1 V17 1 V16 1 V15 Start address A23 to A16. 3 S19 2 S18 1 S17 0 S16
MAMR3
91C025-243
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(5) Clock gear (1/2)
Symbol Name Address 7 XEN 1 Highfrequency System SYSCR0 clock control register 0 E0H oscillator. (fc)
0: Stopped
6 XTEN 1
5 RXEN 1
4 RXTEN 0 R/W
3 RSYSCK 0 Select
2 WUEF 0 Warm-up
1 PRCK1 0 00: fFPH
0 PRCK0 0
HighLowLowfrequency frequency frequency oscillator. oscillator oscillator (fs)
0: Stopped
Select prescaler clock.
clock after timer release of 0 write: STOP Mode. 0: fc 1: fs
(fc) after release Mode.
0: Stopped
(fs) after release of STOP Mode.
0: Stopped
1: Oscillation 1: Oscillation of STOP
01: reserved Don't care 10: fc/16 1 write: 11: Reserved start timer 0 read: end warm-up 1 read: not end warm up
1: Oscillation 1: Oscillation
SYSCK 0 System clock E1H selection 0: fc 1: fs
GEAR2 R/W 1
GEAR1 0
GEAR0 0
SYSCR1
System clock control register 1
High-frequency gear value selection. (fc) 000: fc 001: fc/2 010: fc/4 011: fc/8 100: fc/16 101: (Reserved) 110: (Reserved) 111: (Reserved)
PSENV R/W System clock control register 2 0 E2H 0: Power save mode enable 1: Disable
WUPTM1 R/W 1
WUPTM0 R/W 0
HALTM1 R/W 1
HALTM0 R/W 1
SELDRV R/W 0 mode select 0: IDLE1 1: STOP
DRVE R/W 0
1: Drive the pin in STOP/ IDLE1mode
SYSCR2
Warm-up time 00: Reserved 8 01: 2 /input frequency 10: 2
14 16
00: Reserved 01: STOP mode 10: IDLE1 mode 11: IDLE2 mode
11: 2
91C025-244
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Clock gear (1/2)
Symbol Name Address 7 R EMC EMCCR0 control register 0 E3H flag 0: Off 1: On EMC EMCCR1 control register 1 EMC EMCCR2 control register 2 ENFROM R/W 0 EMC EMCCR3 control register 3 E6H ENDROM ENPROM R/W 0 R/W 0 FFLAG R/W 0 CS1A DFLAG R/W 0 CS2B-2C PFLAG R/W 0 CS2A write operation flag E5H E4H Switching the protect ON/OFF by write to following 1st-KEY, 2nd-KEY 1st-KEY: EMCCR1 = 5AH, EMCCR2 = A5H in succession write 2nd-KEY: EMCCR1 = A5H, EMCCR2 = 5AH in succession write 0 Protection 6 R/W 0 LCDC Source clock 5 AHOLD R/W 0 Address hold 0: Normal MLD source clock 0: 32 kHz 1: TA3OUT 4 TA3MLDE R/W 0 3
-
2 EXTIN R/W 0 1: fc is
1 R/W 1
0 R/W 1 drivebility 1: Normal 0: Weak
PROTECT TA3LCDE
DRVOSCH DRVOSCL
R/W 0 Always write 0.
fc oscillator fs oscillator
external drivability clock. 1: Normal 0: Weak
0: 32 kHz 1: Hold 1: TA3OUT
CS1A CS2B-2C CS2A area detect area detect area detect enable enable enable 0: Disable 0: Disable 0: Disable 1: Enable 1: Enable 1: Enable
write write operation operation flag flag When reading 0: Not written 1: Written
When writing 0: Clear flag
(6) DFM (clock doubler)
Symbol Name Address 7 ACT1 R/W DFM DFMCR0 control register 0 0 E8H 6 ACT0 R/W 0 5 DLUPFG R 0 4 DLUPTM R/W 0 Lockup time 3 2 1 0
DFM LUP fFPH Lockup 00 STOP STOP fOSCH falg
12 01 RUN RUN fOSCH 0: End LUP 0: 2 /fOSCH 10 10 RUN STOP fDFM 1: Not end 1: 2 /fOSCH 11 RUN STOP fOSCH
D7 DFM DFMCR1 control register 1 R/W E9H 0
D6 R/W 0
D5 R/W 0
D4 R/W 1
D3 R/W 0
D2 R/W 0
D1 R/W 1
D0 R/W 1
DFM correction Input frequency 4 to 9 MHz (at 3.0 to 3.6 V): Write 0BH Input frequency 4 to 6.75 MHz (at 2.7 to 3.6 V): Write 0BH
91C025-245
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(7) 8-bit timer
(7-1) TMRA01 Symbol Name 8-bit timer TA01RUN RUN register 100H Address 7 TA0RDE R/W 0 Double Buffer 0: Disable 1: Enable 6 5 4 3 I2TA01 R/W 2 R/W 1 R/W 0 TA0RUN R/W 0 TA01PRUN TA1RUN
0 0 0 IDLE2 8-bit timer run/stop control 0: Stop 0: Stop and clear 1: Operate 1: Run (Count up)
-
8-bit TA0REG timer register 0 8-bit TA1REG timer register 1
102H (Prohibit RMW) 103H (Prohibit RMW) TA01M1 TA01M0 0 PWM01 PWM00
W Undefined
-
W Undefined TA1CLK1 R/W 0 00: TA0TRG 01: T1 10: T16 11: T256 TA1FFC1 R/W 1 1 00: Invert TA1FF 01: Set TA1FF 10: Clear TA1FF 11: Don't care TA1CLK0 0 TA0CLK1 TA0CLK0 0
8-bit
TA01MOD
timer source CLK and MODE
104H
0 00: 8-bit timer 01: 16-bit timer 10: 8-bit PPG 11: 8-bit PWM
0 0 00: Reserved 6 01: 2 PWM cycle 7 10: 2 8 11: 2
0 00: TA0IN pin 01: T1 10: T4 11: T16 TA1FFIE R/W
TA1FFC0
TA1FFIS
TA1FFCR
8-bit timer flip-flop control
105H (Prohibit RMW)
0 0 1: TA1FF 0: TMRA0 1: TMRA1 invert inversion enable
(7-2) TMRA23 Symbol Name 8-bit timer
TA23RUN
Address
7 TA2RDE R/W 0 Double buffer 0: Disable 1: Enable
6
5
4
3 I2TA23 R/W
2 R/W
1 R/W
0 TA2RUN R/W 0
TA23PRUN TA3RUN
RUN register
108H
0 0 0 8-bit timer run/stop control IDLE2 0: Stop and clear 0: Stop 1: Operate 1: Run (Count up)
-
TA2REG
8-bit timer register 0 8-bit timer register 1
10AH (Prohibit RMW) 10BH (Prohibit RMW) TA23M1 TA23M0 PWM21
W Undefined
-
TA3REG
W Undefined PWM20 TA3CLK1 0 00: TA2TRG 01: T1 10: T16 11: T256 TA3FFC1 R/W 1 1 00: Invert TA3FF 01: Set TA3FF 10: Clear TA3FF 11: Don't care 0 1: TA3FF invert enable TA3CLK0 0 TA2CLK1 TA2CLK0 0 R/W
8-bit timer TA23MOD source CLK and MODE
10CH
0 0 00: 8-bit timer 01: 16-bit timer 10: 8-bit PPG 11: 8-bit PWM
0 0 00: Reserved 6 01: 2 PWM cycle 7 10: 2 8 11: 2
0 00: Reserved 01: T1 10: T4 11: T16 TA3FFIE R/W
TA3FFC0
TA3FFIS 0 0: TMRA2 1: TMRA3 inversion
8-bit timer TA3FFCR flip-flop control
10DH (Prohibit RMW)
91C025-246
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(8) UART/serial channel (1/2)
(8-1) UART/SIO channel 0 Symbol Name Serial SC0BUF channel 0 buffer Address 200H (Prohibit RMW) RB8 Serial SC0CR channel 0 control 201H R Undefined 0 Receiving Parity data bit8. 0: Odd 1: Even TB8 0 Transfer data bit8. CTSE 0 1: CTS enable EVEN R/W 0 Parity enable. RXE 0 PE 7 RB7/TB7 6 RB6/TB6 5 RB5/TB5 4 RB4/TB4 3 RB3/TB3 2 RB2/TB2 1 RB1/TB1 0 RB0/TB0
R (Receiving)/W (Transmission) Undefined OERR 0 Over Run WU R/W 0 PERR 0 1: Error Parity SM1 0 FERR 0 SCLKS R/W 0 0 IOC R (Cleared to 0 by reading.)
0:SCLK0 1: Input Framing 1:SCLK0 SCLK0 pin SM0 0 SC1 0 SC0 0
Serial
SC0MOD0 channel 0
202H
mode0
1: Receive 1: Wakeup 00: I/O Interface enable enable 01: UART 7 bits 10: UART 8 bits 11: UART 9 bits
00: TA0TRG 01: Baud rate generator 10: Internal clock fSYS 11: External clock SCLK0 BR0S1 0 BR0S0 0
-
BR0ADDE 0
BR0CK1 0
BR0CK0 R/W 0
BR0S3 0
BR0S2 0
BR0CR
Baud rate control
0 203H Always write 0.
1: (16-K)/16 00: T0 divided 01: T2 enable 10: T8 11: T32
Setting the divided frequency "N" (0 to F)
BR0ADD
Serial channel0 K setting register
BR0K3 204H 0
BR0K2 R/W
BR0K1
BR0K0 0
0 0 Sets frequency divisor "K" (Divided by N+(16-K)/16)
I2S0 Serial SC0MOD1 channel 0 mode1 R/W 205H 0
FDPX0 R/W 0
IDLE2 Duplex 0: Stop 0: Half 1: Operate 1: Full
(8-2) IrDA Symbol Name Address 7 PLSEL R/W IrDA SIRCR control register 0 207H 6 RXSEL R/W 0 5 TXEN R/W 0 4 RXEN R/W 0 0 0 3 SIRWD3 2 SIRWD2 R/W 0 0 1 SIRWD1 0 SIRWD0
Set the effective SIRRxD pulse width 0: Disable 0: Disable Pulse width more than 2x x (set value + 1) + pulse width. data. 0: 3/16 0: H pulse 1: Enable 1: Enable 100ns 1: 1/16 1: L pulse Possible: 1 to 14 Not possible: 0, 15
Transmission Receiving
Transmission Receiving
91C025-247
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
Clock gear (2/2)
(8-3) UART/SIO channel 0 Symbol Name Serial SC1BUF channel 1 buffer Address 208H (Prohibit RMW) RB8 Serial SC1CR channel 1 control 209H R Undefined Receiving data bit8. TB8 0 Serial
SC1MOD0 channel 1
7 RB7/TB7
6 RB6/TB6
5 RB5/TB5
4 RB4/TB4
3 RB3/TB3
2 RB2/TB2
1 RB1/TB1
0 RB0/TB0
R (Receiving)/W (Transmission) Undefined EVEN R/W 0 Parity 0: Odd 1: Even CTSE 0 1: CTS enable RXE 0 enable WU R/W 0 enable 0 01: UART 7 bits 10: UART 8 bits 11: UART 9 bits 0 0 00: TA0TRG 01: Baud rate generater 10: Internal clock fSYS 11: External clock SCLK1
-
PE 0 1:Parity enable
OERR 0 Over run
PERR 0 1: Error Parity SM1
FERR 0
SCLKS R/W 0
IOC 0
R (Cleared to 0 by reading.)
0: SCLK1 1: Input Framing 1: SCLK1 SCLK1 pin SM0 SC1 SC0 0
Trans20AH mission data bit8.
1: Receive 1: Wakeup 00: I/O interface
mode
BR1ADDE 0 divided enable
BR1CK1 0 01: T2 10: T8 11: T32
BR1CK0 R/W 0
BR1S3 0
BR1S2 0
BR1S1 0
BR1S0 0
BR1CR
Baud rate control
0 20BH Always write 0.
1: (16 - K)/16 00: T0
Setting the divided frequency "N" (0 to F)
BR1ADD
Serial channel 1 K setting register
BR1K3 20CH 0
BR1K2 R/W
BR1K1
BR1K0 0
0 0 Sets frequency divisor "K" (Divided by N+(16-K)/16)
I2S1 Serial SC1MOD1 channel 1 mode1 R/W 20DH 0
FDPX1 R/W 0
IDLE2 Duplex 0: Stop 0: Half 1: Operate 1: Full
91C025-248
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(9) AD converter
Symbol Name Address 7 EOCF R AD
ADMOD0 MODE
6 ADBF 0
AD conversion end flag 1: busy
5
-
4
-
3 ITM0 R/W 0
Repeat Mode.
2 REPEAT R/W 0
Repeat mode 1: Repeat
1 SCAN R/W 0
Scan mode AD start
0 ADS R/W 0
R/W 0
Always write 0. 0.
R/W 0
0 2B0H
AD conversion end flag 1: End
Always write Interrupt in
register 0
specification conversion 1: Start
specification 1: Scan
VREFON R/W 0 AD
ADMOD1 MODE
I2AD R/W 0 IDLE2 0: Abort
ADTRGE R/W 0 1: Enable
ADCH2 0 000: AN0 AN0
ADCH1 R/W 0
ADCH0 0
VREF 2B1H control
AD control Input channel for 001: AN1 AN0 AN1 external 010: AN2 AN0 AN1 AN2 start 011: AN3 AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 100-111: Reserved
register 1
1: VREF on 1: Operate
AD result
ADREG04L register 0/4
ADR01 2A0H R
ADR00
ADR0RF R 0 ADR07 ADR06 R Undefined ADR05 ADR04 ADR03 ADR02
low AD result
ADREG04H register 0/4
Undefined ADR09 2A1H ADR11 2A2H R Undefined ADR19 2A3H ADR18 ADR17 ADR16 R Undefined ADR21 2A4H R Undefined ADR29 2A5H ADR28 ADR27 ADR26 R Undefined ADR31 2A6H R Undefined ADR39 2A7H ADR38 ADR37 ADR36 R Undefined ADR35 ADR34 ADR33 ADR30 ADR25 ADR24 ADR23 ADR20 ADR15 ADR14 ADR13 ADR10 ADR08
high
ADREG15L
AD result register 1/5 low AD result
ADR1RF R 0 ADR12
ADREG15H register 1/5
high AD result
ADREG26L register 2/6
ADR2RF R 0 ADR22
low AD result ADREG26H register 2/6 high AD result ADREG37L register 3/7 low AD result ADREG37H register 3/7 high
ADR3RF R 0 ADR32
91C025-249
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(10) Watchdog timer
Symbol Name Address 7 WDTE R/W 1 WDT WDMOD MODE register 300H 1: WDT enable 6 WDTP1 R/W 0 00: 2 /fsys 17 01: 2 /fsys 10: 2 /fsys 11: 2 /fsys
21 19 15
5 WDTP0 R/W 0
4
3
2 I2WDT R/W 0 IDLE2 0: Abort 1: Operate
1 RESCR R/W 0 1: RESET
0
-
R/W 0 Always
connect write 0. internally WDT out to reset pin
301H WDT WDCR control (Prohibit RMW) B1H: WDT disable
-
W
-
4EH: WDT clear
91C025-250
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(11) RTC (Real-time clock)
Symbol Name Second register Address 7 6 SE6 SECR 320H 0 is read. Minute register 40 s MI6 MINR 321H 0 is read. 40 min 20 min HO5 HOURR Hour register 322H 0 is read. 20 hour (PM/AM) W2 DAYR Day register 323H 0 is read DA5 DATER Date register 324H 0 is read. 325H Page0 0 is read. 10 month 8 month 20 day 10 day MO4 8 day MO3 DA4 DA3 R/W Undefined 4 day MO2 R/W Undefined MONTHR Month register Page1 0 is read. 4 month 2 month 1 month
0: Indicator for 12 hours 1: Indicator for 24 hours
5 SE5
4 SE4
3 SE3 R/W Undefined
2 SE2
1 SE1
0 SE0
20 s MI5
10 s MI4
8s MI3 R/W Undefined
4s MI2
2s MI1
1s MI0
10 min HO4
8 min HO3 R/W
4 min HO2
2 min HO1
1min HO0
Undefined 10 hour 8 hour 4 hour 2 hour W1 R/W Undefined W2 DA2 W1 DA1 W0 DA0 1 hour W0
2 day MO1
1 day MO0
YE7 326H YEARR Year register Page0 Page1 INTRTC Page PAGER register 327H (Prohibit RMW) R/W 0 INTRTC 0: Disable 1: Enable DIS1HZ Reset RESTR register 328H (Prohibit RMW) 80 year
YE6
YE5
YE4 R/W
YE3
YE2
YE1
YE0
Undefined 40 year 20 year 10 year ADJUST W Undefined 0 is read. DIS16HZ RSTTMR 8 year ENATMR 4 year ENAALM 2 year 1 year PAGE R/W Undefined 0 is read.
-
0 is read. R/W Undefined
Leap year setting.
0: Clock Alarm Don't care 0: Disable 0: Disable 1: Adjust 1: Enable 1: Enable RSTALM W Undefined
- -
PAGE setting
-
1Hz 16Hz 1: Clock 0: Enable 0: Enable reset 1: Disable 1: Disable
1: Alarm reset
Always write 0.
91C025-251
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(12) Melody/alarm generator
Symbol Name AlarmALM pattern register 330H Address 7 AL8 0 FC1 R/W Melody/
MELALMC
6 AL7 0 FC0 0
5 AL6 0 ALMINV R/W 0 Alarm frequency invert. 1: Invert
4 AL5 R/W 0
-
3 AL4 0
-
2 AL3 0
-
1 AL2 0
-
0 AL1 0 MELALM R/W 0 Output frequency 0: Alarm 1: Melody
Alarm-pattern set. R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0
331H
0 Free-run counter Control. 00: Hold 01: Restart
alarm control register
Always write 0.
10: Clear 11: Clear and start Melody MELFL frequency L- register 332H ML7 0 MELON R/W 0 Melody MELFH frequency H- register Melody 333H counter control. 0: Stop and clear 1: Start Alarm interrupt enable register
-
ML6 0
ML5 0
ML4 R/W 0
ML3 0 ML11 0
ML2 0 ML10 R/W 0
ML1 0 ML9 0
ML0 0 ML8 0
Melody frequency set. (Low 8 bits)
Melody frequency set. (High 4 bits)
IALM4E 0
IALM3E 0
IALM2E R/W 0
IALM1E 0
IALM0E 0
R/W 334H 0 Always write 0.
ALMINT
INTALM4 to INTALM0 alarm interrupt enable.
91C025-252
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(13) MMU
Symbol Name Address 7 L0E R/W LOCAL0 LOCAL0 control register 350H 0 BANK for LOCAL0 0: Disable 1: Enable L1E R/W LOCAL1 LOCAL1 control register 351H 0 BANK for LOCAL1 0: Disable 1: Enable L2E R/W LOCAL2 LOCAL2 control register 352H 0 BANK for LOCAL2 0: Disable 1: Enable L3E R/W LOCAL3 LOCAL3 control register 353H 0 BANK for LOCAL3 0: Disable 1: Enable
-
6
5
4
3
2 L0EA22 0
1 L0EA21 R/W 0
0 L0EA20 0
LOCAL0 area BANK set. "000" setting is prohibited because it pretend COMMON0 area L1EA23 0 L1EA22 R/W 0 0 LOCAL1 area BANK set. "001" setting is prohibited because it pretend COMMON0 area L2EA23 0 L2EA22 R/W 0 0 LOCAL2 area BANK set. "111" setting is prohibited because it pretend COMMON0 area L3EA25 L3EA24 L3EA23 0 L3EA22 0 L2EA21 L1EA21
R/W 0 Always write 0. 0 0 0000~0011: CS2B 0100~0111: CS2C
R/W
1000~1111: Set prohibition
91C025-253
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(14) LCD controllers
Symbol Name Address 7 SAL15 LCD start LCDSAL address register low 360H 0 6 SAL14 R/W 0 0 0 SR mode: Start address A15 to A12. 5 SAL13 4 SAL12 3 2
-
1
-
0 MODE R/W 0 Mode select 0: RAM 1: SR
R/W 0 Always write 0.
R/W 0 Always write 0.
LCD start address LCDSAH register high 361H
SAL23 0 COM3 0
SAL22 0 COM2 0
SAL21 0 COM1 0
SAL20 0 COM0
SAL19 R/W 0 SEG3 R/W 0
SAL18 0 SEG2 0
SAL17 0 SEG1 0
SAL16 0 SEG0 0
SR mode: Start Address A23 to A16.
0
LCDSIZE
LCD size register
SR mode :LCD common 362H 0000: 64, 0101: 128 0001: 68, 0110: 144 0010: 80, 0111: 160 0011: 100, 1000: 200 0100: 120, 1001: 240 LCDON 0
DOFF pin
SR mode LCD Segment 0000: 32, 0101: 160 0001: 64, 0110: 240 0010: 80, 0111: 320 Other: Reserved
-
0011: 120, 1000: 360 0100: 128, Other: Reserved BUS0 R/W 0 MMULCD 0 FP8 0 START 0
-
BUS1 0
0 Always write 0.
0 Always write 0.
LCDCTL
LCD control register
363H
0: Off 1: On
SR mode: Type Data-bus width select. selection 00: 8 bits Byte LCDD 01: 4 bits Nibble 10: Reserved 11: Reserved (build in RAM) 0: Sequential 1: Random
Set bit8 for SR mode: fFP Start address. 1: START
LCDFFP
LCD frame frequency register
FP7 364H 0
-
FP6 0
-
FP5 0
-
FP4 R/W 0
FP3 0
FP2 0 RAMBUS R/W 0 0: Byte 1: Word
FP1 0 AC1 R/W 0 00: Type A 01: Type B 10: Type C 11: Reserved
FP0 0 AC0 R/W 0
Set bit7 to bit0 for fFP R/W R/W 0 R/W 0
LCDCTL2
LCD control register 2
0 366H
Always write to "111".
91C025-254
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(15) Touch screen interface
Symbol Name Address 7 TSI7 R/W Touchscreen TSICR0 control register 2BH 0 0: Disable 1: Enable 6 5 PTST R 0 Detection condition 1: touch DBC7 Debouncecircuit control register R/W 0 2CH 0: Disable 1: Enable DB1024 R/W 0 1024 DB256 R/W 0 256 4 TWIEN R/W 0 INT2 interrupt 0: Disable 1: Enable DB64 R/W 0 64 DB8 R/W 0 8 DB4 R/W 0 4 DB2 R/W 0 2 DB1 R/W 0 1 3 PYEN R/W 0 SPY 0: OFF 1: ON 2 PXEN R/W 0 SPX 0: OFF 1: ON 1 MYEN R/W 0 SMY 0: OFF 1: ON 0 MXEN R/W 0 SMX 0: OFF 1: ON
0: No touch control
TSICR1
De-bounce time is set by "(N x 64 - 16)/fSYS" - formula "N" is sum of number which is set to 1 in bit6 to bit0
91C025-255
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
6.
Points of Note and Restrictions
(1) Notation a. b. The notation for built-in I/O registers is as follows register symbol e.g.) TA01RUN denotes bit TA0RUN of register TA01RUN. Read-modify-write instructions An instruction in which the CPU reads data from memory and writes the data to the same memory location in one instruction. Example 1: Example 2: * SET INC 3, (TA01RUN) ... Set bit 3 of TA01RUN. 1, (100H) ... Increment the data at 100H.
Examples of read-modify-write instructions on the TLCS-900 Exchange instruction EX (mem), R
Arithmetic operations ADD SUB INC (mem), R/# (mem), R/# #3, (mem) ADC SBC DEC (mem), R/# (mem), R/# #3, (mem)
Logic operations AND XOR (mem), R/# (mem), R/# OR (mem), R/#
Bit manipulation operations STCF SET TSET #3/A, (mem) #3, (mem) #3, (mem) RES CHG #3, (mem) #3, (mem)
Rotate and shift operations RLC RL SLA SLL RLD c. (mem) (mem) (mem) (mem) (mem) RRC RR SRA SRL RRD (mem) (mem) (mem) (mem) (mem)
fc, fs, fFPH, fSYS and one state The clock frequency input on pins X1 and 2 is called fOSCH. The clock selected by DFMCR0 is called fc. The clock selected by SYSCR1 is called fFPH. The clock frequency give by fFPH divided by 2 is called fSYS. One cycle of fSYS is referred to as one state.
91C025-256
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
(2) Points to note a. AM0 and AM1 pins This pin is connected to the VCC or the VSS pin. Do not alter the level when the pin is active. b. c. EMU0 and EMU1 Open pins. Warm-up counter The warm-up counter operates when STOP mode is released, even if the system is using an external oscillator. As a result a time equivalent to the warm-up time elapses between input of the release request and output of the system clock. d. Programmable pull-up resistance The programmable pull-up resistor can be turned on/off by a program when the ports are set for use as input ports. When the ports are set for use as output ports, they cannot be turned on/off by a program. The data registers (e.g., Px) are used to turn the pull-up/pull-down resistors on/off. Consequently Read-Modify-write instructions are prohibited. e. Watchdog timer The watchdog timer starts operation immediately after a Reset is released. When the watchdog timer is not to be used, disable it. f. AD converter The string resistor between the VREFH and VREFL pins can be cut by a program so as to reduce power consumption. When STOP mode is used, disable the resistor using the program before the HALT instruction is executed. g. CPU (micro DMA) Only the LDC cr, r and LDC r, cr instructions can be used to access the control registers in the CPU (e.g., The transfer source address register (DMASn)). h. i. j. Undefined SFR The value of an undefined bit in an SFR is undefined when read. POP SR instruction Please execute the POP SR instruction during DI condition. Releasing the HALT mode by requesting an interruption Usually, interrupts can release all halts status. However, the interrupts (INT0 to INT3, INTKEY, INTRTC, INTALM0 to INTALM4) which can release the HALT mode may not be able to do so if they are input during the period CPU is shifting to the HALT mode (for about 5 clocks of fFPH) with IDLE1 or STOP mode (IDLE2 is not applicable to this case). (In this case, an interrupt request is kept on hold internally) If another interrupt is generated after it has shifted to HALT mode completely, halt status can be released without difficulty. The priority of this interrupt is compared with that of the interrupt kept on hold internally, and the interrupt with higher priority is handled first followed by the other interrupt.
91C025-257
2007-02-28
TMP91C025
7.
Package Dimensions
P-LQFP100-1414-0.50F Unit: mm
91C025-258
2007-02-28


▲Up To Search▲   

 
Price & Availability of TMP91C025FG

All Rights Reserved © IC-ON-LINE 2003 - 2022  

[Add Bookmark] [Contact Us] [Link exchange] [Privacy policy]
Mirror Sites :  [www.datasheet.hk]   [www.maxim4u.com]  [www.ic-on-line.cn] [www.ic-on-line.com] [www.ic-on-line.net] [www.alldatasheet.com.cn] [www.gdcy.com]  [www.gdcy.net]


 . . . . .
  We use cookies to deliver the best possible web experience and assist with our advertising efforts. By continuing to use this site, you consent to the use of cookies. For more information on cookies, please take a look at our Privacy Policy. X